y^ A^. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 U^m |2.5 • 118 1 1.25 II 1.4 1 1.6 ^ 6" ► p /a ^/,. 'a-'^v;> .&. "-/a C/^/ PliDtographic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. .4580 (716)872-«03 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques \ ^ k Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. □ Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ D D D D D D Couverture endommag^e Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverturn restaurde et/ou pellicul6e I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ Cartes g6ographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ ^eM avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la disti: rtion le long de la marge mt6rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6x6 film^es. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppldmentaires: L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a it6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-6tre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de filmage sont indiquis ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ \/ n Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages ddcolorAes, tachetdas ou piquies □ Pages detached/ Pages ddtachdes Showthrough/ Transparence I I Quality of print varies/ Quality indgale de I'impression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc.. ont 6t6 filmies 6 nouveau de facon 6 obtenir la meilleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce docMment est fllmd au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 10X 14X 19X 22X 2SX 3GX • 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X tails ( du odifier une mage The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: National Library of Canada The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce d la g6n6rosit6 de: Bibliothdque nationale du Canada Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la conditio:) et de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film6, et en conformit6 avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ^ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever appliss. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimde sont filmds en commen9ant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont film6s en commen^ant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ►signifie "A SUIVRE ", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document ?5t trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seuii clich6, il est filmd d partir de I'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. rrata o leiure, Id 3 32X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 Pxoo PATENTS OP CANADA, FROM 1824 TO 1849. TORONTO: PRINTED BY LOVELL & GIBSON, YONGE STREET. 1860. .Ik--—- "■>'- .^v-'^'-^" r • Quebec, September, 1860. The business of the Patent Office in Canada, having, within the last few years, greatly increased, the Government have deemed it advisable to follow the example of other countries, and to publish from time to time the specifications and dramngs of all Patents issued in the Province. The present volume contains the specifications of Patents issued in both Provinces, before and after the Union, from the year 1824, to January, 1844, and of the specifications and drawings from the latter period to May, 1849. It has not been thought advisable to incur the expense of engraving drawings of those Inven- tions, the Patent right of which expired in January 1858. The pub- lication of the names and specifications of such is sufficient notice of their having existed, and that they have (by the expiry of fourteen years) now become public property. A few drawings of the earlier Patents were not forthcoming at the publication of this volume. Note. — The Forms and Instnictions necessary to be observed on taking out Patents in Canada are given herewith. i " I n tl 88 S] vn by (^ FORM OF APPLICATION TOR LETTERS PATENT OF INYENTIOK To His Excellency the Oavernor Oeneral of British North Americaf Sfc. Sfc. ^c. Wxt PJIrtltiOtt of {name of Inventor) of {place of residence) in the County of {name of County) in the Province of Canada, {trade or profession) Humbly Sheweth, — That your Petitioner is a British Subject, and a Resident in this Province. That he hath invented a {name of discovery) not icnown or used in this Province by others before his invention thereof, and not at the time of this application, in public use or for sale, with his consent or allowance. Drawings, Descriptions and Specifications thereof in Duplicate have been deposited in the Bureau of Agriculture, pursuant to the Statute in such case made and provided. Your Petitioner, therefore, humbly prays that your Excellency will be pleased to direct that Her Majesty ■ Letters Patent may be granted to your Petitioner for the said Inventio.i, for the term allowed by law. And your Petitioner, as in duty bound, will ever pray. {Signature of Inventor.) {Place and Date.) FOEM OF APPLICATION FOR LETTERS PATENT. I Q .9 £ S 2l 1 i Province of Canada, County of {name of County) TO WIT : {Name of Inventor) of {place of residence and trade or profession) hereby solemnly declares and saith that he verily believes he is the tnie Inventor of the {name of Invention) for which he solicits a Patent by his Petition to His Excellency the Governor General, dated {insert date qf Petition,) Signed and Declared before rae, this {day of month) of {name of month) A. D. 186 , at {name of place.) {Signature of a Justice of the Peace, for Name of Township or Town.) {Signature of Inventor.) SPECIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION. I I ®« att to Wft«m it m»y tmtWX : Be it known that I, {name of Inventor,) oi {place of residence and trade) have invented {name of Invention,) and I do hereby declare that the following is a full and exact description thereof: {here describe at full length the machine, the combination a/nd arrangement of its several parts, and mode of working the same, Sfc, said parts to be marked with letters or figures referring to those on Drawings.) What I claim as my Invention, is {insert a brief statement of the Invention, conveying a correct idea of its nature.) {Signiture of Inventor.) {Place of Date.) Signed in the presence of {Signatures of two- witnesses.) .,1 FORM OF APPLICATION FOR LETTERS PATENT. INSTRUCTIONS. # Drawings to be in duplicate, on linen tracing paper, with brief references thereon written, explanatory of the figuring and lettering thereof, and having the name of Invention on top ; also, a Oertiflcatei thus : " Certified to be the Drawings referred to in the Description and Specification hereunto annexed." (Siff nature q/ Inventor.) {Place and Dote.) Signed in the presence of {Signatures of two witnesses.) The Drawings to be on the smallest possible scale. The Documents must be neatly drawn out, each separately, and the Inventions so described in the Specifications that they may be dis- tinguished from other a adapted to similar purposes, and their advan- tages and superiority clearly shown. A small neat working model, of strong material, with name of Inventor, that of Invention, and date of application, fixed thereon in a permanent manner, is required by the Minister of Agriculture in all cases. Parties are requested to be very particular in examining the Duplicates, and seeing that they are perfectly similar. The FEE of £6 is to accompany the application. All Docu- ments to be addressed to the Secretary of the Bureau of Agriculture and Statistics, Quebec, C. E. Hil MMIM, 1" » " ".'■* ' " ' ' \ r * 'hi> (.-./ ■KviC '"" II • >..'« >■.-},. f\ ^.V i ♦•■v;v » '* ■ . , I .• 1.^^ A. D. 1824. — (Lower Canada.) — l^o, 1. Washhif/ mid FulUrig MachhiG. LETTERS PATENT to Noah Gushing, of the City of Quebec, in the District of Quebec, for the Invention of a " Washing and Full- ing Machine." Quebec, dated 8th June, 1824). BRIEF DESCRIPTION. There are two sides of board, the bottom forming a segment of a circle, of five feet ; the two ends are two boards let into a groove ; the partition ends are of the same length, with holes to admit the water into the washing end ; there are two uprights, rising above the top of the tub, passing down to the leg ; there are two pendulums suspended from the uprights, at the extremity of each of wliich is a block — one is loaded for washing, the other is grooved, which pendulums are worked and set in motion by a handle which is affixed to two arms, which are attached to the pendulums. NOAH GUSHING. i A. D. 1824 — (Lower Cai^ada.) — ISTo. 2. Improved Machine for Cutting Nails, LETTERS PATENT to Isaac Jones Barnard, of the City of Quebec, for the Invention of an "Improved Machine for Cutting Nails." Quebec, dated 2l8t July, 1824. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. There are two side pieces of iron secured to a bench of solid oak; from the back of these arise upright pieces, fastened at the top ; below these are drilled two centres, one in each piece, to receive the conic point of the lever of the common machine. Ind Improvement. — A piece of iron flat at each end ; through each is a mortise to admit a bolt to secure it to the side pieces, and the Avliole to the bench ; through the middle of this is a bolt, and fixes on to the under cutter, and under the cutter is a projection on which tlie foot of the cutter rests, ^rd Improve^ ment. — There is a guage of sheet iron, with a hole in the centre, across one end of which is fixed an iron bar ; a second bar is attached to this by two screws, one of which passes through each bar on the front face \ close to the upper edge of this bar is a piece of steel, Avhich is brazed to the bar ; this being hardened, completes the guage. The guage is 12 A. D. 1824— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 2. Barnard's Improved Machine for Cutting Nails. tiien placed on the face of the lever ; on this is placed a piece of iron, having a counter sink hole to receive the head of a bolt ; on this piece is placed the upper cutter, the lo"wrer end of the cutter resting on the steel of the guage, but projecting sufficiently to leave the width of a nail. 4^/i Improvement. — There is a crane, consisting of an upright piece of iron, eacli end having conic centres, one fixed in the floor, the other stands upright, under the front part of the cutting machine ; to the front extends an arm ; on the end of tliis the end of the carriage rests ; from one side of the upright extends an arm to which is attached the connecting rod from the crank. K>th Improvement. — Is a carriage, consisting of a flat piece of wood or metal ; through this carriage is a groove for the plyers to move in, with the iron to be cut into nails. 6th Improvement. — Are the plyers, consisting of a pair of common plyers, with a keel or slide attached to them ; the plyers are drawn forward by a card and weight. GENERAL DESCRIPTION.— The side pieces being fixed in their places, with the points of the levers in their centres ; this lever is con- nected with a connecting rod to the crank, to Avhieh the moving power is applied, on which there is a pinion with teeth, which moves a tooth- wheel ; the crank is connected to the short a^^m of the crane, and this moves the carriage ; one turn of the crank cuts one nail, and moves the carriage to the opposite side of the space that it vibrates in, while the iron being held in the plyers, it is (^rawn forward on to the guage by the cord and weight W, where it remains until the next nail is cut, and so on. ISAAC JONES BARNARD. , U I .1 i //■',; .:.• -" ' 1 A. D. 1824 — (Lower Canada.) — IS'o. 3. Improvement in the Construct imi of Wooden Bail- Jloads. LETTERS PATENT to James George, for the Invention of an " Improvement in the Construction of Wooden Hailroads." Quebec, dated 13th December, 1824. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Take the rough trees of the forest, any kmd of Avood sufficiently large and firm will answer the purpose, groove or saw out about one-fourth or one-fifth the diameter for a track to run the a\ heels on, in which a shallow groove or cut must be made to receive a thin plate of hoop, bar, or cast iron, or a flat surface to run a groove wheel on ; tlie logs which form the way are to be laid on cross pieces, notched or tongued, so as to admit of their being firmly fastened Avitli a wooden pin ; the logs to be of irregular lengths, that the joints may not be opposite to each other (this Avill render the work more solid) ; by the addition of bays at suitable intervals, Avhere a double railway cannot be afforded, to let carriages pass, the necessity of which (the double rail) is obvi- ated, or a side slope, rather inclining upwards, of sufficient length to take the horses and carriage clear out of the rail, until the other has passed by, when, by taking off the drag, the one that has moved out u A. D. 1824.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 3. I Georgia Improvement in the Construction of Wooden Bailroads. will return into the Railroad without any great effort. Entrances must also be left at various distances where the ground is suitable, to admit of carriages turning in ; these entrances will also serve the pur- pose of passing bays, in case of necessity ; the spaces between the cross pieces are to be filled in lengthways, so as to make a firm path for the horses on the outside of the rail, when a pair of horses are driven abreast, and in the middle, between the rails, where a single horse is used. In meeting, the oflf horse is shifted to the middle road, and the cross-bar of the carriage or waggon is also drawn in to clear the carriage in the bay, as one of its wheels may run on the same piece of timber, having a double groove ; this method also admits of three horses being driven abreast, when boats or heavy weights are to bo transported ; the width of the Railroad is to be made suitable to the carriages of the country where constructed, that is, of such width as to admit of catrts or waggons of the usual construction passing upon it ; and is also to be used in transporting boats or vessels over land, by the assistance of a steam engine, or such other propelling power as it may be necessary to employ for that purpose, on a double Railroad, by means of an endless chain, or rollers, placed on the rail revolving up on the one side, and down on the other, so that carriages moving in one direction may hook on on the right, and those moving in the opposite direction on the left, thus following the course of the chain, which must be made to tm'n round on iron sheaves at the extremities of the rails, as described in the plan marked A, fyled in the office of the Secretary of our said Province. Cradles whereon to take boats on land, are to be constructed by placing timber of sufficient strength on cross bars of iron, at the extremity of which cast metal wheels are to be placed to run on the rail, the number of iron axles and wheels being determined by the length and weight of the vessel and her cargo ; should more than two pairs be necessary, cross l)ars, at intervals, whereon the boat is to lie, are to project beyond her sides, wherein holes are to be pierced at the extremities for the reception of bars or stanchions, whicli may be fixed therein according to the width of the boat or vessel, for the purpose of holding it securely on the cradle ; when keel boats or vessels having bearings are to be transported, fids or chucks of suitable dimensions, according to the size or mould of the vessel to be transported, must be employed. am, ties B of )ats gtli are eels o; |als, ein or the le; ed, luld A. D. 1824— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 3. 15 OeorgiB Improvement in the Construction of Wooden Bailroada. The cradles are to be placed under the boat or vessel whilst afloat, and the Eailroad being carried for a small distance into the lake or river, the cradles may be immediately drawn upon it, which wiU supersede the necessity of employing cranes or other apparatus, which would otherwise be necessary to hoist up and place such boats, &c. on the carriage or cradle. JAMES GEORGE. oJ Z- !./..fi / /;.'„' ;!'! //* K\ - .;2^r (i. .;. Iff! I nV,;;*,\ 'i n <";!'; I'^t'n': >,'.■ 'i'l >',' n 17' i|-'''l ■jm! ••/ , i; S'l ; 1 i ■ ;>i:;j ' ;■;■ '.>:•. If' -'7: f: •:'■! vv!>):' ._f V',)f.M.;':M;,;i V.' {■ J.' .■.!.',; ) . i i ). i \\\ \ •. -IX' ■.(■)■ I' A. D. 1825.— (Lower Cain^ada.) — No. 4. Improvement in the Drum-cylinder and Double Drum-cylinder used in the Manufacture of Bopes^ Cables^ &c. LETTERS PATENT to Robert Dalkiu, the Younger, of the City of Quebec, Rope Maker, for the Invention of an " Improvement in THE Drum-Cylinder and Double Drum-Cylinder, used in THE Manufacture of Ropes, Cables, &c." Quebec, dated 30th November, 1825. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The improvement in the Drum-Cylinder and Double Drum-Cylinder used in the manufacture of hemp-lines, twines, ropes, cables, and cordage of every description, is the same, and consists in substituting eight whelps or concave cross-bars in place of the whole convex surface of the Cylinder ; eight upright shafts immovably fixed in the axis of the Cylinder, and perpendicular to it, are also substituted for the base or end of the Cylinder. In the single drum, these shafts are placed only at one end ; in the Double Drum eight of them are at each end, and the corresponding cross-bars fixed to both ; this is the only dif- ference between the single and double Drum, as in the instrument commonly used. ROBERT DALKIN. i A. D. 1826.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 5. A Lever Engine. LETTERS PATENT to Justin Jacob, of the City of Montreal, Joiner, for the Invention of " A Lever Engine." Quebec, dated 31st October, 1826. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The Lever is hung perpendicularly, like a pendulum, with a weight at the lower end, and the top is fastened into a rolling shaft lying hori- zontally; across the rolling shaft is an horizontal arm, with perpendicular rods, connected at the ends by a slip mortise and a pin forming a joint ; these rods running downwards are connected mth another horizontal arm in the same manner as at the top, which crosses another rolling shaft, having a perpendicular arm with a hand connected at each end, and running on a rag wheel ; the arm is to be kept in vibration by being pushed just after turning at the extremities. The vibration of the Lever causes the upper rolling shaft to rock, by which means the connecting-rods move up and down, which causes the hands to move to and fro, and by this method the power of the lever is con- tinually bearing upon the Avheel, as one hand is pusliing while the other is drawing back ; the centre of the lever rolling shaft must be 20 A. D. 1826.— (LOWEU CANADA.)— No. 6. JacoVs Lever Engine. on a level vnih. the top of the rag-wheel ; on the same shaft on which the rag-wheel is hung is placed a cog-wheel, and from that any power or motion may be gained by the common method of graving machinery. K^l^r JUSTIN JACOBS. \ ^ .< ( / • ■'. ■ I \< { ' f / .I.'f //' ij - ;,'vi (( ,/ v.,iv \A'. ,'\V ^ \ ( , ' 1.' ' A. D. 1826.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 6. Machine or Instrummt called " Loch Terr estrep for accurately ascertainim/ the mmiher of rotatory motions or revolntionH of Carriage-wheels^ Mill- stones^ <&c. f LETTERS PATENT to Charles Laurier, of tho Parisli of La Chenaye, in tlie District of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of a " Machine oa Instrument called ' Loch Terrestre,' for accurately ascertaining the number of rotatory motions OR REVOLUTIONS OF CaRRIAGE-WHEELS, MiLLSTONES, &C." Quebec, dated 31st October, 1826. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This instrument, by means of dials placed aside of each other, and divided into ten divisions, ascertains of itself in decimals, and almost ad infinitum, the number of motions of bodies capable of being moved ; these dials, like the hands of a watch or clock, turn to the right ; each of the divisions of these dials is marked with an arithmetical figure, beginning with 0, and successively with the figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, in the contrary way to what is usual, that is from right to left, so that the dial turning to the right, these figures succeed each other in their natural numerical order ; these dials observe this rela- I 22 A. D. 1826.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 6. laufW^n Machine for ascertaining rotary motions^ ^c. tive ordc their motion*, that the first to the right, hy which the omputatio is made, makes ton revolutions, while that which is next to it to the left makes only one, Uh ! on each revolution of the first dial tlie second turns one division ; this second dial, by the figures of its division, expresses the number of the revolutions of the first, and so >)n, in like manner, the others n-hicli proceed in the same arithmetical order. This instrument, besides the purposes above mentioned to which it is applicable, might also be applied to the ascertaining of the distance run by vessels at sea. CHARLES LAURIER. L A. D. 1826. — (TiOWEu Canad\.) — No. 7. TlireshiiKj and WmnowirKj Machine, LETTERS PATENT to Noah Gushing, of the arish of Lotbini6re, in the District of Quebec, Mill-wright, and Kanson Welton, of the City of Quebec, Clock-maker, for the Invention of a "Threshing AND Winnowing Machine." Quebec, dated 31st October, 1826. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The Mill Frame is made in two parts, connected together with four screw-bolts, one of which is eight feet long, two feet ei-ht inches wide, and seven and a half feet high at one end, and the other four feet long, and two feet eight inches Avide ; both parts are lined ith boards on the sides and top, so as to correspond with the coverin t of the drum that beats out the grain, and are made of three-inch dea s, solidly put together. NOAH GUSHING. HANSON WELTON. f:;i?^ / - I I A. D. 1829.— (Lower Cai^aba.)— IS"©. 8. Improved Machine for Dressing Flax or Hemp. LETTERS PATENT to Robert Hoyle, for the Invention of an " Improved Machine for Dressing Elax or Hemp." Quebec, dated 3rd October, 1829. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Let the machine consist of a set of upper and under rollers of any number, and of any suitable length and diameter, divided into pairs, each pair consisting of one upper and one under roUer, and placed upon a proper frame, with sufficient space between each pair of rollers to allow the ligneous particles of the stalk, disengaged by the operation of the macliine, to fall through. The rollers may be supported at each end by cast iron stands, attached to the inside of the frame, so con- structed as to hold both the bottom and top rollers, with sufficient room for the top rollers to rise and fall according to the quantity of hemp or flax in the machine. The pressure of the upper upon the under rollers may be prodviced and regulated by weights and spiral springs. The hemp or flax in the stalks is introduced at one end by means of feeding-board or cloth, and is carried away by the motion of the machine betAveen each pnir of rollers in sueeossion, until it has been operated upon by all the rollers, and is then delivered at the II 26 A. D. 1829.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 8. I 'i Hoyle^a Improved Machine for Dressing Flax or Hemp, other end of thf^ machine. The motion is given to the machine in the following manner : — A shaft, which may he of cast or wrought iron or other suitable material, is placed across the frame of the machine at the end where the hemp or flax enters ; this shaft, which may be called the master shaft, lies parallel and level with the centre of the bottom rollers ; and at a convenient distance from the first bottom roller, two bevel cog-wheels are placed on this master shaft, so that each wheel projects a little beyond each side of the frame of the machine, the master shaft forming the axle of those two wheels, which may be termed the master wheels ; at each side of the machine a shaft, which may be of cast or wrought iron, or other suitable material, is placed on a level with the centres of the lower rollers, but parallel with the side of the frame, and at right angles with the master shaft, forming with it three sides of aj)arallelogram : those two shafts may be called the side shafts ; at the front end of the side shafts, that is to say, the ends nearest to the master shaft, bevelled cog-wheels are fixed, corre- sponding with, and working in the master wheels on the master shaft ; the other ends of the side shafts may be supported on the back ends of the frame, or on stands placed for the purpose, in such manner as to allow those side shafts to turn the axles of the wheels. The side shafts being thus geared to the master shaft by the bevelled cog-wheels receive their motion from it, and communicate motion to the rollers in the following manner : — Each lower roller has an iron arbor passing through its centre, on one end of which a bevelled cog-wheel is fixed, with its back or widest diameter to the end of the roller ; the other end of the arbor forms a gudgeon working in the opposite side of the frame of the machine. Those bevelled cog-wheels are placed alternate- ly at the right and left sides of the machine, that is to say, let the first lower roller have the wheel on its right end, the second on its left end, the third on its right end, and so on ; the side shafts are geared to those wheels by corresponding bevelled cog-wheels placed at proper distances from each other on each side shaft, such side shaft acting as an axle to its own wheels ; in this way each of those wheels on the side shafts works in its corresponding wheel ; on the end of every second lower roller, the right side shafts for instance being thus geared and giving motion to the first, third, fifth, seventh and so on of the lower rollers, and the left side shaft to the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, and A. D. 1829.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 8. 27 in the it iron lachine may be of the bottom lat each lachine, maybe ;, which i placed dth the forming le called say, the d, corre- er shaft ; c ends of ler as to de shafts s receive rs in the passing is fixed, ther end ,e of the jlternate- the first left end, leared to |t proper .cting as on the •y second lared and jhe lower Ihth, and HoyUs Improved Machine for Dressing Hemp or Flax. so on ; by this arrangement of the bevelled cog-wheels on the ends of the lower rollers alternately, and on the side shafts, all the lower rollers receive motion when the machine is in operation, which motion they communicate to the tipper rollers, which rest and work on them respectively. Instead of connecting each side shaft with every second lower roller alternately in the manner above described, a bevelled cog- wheel may be fixed, at each end of which lower roller, and a corre- sponding wheel on each side shaft, by which means each lower roller %vill be operated upon equally by each side shaft ; it is deemed pre- ferable, however, to gear each side shaft to the lower rollers alternately in the manner above described, as about half the number of wheels wUl answer, and those wheels may be of larger diameters, (and therefore of more power,) there being more room for each wheel by having none on the end of the next roller, each way. The ;|ide shafts are thus con- nected with each other only by the master shaft, and each side shaft gives motion exclusively to its own set of lower rollers. The principle, however, upon Avhich the machine is put in motion is the same whether each side shaft is thus connected mth the end of each lower roller or of each alternate one. The side shafts may be supported by stands, and coupled by boxes placed at convenient distances from each other, to prevent them from springing, or being strained. In a machine worked by a master shaft and two side shafts, with bevelled wheels, as above described, the motion of every part is rotatory — ^this motion is communicated to the whole ])y any sufficient power applied at either end of the master shaft, of which a simple crank is a sufficient illus- tration. The master shaft being thus turned, the bevelled wheels fixed to it, called the master Avlieel, by Avorking in the corresponding wheels on the front ends of the side shafts, turn the side shafts, and the latter being connected with the lower rollers by bevelled wheels Avorking in each other, cause them to revolve, in Avhich operation those lower rollers set the upper rollers resting on them respectively in motion, and thus the hemp or flax is draAvn between the upper and lower rollers, and subjected to their breaking or cleansing operation. The rollers must turn inwards upon each other, towards the hemp or flax as it enters betAveen them, from the feeding end of the machine, and for this pur- pose it is immaterial whether the rotatory motion of the shafts is iuAvards towards the frame of the machine or outwards from it, as such 'i ; 28 A. D. 1829.— (LOWEK CANADA.)— No. 8. Hoyle^s Improved Machine for Dressing Hemp or Flax. motion will depend upon the relative position of the bevelled wheels on the shaft, which may be placed with their backs or wider diameters either way ; but it is considered preferable to have all the shafts turn outwards from the rollers, which has a tendency to throw off every thing which might otherwise come in contact with the wheels, or get between the rollers, and is safer for those who have to attend the machine while in operation ; this outward rotatory motion can be given to the shafts by placing the master wheels fixed on the master shaft with their backs or widest diameters inwards, or looking towards each other; this position of the wheels on turning the master shaft out- wards from the rollers will cause the side shafts also to turn outwards, and by placing the bevelled wheels which connect with the side shafts, with the lower rollers, with their backs or widest diameters towards the master shaft, or th%front of the machine, each pair of rollers will turn inwards upon each other towards the feeding-board or cloth, and draw the hemp or flax forward towards the other end of the machine. The improvement for which a patent is sought consists in the applica- tion of shafts and bevelled wheels combined, upon the principles above described to give motion to rollers in a machine for dressing hemp or flax. ROBEET HOYLE. i. I i^iiffi , wheels ameters rts turn ff every }, or get end the be given er shaft rds each laft out- utwards, le shafts, I towards llers will loth, and machine. J applica- les above hemp or )YLE. C ■W A.D. 1829'.— (Lower Oai^ ada.)— IN"©. 9. Machmefor Bistributinrj Ink over Printing Types, LETTERS PATENT to William John Spence, of the City of Montreal, Printer, for the Invention of a " Machine for Distributing Ink OVER Printing Types." Quebec, dated 19th December, 1829. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. There is to be a frame to support the machine as nearly as possible on the same level as the printing press to which it is to be attached, which frame may be made of any length or breadth, and adapted to a printing press of any size. The machine is wound up by the usual motion of a printing press, to the rounce of which its principal shaft is attached by a coupling box. On the end of this shaft A, is a bevelled pinion acting on the two others B and C, on the shaft D ; a ratchet wheel Z works between these two pinions, a click attached to each pinion works in this ratchet wheel, but in contrary directions ; the pinions B and C are loose on the shaft D, except when fixed by the action of these clicks, that the revolution of the shaft may be in the same direction, whether the carriage of the press be run in or out ; these pinions are kept in contact ^vith that on the end of the shaft A by screw collars upon the shaft D. and nearly in the centre of the frame is a large wheel E, about seventeen inches in diameter, five- 80 A. D. 1829.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 9. Spence's Machine for Bistrihuting Ink over Printing Types. I! ,1 twelfths of which is teethed on the vertical edge, and five on the hori- zontal, leaWng a sixth of it without teeth. A pinion O, is fixed upon an axis attached to the cross-bar of the frame, on the side correspond- ing with the horizontal teeth of the principal wheel E. Upon the shaft D, and close to wheel E, is a ratchet wheel with drum F, and spiral groove G, cast in one piece ; the click of ratchet wheel is attached to one of the arms of wheel E, which enables the drum to mnd up the cord and weight X, from the falling of which the principal motion of the machine is derived. The ratchet wheel, drum, and spiral groove are kept on the axis D by a screw collar H, to which is attached a box J, to contain a latch, upon which the spring K acts, to keep its point in the spiral groove, except when thrown out by a second moveable collar L. On the point of shaft D, attached to collar L, is a rod M, with a spring S, for withdrawing it. A lever, or tympan of printing press, strikes the rod M, each time the tympan is raised and thrown back, thus freeing the drum-cord and weight. Immediately over the principal wheel E, and pinion O, and travelling between the cross-bars of the frame, in a groove, is the rack N, sufficiently wide to cover both wheel and pinion ; the weight X, being freed, gives the wheel E a contrary motion to that received from pinions B and C, thereby pushing the rack across the form in the press, when the five-twelfths of vertical teething in wheel E, are passed over by the rack, the horizontal teeth of that wheel become connected with pinic_ O ; this reverses the motion of the rack only, and after a short pause, accounted for by the unteethed part of the wheel E, returns to its original position. On the top of the frame next to the printing press, are the distributing rollers P, Q, E, ; P, which passes and returns over the form in the press, is made of the composition commonly used by printers for their rollers ; Q is made of wood, with a few folds of soft woollen cloth wrapped round it, and covered with oil-cloth or skin ; 11 is iron correctly turned and polished. The first or travelling roller may be about three inches in diameter, the second from six to eight, and the iron roller from four to five. On the end of the shaft D, is a pinion S, about four inches in diame- ter ; on corresponding end of roUer R is another, about eight inches, connected with a polished chain : this gives motion to all the rollers, as they rest on each other, and have their trusses in the frame, except P, the travelling one. To the end of rack N is attached an iron frame A. D. 1829.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 9. 81 Spence*8 Machine for Biatrihuting Ink over Printing Types. T, at the points of which are trusses V, for the travelling roller, with screws attached to raise or depress this roller on the form as may be required. Projecting from principal frame A, are two iron guides W, with screws to raise or depress them, that the travelling roller may be projected upon the plane of the form as nearly level as possible. Im- mediately behind roller R, and of the same length, on the top of the frame, is placed the ink trough Y, with a bevelled face ; between this face and a strap of iron is a thin steel straight edge, on each side of which a ply of leather is laid, and all screwed tight ; the leather pre- vents the ink from escaping to the roller below the steel straight edge. The straight edge may be raised or depressed upon the metal roller by means of the screw Z, at the back of the ink trough ; the metal roller consequently obtains the ink from the trough, and distributes it to the other two when the weight X falls, or during the operation of inking the form. To prevent a. retrograde motion from being communicated to the carriage of the printing press, through the rounce, a small spring click U, is attached to the principal frame, and resting upon the first ratchet wheel, described between pinions B and C ; these pinions being moveable round shaft D, except when stopped by their retrograde clicks, they both retrograde upon the shaft without giving the same motion to the rounce. WILLIAM JOHN SPENOE. A. D. 1830.— (Lower Canada.)— ]S"o. 10. Machine for Ctdting Timber into Sidings^ Clap- boards^ Shingles^ Laths^ &g. <&c. LETTERS PATENT to PhiUp Schoolcraft, of the Seigniory of St. Armand, in the District of Montreal, Cabinet-Maker, foy the Invention of a " Machine for Cutting Timber into Sidings, Clapboards, Shingles, Laths," &c. &c. Quebec, dated 15th May, 1830. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Pigure 1 represents the ground plan of the said machine. Figure 2 is a side view of the said machine. Pig. 4 represents the knife, which is firmly fixed in a piece of timber prepared for that purpose, which is kept in motion by a crank, connected with a rod jointed to the said piece of timber at fig. 3. Pig. 6 shows the throat through which the wood passes, after it is cut by the knife. Pig. 6 shows the arms or bench on which the timber to be cut is firmly secured, and by the moving of which, by any of the methods commonly in use for similar pm'poses, the timber to be cut is brought into contact with the knife. Pig. 4. PHILIP SOHOOLCEAPT. : V I qi I i :l m A. D. 1830.— (LowETi Canada.)— No. 11. New and Improved Spinning Machine, LETTERS PATENT to PliUip Schoolcraft, of the Seigniory of St. Armand, in the District of Montreal, Cabinet-Maker, for the Invention of a " New and Improved Spinning Machine." Quebec, dated 26th June, 1830. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A A represent the wheels, by which the machine is put in motion, B B the bands on the said wheels, by which the spindles are made to revolve, and C C the spindles on which the thread is wound or taken. D is a wre suspended in the machine for the purpose of conducting the yarn or thread to the spindles. E represents a small beam or timber passing across the machine, and moving up and down in grooves in the side timbers, by which means the rolls are roped, and prepared for use, and thence conveyed to the spindles as aforesaid. The spindles C C can be put in motion by one band only, or by applying a band to each spindle. F, in the end view of the machine, represents the mode of placing the cranks, which are marked A in the other view of the machine. The said machine may be driven by the hand of a single person, or by water, wind, steam, or any other motive power, and it is the intention of the patentee to use it in an upright, inclining, or horizontal position. PHILIP SCHOOLCRAET. !i I I A. D. 1830.— (LowEu Canada.)— ISTo. 12. Improved Hydraulic Steam Miyine. LETTERS PATENT to Robert Hoylc, of the Seigniory of LacoUo, in the District of Montreal, Esquire, for the Invention of an " Im- proved Hydraulic Steam Engine." Quebec, dated 25th June, 1830. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The Engine is composed of two or more wooden cylinders or vessels bound together of sufficient strength, and placed perpendicularly in or near a reservoir, of the same depth as the length of the cylinders or vessels, that they may fill without the aid of a vacuum. In each of these cylinders is placed a float of wood or other buoyant material that is a slow conductor of heat, closely fitted without touching the sides, to separate the steam from the surface of the water, and thereby pre- vent its condensation ; guides are made use of to keep the floats steady ; suitable valves are placed in or near the bottom of each cylinder or vessel, in order to prevent the free ingress or egress of the water. A steam chest with its valve or valves, is placed on the tops of the cylin- ders or vessels, to admit the steam from the boilers into them, and permit it to escape alternately. The action of the engine resembles that of the common single forcing pump, (the steam acting as a piston ii Ml il ■ ''HI > 38 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 12. Hoylis Improved Hydraidic Steam Engine. immersed in the water the length of the piston stroke.) The improve- ment in the Hydraulic Steam Engine, thus made, consists in the use of wood or other non-conducting materials in the construction of the vessels or cylinders and floats, as above described, and in lining with the same material, iron or other metallic vessels or cylinders, for the altemite reception and discharge of steam and water employed in this form of Engine. ROBERT HOYLE. ! 'i! s ji'ove- a the ion of lining fs, for red in LE. # A. D. 1830.— (LowETj Cai^ada.)— JN'o. 13. Machine for Manufacturing Hat Bodies, LETTERS PATENT to Samuel Andres, the younger, of Blairfindie, in the District of Montreal, Trader, for the Invention of a "Machine for Manufacturing Hat Bodies." Quebec, dated 9th August, 1830. \ BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The wool is carded "vvitli a double or single carding machine, with a doifer or finishing cylinder covered with filleting cards, so as to pro- duce a continuous or unbroken web ; the web as it comes from the machine is to be spread or wound upon a cylinder, which cylinder is of a certain diameter in the centre, and gradually tapering each way, for a certain distance ; and then the ends Avound off in an oval form, the size and taper of which should be such, that when two hat-botlies are upon it, one on each end, they should meet in the centre of the cylin- der; which may be varied, according to the size of the hat-bodies to be formed upon it ; in the process this cylinder is placed upon four conical rollers, which are placed upon a carriage, tAvo on each side, in a position nearly horizontal with their bases, or large ends of each pier, in contact at the centre of the cylinder, and with the small end of each, inclined towards the corresponding small ends of the rollers, on the otlicr side and in that position be made to rest and revolve upon points, gudgeons 40 A. D. 1830.--(LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. Andres' Machine for Mamifactmring Hat Bodies. 01* shafts, from the centre of each, and in such manner as that the sides of the rollers next to the cylinder shall be exactly parallel with it, so far as the same lengthwise is straight ; thus forming a bed on which the cylinder may rest, and revolve as upon friction rollers, in the manner hereinafter described. But in addition to such rotary motion of the hat-body cylinder, and in order to have the wool spread and wound smoothly and equally over the entire surface of the cylinder, it must be made to move to the right and left horizontally, on the seg- ments of a circle before the doflPer of the carding machine, presenting to the same the convex side of such segments. To effect these movements the conical rollers, with the hat-body cylinder upon them, are to be attached to a frame or carriage, and placed upon tAvo circular railways to be provided for the purpose, and one of these railways on each side of the carriage, parallel to each other as segments of circles from one common centre, with grooves or ridges, in such a manner that a carriage, having its frame and dimensions conformable in the same, being provided with trundles for the purpose, may be easily moved one Avay or the other upon these railways. This carriage is made by fram- ing four pieces of timber in a square, which square is about four feet and three inches in length, and a])out sixteen inches in breadth ; this frame forms the sills of the carriage; at each corner of this frame there is a post of about ten inches in length ; at one end of this frame there are two, and at the other end one girt, that is framed into the posts acrocs the ends, and made fast by joint-bolts in a long mortise, made in the posts for the convenience of placing tliese girts in a right position, to receive the rollers and the inclined shaft. From each of these posts there is a brace, which unites Avith the long sills near the centre of the same. Across the centre of this carriage there is a piece of timber fixed, on which the irons are fastened to suspend the large end of the conical rollers. Those irons are four in number, one to support eacli roller ; they are four and a half inches in length, and made to branch at the bottom, for the purpose of better securing them in their proper positions, by bolting them to the cross-piece of timber. The axle-trees which the trundles are to operate upon, are fastened to the carriage in a position fronting to the centre, of Avhidi tlie railways already described are the segments, by Avhich an easy movement is giveu to tiio carriugo. xn \.\J riA'e tlic circuisr moA'emc' i. A„ ^i.„ ! M A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. 41 Andres Machine for Mamifacturing Hat Bodies, 11 LO tiie carriage, a plank suitable for the purpose is fastened to the axle-trees of the carriage ; on the under side of the plank there are segments of a bevel cog-wheel, fastened Avith the cogs or teeth on the under side ; these segments are to be of the same circle, as from their position to that of the railway, shall form a circle. A small bevel cog-wheel is fixed upon a shaft, Avhich is called the counter-revolving shaft, which lies pointing to the centre of the railways, a convenient distance to attach other gearing to it ; this shaft is made to revolve first one way, and then the other, and the bevel cog-wheel meshing into the segments thereby moves the carriage, first one way and then the other. On the circular railways on the other end of this counter shaft, another bevel cog-wheel is made to mesh alternately into one or otlier of the two bevel cog-wheels which are fixed on another shaft, called the sliding shaft, and lies parallel Avith the doft'er o':' the carding machine, at right angles Avith the counter shaft. The cog-wheels on this sliding shaft are placed Avith their teeth facing each other, and at sucli distance apart that one of them Avill mesh into one side of the cog-wheel on the counter shaft, and the other Avheel clear the other side of the same, and by sliding this shaft endAvays, these cog-Avheels are made to mesh alternately into one or other of the sides of the cog-Avheel Avhich is on the counter-revolving shaft, and thereby making this shaft revolve, first one Avay, and then the other, Avhieh gives the movement to the carriage. On this sliding shaft there is a pulley fixed, Avhich is connected by a band to another pulley on another shaft, Avhich is called the driving- shaft, and from Avhence it receives its motion ; this driving shaft lies parallel Avith the sliding shaft, and Avill be described in the rotary motion. On one end of the sliding shaft there are tAvo grooves turned, and a dog fixed, so that by means of a spring it will rest in one or the other of these grooves, which keeps the cogs from slipping out of gear ; this dog is raised out of the groove by a cam that is fixed to the car- riage, Avhich strikes the balance end of the dog, and raises it out of the groove, and then the shaft slides endAvays, and the dog drops into the other groove, and so alternately, as the shaft is slid endways, by having a cam fixed to each end of the carriage. An upright lever, Avith a fork on the lower end of it, and a ball or Aveight on the upper end, is sus- pended over the sliding shaft, so that the fork may slip on to the sliaft, which has a place turned for the purpose of receiving it, and is sus- 42 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CAN^ )A.)— No. 13. Andres Machine for Mamifacturimj Hat Bodies. n III pended in a mortise, in a block of wood or other materials fixed for the above purpose ; the lever is suspended by a pin near the lower end of it, and by throwing the top of the shaft over from one extremity of the mortise to the other, the fork operates to slide the shaft endways, which is done by fixing two arms, one at each end of the carriage, and extending at right angles of the same, until it reaches the lever and raises it until it passes the perpendicular centre, when it falls over to the other extremity of the mortise by its ouii gravity, and thus shift- ing the gear, so as to give the circular movement to the carriage, as heretofore described. By this means of gearing there is a perpendicular movement of the cylinder and carriage endways to the right and left, whereas the same or nearly the same movement may be produced to the same by a crank and arm extending to an irregular lever, l)ut from the dead motion of the crank, A\hile it moves the carriage on its extreme points, rendering the machine very defective, by not keeping up the movement, whereby the avooI is let loose, and is liable to go on to the end of the cylinder in pleats, thereby making the bodies uneven, and liable to work breaks or holes in planking. The range to be given to this movement is to be so near, that the Aveb may be brought to the centre of the ends of the cylinder, and the arms and cams may be so fastened to the carriage, that their position may be easily altered, so as to have them act on the lever and dog, and to effect the same, as it will be necessary to vary them according to the tension of the wood, which will vary in different kinds. This rotary motion of the cylinder may be produced as follows : A conical drum is to be fixed on the lower shaft of the carding machine, as that, for instance, which receives its motion from the main cylinder, and communicate? by a band to the doffer cylinder ; from this conical drum a band may l^e made to communicate with a like conical drum, only in a reverse position, to be fixed on the driving-shaft already named; this shaft is placed parallel with the other shaft, and nearly under the doffer cylinder. Upon this driving shaft, in its centre, there is a pulley which is made to communicate by a band to another pulley that is on an upright shaft, at the centre of which the railways are the segments ; on this upright shaft there is another pulley fixed, from whence a band is made to communicate with another pulley, which is on a vertical shaft that is suspended under the centre of the carriage, and is attached to the same. On A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. 43 Andres' Machine for Manufacturing Hat Bodies. for the ■ end of mity of idways, ige, and ver and over to IS shift- •iage, as idiciilar md left, need to lut from i on its keeping to go on uneven, |l)e given to the ay be so ed, so as IS it will , which may be er shaft motion doflfcr lunicate on the ith the driving icate by entre of there is unicatc speeded e. On this vertical shaft, near the top of it, a small bevel cog-wheel is made to mesh into another bevel cog-wheel Avhich is fixed on the end of an inclined shaft ; this inclined shaft lies nearly horizontal, and extends from the lower part of the centre of the carriage to the lower girt on the end of the same ; on the other end of this shaft there is a spur cog-wheel meshing into another spur cog-wheel which is on the small end of one of the conical rollers, on which the cylinder rests ; on the other end of this conical roller there is another bevel cog-wheel which meshes into a like bevel cog-wheel, which is on the corresponding end of the other conical roller, causing these rollers to revolve together, and tliese rollers cause the hat cylinder to revolve, and the cylinder in its turn causes the conical rollers on the other side to revolve by the friction of the cylinder upon them. Here, too, it will be perceived that the revolution of the cylinder should be so adapted to that of tlie doffer cylinder as to receive and wind up the web as fast as it is given off, and no faster, as it is found that the web formed of diffin-ent kinds of wool possesses more or less tension ; these relative movements require to be varied accordingly, and for this purpose the conical form is given to the drum, as heretofore described, connected by one band, in order that by moving the band, for instance, towards the large end of the first mentioned drum, which communicates its motion to the other, it passes at the same time towards the small end of the roller, by which the motion is accelerated, and ' y moving the band the other way, the motion is retarded, thus allowing all of the relative movements to be adjusted with the necessary exactness. The effect altogether is, that while the rotary motion of the cylinder, thus regulated in velocity to the production of the web, it is carried endways from one extremity to the other, in its circular movements on the railways, presenting its sides and ends alternately, and in repeated succession to the web, imtil it is wound and spread smoothly and evenly by these combined move- ments over the entire surface of the cylinder to the tliickness required, while the conical rollers press the wool to its surface as it is Avound upon it, thus forming two entire hat bodies, which are cut apart in the centre of tlie cylinder, and so on in succession. Although one specific process is here given for communicating and applying the power necessary for the purposes of these improvem.ents from the carding machine, the particular manner of producing the same or a similar 44 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— :Mo. 13. Andres Machine for Mmmfmturimj Hal Bodies, il II Mi effect may bo varied, as by taking the power in the first instance from any other part of the carding machine, or by using gearing where drums, pulleys and bands are described to be used, or vice versa, or otherwise, as shall be found expedient. Although the hat-body cylinder is here represented as revolving on four conical rollers, it may be made to revolve on two of these rollers, and four geared pulleys or trundles, by placing the rollers in a position under the centre of the cylinder, and fixing these rollers, one at each side of the rollers near the end of the cylinder, in such a position as that the trundles will keep the cylin- der in its proper position on the rollers, and the cylinder resting so as to make them revolve by its friction on tlie same. In this case, rhe inclined shaft may be dispensed with, and the vertical shaft under the carriage placed in such a position that the small bevel cog-wheel on the top of it may mesh into the bevel cog-Avheel which is on the large end of one of tlie conical rollers, bv which the motion is "•' .en to the roller as heretofore described. This last mode of revolving of the cylinder is preferable, as it is frequently t^^e case in commencing the hat body (where the cylinder revolves on tlie four rollers) that the web dvops off the cylinder while it is passing from one roller to the othe c, and the roller takes the government of the Avel) in whole or in part, thereby causing much difficulty in commencing tlie body in a smooth and even manner ; and from the situation of the cylinder on the rollers it is not so easily adjusted as in the last described mode. By the perfect regu- larity of this circular movement of the hat body cylinder, or combina- tion with the rotary motion of the same, the web is draAvn and strained evenly upon the surface of the cylinder, that the hat bodies may preserve their shape when they are taken off from the same, and keep through all the process of manufacturing, until they are blocked, and from the manner of the position which it presents to the web. The cylinder will admit of its being made much larger on those parts wliere the square of the hat body is formed than many of the machines now in use, and the body will admit of being blocked, without being liable to break, or unreasonably straining the same. The same, or nearly the same effect may ])e produced in another manner, as follows, viz. : The carriage of the hat body machine may be divested of its trundles, cams, and segments, and also the fljtures and gears to produce the circular motion v/hich are not necessary, A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. 45 Andres' Machine for Manufactimng Hat Bodies. larger many )cked, same, other 1 may :tures 5; \ ssary, and the carriage is placed hetbre the doffer cylinder, at suitable height and distance from the same, and made stationary. The carding machine is furnished with trundles, and placed upon two or more straight railways, ^vhich are placed under the carding machine, and at right angles to the same ; the carding machine is made to move side- ways to the right and left, upon the railways, to such a distance as shall be necessary to vibrate the we]), so that the cylinder may he wound and covered with the wool, as heretofore described. In order to produce tlie rotary movement of the cylinder, it may be more con- venient to extend the vertical shaft that is attached to the carriage down throivgh the floor of the carding room, and fix a small pulley on the shaft of the drum that drives the carding machine, and connect a band from this pulley to another long pulley fixed on anotlier shaft that is suspended near the floor, parallel Avitli tlie drum ; on this shaft there may be another small pulley whicli is connected by a band to the pulley tliat is on the lower end of the vertical shaft. In order to give the movement to the carding raacliine, place a shaft on the drum under the floor of the carding room, and parallel with the carding machine, whicli shaft is made to revolve each way, and ])y attaching four chains to it, tw o of which may be made to pass up through the floor over friction rollers, or pulleys, and communicate with one side of the frame of the carding machine ; the other two chains attached to this shaft are made to pass up througli the floor over friction pulleys in the same manner, only in a reverse position, and are attached to the other side of the frame of the carding machine. These chains are so attached to the shaft or cylinder, that when the cylinder revolves one way, the chains that are connected to one side of the machine wind up, and the other let loose, and so vice versa. These chains are made tight, so that when the cylinder revolves either way, they i:n mediately act upon the carding machine to move it as heretofore descriljcd. In order to give this move- ment to the shaft or cylinder, place a large bevel cog-wheel on one end of it ; then fix anotlier shaft at right angles with the same, with two small lievel cog-wheels on it that will mesh alternately into one or the other sides of the large bevel cog-Avheel, and make it revolve, first one way and then the other. This last mentioned shaft is made, and operates similar to the sliding shaft described in the c'rcular movem.ent of the machine, and the same apparatus is fixed to slide it, except being made II I I II! 46 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. Andrea Machine for Mamifactnriny Hat Bodies. stronpfer nnd heaviPr. A little alteration in the manner of operating upon the shif'tinf? lever may he made hy cords or arms, or hoth of them, as shall he found from the location of the same to he most convenient. The manner of eommunicatinj? the power from the main drum or shaft to this slidins;- shaft may he hy sets of reducing pulleys and hands, or gears, as shall he found most expedient from the size of the drum, and the location of the same. The hat hody cylinder may be cut apart at the centre, and used in connection on the four conical rollers, without any material difference ; hut when they are used on two of these rollers it must he connected. In order to harden or bason these hat l)odies, a steam box or case of drawers is to be ])rovided, to conduct the steam into the bottom or lower part of it. This box or case may be made of about thirty-tAVO inches square, and three and one-half feet deep. In this case there may be four draAvers that are made with flat bottoms, for the ])urpose of admitting the steam to the hat bodies on all sides. A table or bench is provided, Avhich may b(! about five feet long, and two and one-half feet wide, which am"11 answer for two basons. This table may be about two and one-half feet hi£j;h, as mav be conveni- ent to tend the same. Next a crank of aljout four inch sweep, with a pulley attached to its shaft, for the purpose of revolving it Avith a band, is provided ; this crank is placed at about tAVO feet from the back side of the table near the floor, Avith bearings to revolve upon ; to this crank there is a large piece of timber, Avhich stands in a vertical position, rising to nearly the top of the table ; through the top of this piece of limber there is a roll, Avhich is made tight or fast in the same, Avith a bearing turned on each end of it — these tAVO pieces form a cross. Two arms are then provided of about tAvo feet in length, Avith a box in one end of them, to receive the bearing of the roll ; these arms extend from the roll horizontally, and parallel to each other, and are united Avith the loAver edge of a plank, Avith mortise and tenon or other Avise ; the plank is about tAventy-tAvo inches long, five inches Avide, and two inches thick ; it has a gudgeon or bearing turned at each end at the loAver edge of the same ; tAvo boxes are made Avhich receive the gudgeons of this plank, bolted to the back or on the pleats of the table, about five inches loAvor than the top of it ; from the top edge of this plank tAvo brasses extend near the roll, and are made fast Avith scrcAvs or bolts to the arms ; on the upper edge of this plank, near each end of it, there I » A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. 47 And/res' Machine for Mmmfacturing Hat Bodies. tlier( is an iron of pbout tivc-eighth inch diameter, about five or six inches long, standing in " vertical position ; the upper ends of tliese irons are turned smooth, m as to admit another iron slipping upon thcni ; next make another iron and turn a bearing on each end, then make two holes near each end of the size to slip on the ends of the turned irons that project from the edge of the plank. Two arms extend from the hearings of this last described iron, and one fastened to the top of the hardening plank, to raise and fall, according to the thickness of the bodies to be hardened, and also to swing or turn up, so as to admit the bodies being placed under it. The hat bodies are noAV steeped or evened when it is necessary ; then take a cloth or paper that is shaped to be bodied, and put in the inner side of it, so as to keep them from sticking together ; then lay them on a cloth large enough to wrap a sufficient number of bodies to harden, and lay a cloth on the top that will cover it, then another hat body, and so on, laying a cloth between each body, until there is enough to harden at one time, which will be from four to eight, according to the heft or substance you are making them. When wrapped up together, tbey arc then taken to the chest and steamed, until they are quite damp, then taken out and placed under the hardening plank, and the said plank is set in motion, from five to fifteen minutes, with a weight or pressure upon them, Avhen they are taken out of the cloths, and the folds changc^d so that those parts hardened are on the outer edge of the body, they are then steeped as before, and are subjected to the former process, only having the hard- ening plank made wide enough to cover all the parts that were not hardened the first time ; then take out the cloths, and they are ready for planking. The plank that is made use of for hardening the bodies the first time is about two feet long, and about eight or ten inches wide at one; end, and two or three inches at the other ; the under side has the corners rounded off, to prevent it from straining tlie bodies ; it is also covered with canvas to prevent its sliding or slipi)ing on tlie same. Explanation of the Eigures. — Figure 1 — a. Conical drum on the drivhig-shaft ; fj, central pulley ; c, a ])ulley ; d, the shifting lever ; /, a block of wood that supports the shifting lover ; q, sliding shaft ; g, the dog ; h h h, bevel cog-Avheels, of thirty-two teeth each ; /, coun- ter-revolving shaft; k k, the railways ; I I, the frame of the railways; 48 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 13. Andres Machine for Mmmfactarint) Uat BoSes. m m m m, the frame that supports the ^ars ; n, a hovel coi^-wlieel with sixteen teeth ; o, central pulleys ; p, p, band, figure 2 — a, Sec- tion of figfure 1 ; d, the shifting lever ; e, a pulley ; /, a l)lock that supports the shifting lever ; h, h, the cog-wheels ; (/, the dog ; m, m, the frame ; q, the sliding shaft ; r, the spiral spring. Figure 3— A, a cy- linder ; B, B, conical rollers ; C, C, guide trundles ; D, cog-wheel on the vcn'tical shaft, wi h sixteen teeth; E, vertical shaft attached to the carriage; P, pulley; G, the axles; H, II, supporters of the guide trundles, Figure 4 — a, a, &(.'., the four conical rollers; i, the inclined shaft ; c, c, the vertical shaft ; d, d, cog-Avheels on the inclined shaft ; e, pulley; f,f, cog-wheel with thirty -two teeth; h, h, h, frame of the carriage ; i, i, /, the girts ; k, k, the arms. Figure 5 — The under side of the carriage ; LL, &c., sills of the carriage ; m, m, &c., trundles ; w, n, axles ; o, o, cams ; /?, pulley on the vertical shaft ; q, q, s(>gment ; r, r, r, supporters of the vertical shaft ; s, s, s, plank. Figure 6 — A top view of the two conical rollers and four guide trundles ; t, i, the frame ; u, a cross piece of timber on Avhich the irons are fastened that supports the large ends of the conical rollers ; v, c, cross pieces that receive the supporters of the guide trundles ; lu, w, the guide trundles. Figure 1 — Hardening Box. — b, b, the irons with a bearing on each end that stops on to the vertical irons on the edge of the plank ; c, c, c, c, the arms tliat are fastened to the plank. Figure 2 — Tlie plank or vibrator. — e, e, the arms ; f,f, the braces ; g, g, tlu; giulgeons ; h, h, the turned irons of the top of the plank ; i, the roll. Figure 3 represents the machine in motion, a, the hardening plank ; b, the iron ; c, c, the arms that are fastened to the hardening board ; d, the plank or vibra- tor ; //,//, the irons which are turned on the top, and which stand on the upper edge of the plank ; i, the roll ; K, K, the bench frame ; b, pulley ; m, crank. SAMUEL ANDRES. I i',; A. D. 1830. — (Lower Canada.) — IS'o. 14 A Guaxje or Instrinnent to mcertain the Weight or Tonnage of GootJs^ c&c, Shipped on board Canal Boats^ &c. LETTERS PATENT to Sanuiel Andres, tlit; younger, of Blairfindie, in the District of Montreal, Trader, for the Invention of a "Guage OR Instrument to ascertain the Weight or Tonnage of Goods, &c., Shipped on board Canal Boats, &c." Quebec, dated 9th August, 1830. csonts c, the vibra- \nd on me; 6, '"-]S. A'ji BRTEF DESCRIPTION. One or more tubes, as occasion may require, are provided, of about an inch in diameter, having a grating in the end to admit the water ; also being stopped in the bottom to prevent the rods going through, and to be of a sufficient length to reach from the gunwale, or sides of the boat, to the level of its keel or bottom, with an iron flat rod inside, graduated and numbered from one inch to fifty or more, the rod is hung loose by a hock, to the upper end of the tube, and the tube is provided Avith a hook to hang upon the gunwale, &c., of the boat ; being hung on the gunwale; when the boat is entirely light, the graduated rod is drawn out, and the height to which the Avater rises in the tube, ascertained by the number on the rod, Avhich is noted down and indi- I 50 A. 1). 1830.— (LOAVKll CANADA.)— No. 11,. yj ituln's Gitaye to ascertam the trt'itflit or Tonmuje of Goods, ^'c. catcs the basis on which all I'uturo calculations, as to th(» \vcif,'ht of tho articles put on hoard, arc to ho made ; (all the materials, masts, ropes, gra])nels, poles, utensils, &c., required, nuist have heen previously on board,) the provisions, stores and crew, must then he embarked, and the rod ai?ain put down the tube, and drawn up ac;ain, and the num- ber to which the water reached also noted down ; then a full earcjo, no matter what may b(» shipped, as lar^t; as the l)oat will he allowed at any time to carry, the weii^ht of the whole of which car^ifo must be previously accurately ascertained, the rod beinc^ a^ain put {lo\\ n, «&c., the number to Avhich the water reached is noted down, and the distance between that to which it rose, when the boat was lii?ht, and when Ic.ided calculated in numbers, and apfmrtioned into tons, huiulreds, quarters and pounds, shows llie exact weiii;ht of an entin* cariLjo. A corresponding; table beini; made of those numbers, \h : represcMiting one ton, one cwt. one qr. &c., that table is the guide for ascertaining tho weight of every future cargo, parcel of goods or articles put on board; for instance, the vessel being light, suppose first a quantity of iron is put on board, the rod will she^' by the ta])le the weight of that iron, to be, suppose, one ton three c\\ t. ; next so many barrels of pork, and by dipping the rod, compared with the table, the weight of that part will be in like manner ascertained. Punctual care being always taken to note down the gradiuited numbers on the rod, to which the water ascends each time an additional article has been shipped. When any goods are put on board, the freight of which is calculated by the piece, by the tale or by measurement, the number must equally be taken down, in order to be a guide for the next article, but there is of course no occasion to compare it with the permanent table. SAMUEL ANDRES. fl of tho , ropes, isly on 0(1, and e liiim- rgo, no iwcil at must bo vn, &c., Ustanco d when ludrcds, v<^(). A L^sonting vtairiing put on !\ntity of ^ of that of pork, of that always hich the When d hy the ually he there is llES. A. D. 1830.— (LowEif Canada.)— No. 15. Improved Grist Mill. LETTERS PATENT to Samuel Andres, the younger, of Blairfindie, in the Distriet of Montreal, Trader, for the Invention of an " Im- proved Grist Mill." Quebec, dated 25th October, 1830. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This Mill is calculated to grind all kinds of grain, and is possessed of th«' following advantages over other kinds now in use, viz : First, the stone being very small, from thirteen to twenty-two inches in diameter, makes the expense trifling, takes but very little room, is operative with one-third or one-half the power usually required to operate the common mills, wherebv they can be operated on many small water privileges, which tu-e of none or little use, in consequence of the dcliciency of water to opera to the common mills; and from the deficiency of water privileges in many parts of the country, they may be operated by horse or other power to advantage. Second, these stones are operated in a perpendicular position, or on a horizontal shaft, which gives a greater facility for the meal to discliarge, tliereby preventing all heating and clogging of the stones, Avhereby the meal 1 1 li 1 1 ill I !! I 52 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 15. Andres' Improved Grist Mill, or flour is frequently injured in the common mills. For a mill where the stones are about nineteen inches diameter, prepare an iron shaft of about three and a half feet in length, with suitable bearings to revolve upon, fasten one of the stones on to one end and place it in a horizontal position, with suitable boxes to revolve upon ; on the other end of this shaft there is a pulley fixed of about from twelve to thirteen inches in diameter, by which it receives its motion by a band from a drum below ; next provide another stone, of the same diameter as the first, Avhich is made with a hole about two inches in diameter, and commences at the back edge of the top of the stone, descending in a diagonal diiection through the stone at its centre for the purpose of receiving its feed ; at each horizontal edge of the stone there is an iron or trunnion, by Avliich the stone is suspended by irons extending up- ward, and made fast to the inside of the frame, — at the centre of this bed stone, on the back side of it, there is an iron fixed with a loose joint, so as to admit of the stone to the runner, this iron extends through the frame or plank to a convenient distance, where a lever is attached to it, Avhich lever is fastened to the frame at one end, while the other end is subject to a screw pressure whereby the stones are placed or crowded together, as is found necessary. In order to prepare a con- venient frame for this mill to operate upon, join four pieces of tim- ber into a square, which square must be about five feet four inches, by two. feet eight inches; this square forms the sills of the frame. Then frame two posts into the long sills, near the centre of the same, these posts may be aljout two feet in length. There is also a girt which extends from one of these posts to tlie other, at a suitable heighth for the bearings of the shaft, next to the mill stone to rest upon ; at the same height as this girt there are two more girts or plates, that ex- tend nearly to the end of the long sills, and another gh't framed across the end into each of them, which last plate forms a bearing for the boxes to rest which support the other end of the mill shaft ; about eight inches from these posts there are two more posts framed into the long sills and a girt framed from each of these to the first mentioned posts. There are two more posts with a plank fastened to the back of them, whicli make a frame that has hinges attached to the lower end of them which hinges are fastened to the long sills, at such a distance from the other posts as to admit of tliis fraiuo to turn up against them. i i A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 15. 53 11 where on shaft rings to !e it in a he other thirteen I from a er as the iter, and ling in a irpose of s an iron (ling up- •e of this ose joint, through attached the other ilaeed or .■e a con- of tim- c'hes, hy Then lie, tliese rt which [ghtli for at the I that ex- ;d across for the J)ut eight (the long 2d posts. 3f them, of them ice frorii ist them. Andres' Improved Grist Mill. This frame contains the bed stones and their hangs, and will admit of being turned down so as to admit of dressing the stones. There are two long bolts which serve to hold this joint frame in an upright posi- tion when the mill is in operation, which bolts are long enough to extend through all the posts. This frame is boarded upon the inside so as to conceal the miU stones. The hopper frame, hopper and shoe, are made similar to other mills. There is an iron attached to the back end of the shoe extending until it comes over the main shaft ; from tliis iron there is another iron, which extends to the side of the main shaft, and the main shaft being made eight square it serves to jar or shake the shoe so as to deliver the grain. The speed to be given to these mills is from two hundred and fifty to five hundred revolutions per minute, according to the size of the stone. These small stones may be operated on a perpendicular shaft by applying the speed neces- sary ; but in this case it will be expedient to fix a weight or pressure to the runner, as it will not be of sufficent heft to do good execution without it. In this case the bed stone must be made stationary, and cannot move to tlie motion of the runner, as in those mills which operate on the horizontal shaft. SAMUEL ANDRES. I! i i h !l ! A. D. 1830.— (Low±:e Canada.)— ¥0. 16. Machine for ThresJwKj Grain and Hullm(j Clover Seed. LETTERS PATENT to John Manning, of the ToAvnship of Hinchin- brooke, District of Montreal, I'eoman, for the Invention of a " Machine fob Threshing Grain and Hulling Clover Seed." Quebec, dated 1st November, 1830. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A frame nearly square, and of sucli dimensions as Avill suit the power to be applied — one of two or three feet wide is sufficiently larcje for the power of one horse ; within and crosswise to tliis frame is placed a concave bed of iron bars, of an inch square or something less ; two or three of the bars at the upper part of the concave are to be of an octagonal form ; the remaining bars in the lower part of the concave may be perfectly round, and the bars are to l)e placed at such distance from each other as to admit of the s-rains threshed from the straw to pass between them ; and this concave of iron bars is to extend around a cylinder (hereafter to be described) about one-third part of the circum- ference of it ; the uppermost of these bars should be of the same height as the centre of the cylinder. In this concave bed of iron bars is sus- pended on gudgeons, a cylinder, or sk( leton of a cylinder, of about twelve or fifteen inches in diameter, which is sufficiently large for six or eight Ill I I' I 1 1 i ' I |i I! 56 A. D. 1830.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 16. Mamiin/s JIachmefor Thresliing and Hulling. beaters, and the power of one horse ; these beaters are cut in the foi n of a coarse bcrew, Ox .ney may be made of square bars of iron about three-quarters of an inch thick, or square, with notches cut therein, and placed on the cylinder in an oblique direction, so that the coarse threa( of the screw, or the notches cut on the bars of iron, run length- wise 01 the cylinder, nearly in a parallel line \\\i\\ the centre of it. The obliqueness of the beaters must be so great, that the forward end of one beater strikes upon tlie unthreshed straw before the hindermost end of the preceding beater has left it ; thus no heads of grain pass unthreshed. This cylinder should come Avithin one-fourth of an inch of the surface of the concave bo.l of iron bars, and there held down by springs, or springs may be placed betwi^on the concave bed of iron bars and the cvlinder, so that both the bed of iron bars and the cvlinder may give way and separate if any hard substance should come between them. The untlu'eshed grain may be introduced at the upper j)art of the concave bed of iron bars, by a slanting table or by an apron. Tliis machine is put in motion by a band or belt attached to a wheel, which must be of such size, or be aided bv a double "-earini? in such manner as to produce nearly or quite one tliousand revolutions of the cylinder in one minute, and may be moved by hand or horse power. The bars of iron used in this machine mav be of cast or wrou\'hich propel the table from right to left ; /, the end view of the table, represented in plate No. 1, as letter a ; the perpendicular lines in the shaded part of the letter g, represent the space between t}ie dockers ; h, the bottom piece of the frame to ivhich the dockers are attached, through which wires pass, which, in the operation of the machine, push the crackers from the dockers ; i, the open space between letter h and the perpendicular lines, representing the top of the wires, which aye fastened to the frame above, as represented by dots ; j stands permanent, being fastened in uprights o o, through p p; o o, the uprights of the outer frame ; p, p, slides of the frame ; k, the top piece of the dockel' frame, on top of which is a nut, which receives a screw which moves the frame to dock and press the cracker ; C, the screw, one-fourth of a revolution of which raises or depresses the frame half an inch, or thereabouts ; ni, the lever attached to the screw ; N, the top piece of the uuter frame, to which the screw is fastened, which moves the docker frame ; d, the crank on the top roller ; r r, the ends of the rollers on which cog-wheels are placed, of equal size, meshing into each other, as appears by letters g g in plate No. 4 ; the dotted lines through the centre of the above represent the two rollers- A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 18. 61. top roller urpose of issing and sentcd in represent sented in lieces and [os. 3 and the sides, i-escnt the . J, 3, and m upright s a a, the es passing the dotted the under he hottom or chains icw of the cular lines ;wecn t}ie ockers are ion of the le between the wires, ; j stands 0, the c top piece -^es a screw the screw, frame half w ; N, the aed, which r r, the equal size, No. 4 ; the wo rollers* Andres* Machine for Manufacturing CracherB and Biscuits. Plate No. 3 is an upright view of the right side of the machine, and is described as follows, viz. : Letters a «, the legs ; b, the bottom piece which supports the uprights e d; e e, side pieces; c, the upright in which the rollers are placed, Avliich is attached to the side piece e, by bolts or screws ; d, the upright of the outer frame, as represented in plate No. 2, letters o o; I, mortises on the top of the outer frame, as represented by t}ie letter n, plate No. 2 ; k, the lever which moves the screw, as represented by letter m, plate No. 2 ; f, side view of bed of the table a, plate No. 1 ; g, tbe crank represented on the upper roller, which may be thus used if necessary to gain additional power and force ; h h, boxes or folio w(irs which Peep the rollers in their places, by wedges or screws ; «, the cap piece through wliich the screwy' passes, to move the box or follower h ; j, the tlmmb-screw. Plate No. 4 is a left view of the machine ; is similar to plate No. 3, with the exception of the crank, having in addition the cog-wheels which move the rollers, to which they are affixed. SAMUEL ANDRES. If : '»«'i A. D. 1831.— (LowEij Canada.)— IS'o. 19. Improved Strilim/ Clock. LETTEES PATENT to .John McCanna, of the Seigniory of St. Arraand, District of Montreal, Clock Maker, for the Invention of an " Improved Striking Clock." Quebec, dated 1st March, 1831. BRIEF DESCUIPTION. The striking clocks noAv in use have four a\ heels in the striking part ; in the improved clock there is hut one wheel in the striking part ; this wheel has seventy-eight teeth, the number of blows that the clock strikes in twelve hours ; this wheel turns round twice in twenty- four hours. To regulate the number of blows for the different hours, there avo pins in the web of the wheel, as represented on the plan liere- \ni\\ transmitted ; for one blow there is left the space of one tooth between the pins ; for two blows the space of two teeth, and so on around the wheel. Figure 1 represents the hammer. Figure 2 repre- sents a piece attached to the hammer handle, wliich rests on the pins in the wheel ; this piece is made to turn or raise by a joint, Avhen it is attached to the hammer handle. Figure 3 represents the lifting piece. Figure 4, a lever, one end of Avhich is attached to an arbor, the teeth of the wheel vesting on tlic other end of it. Figure 5, a balance which is attached to the same arbor with the hammer ; the object of this 11 i i\ ii ii ' Ii ' ii 64 A. D. 1831.~(LO\VER CANADA.)— No. 19. McCauuas Improced Striking Clock. balance is to assist in raising the hammer alter it falls l)aek. A pallet (so called) is lormed in the arbor on which the hammer is fastened, as described by fii^ure 7 in No. 2 ; the teeth in the wheel strike against this pallet ; by this means the blows are etfected. Figure G represents a snail which turns round once in each hour. This snail raises the lift- ing piece describe! by figure 3; the lilting piece raises the piece described by figure 2 off the pin or pins in the wheel ; the hammer then falls back; at the same tinu: the lever described by figure 4 falls back from the tooth; a tooth of the wheel then strikes the pallet, which raises the hammer and gives a blow ; at the same time the lever (figure 4) is raised to its place by a spring and catches the next tooth, the spring being attached to the two arbors. The clock as now described has struck one blow; thi it continues to strike until the next pin comes to tlu- piece described by figur-' 2, which then rests on the pin, and stops the clock from striking till raised olf by the snail and lifting piece at the next hour. JOHN McCANNA. i I i ii;i| 1 i''! A pallet '. encd, as against presents alio lift- lie piece 1 hammer re 4 falls le ][)aUct, the lever 'xt tooth, V as now until the 1 rests on • 4 tlie snail (1 tVNNA. A.D. 1881.— (LowEu Canada.)— 1^0, 20. New and Impnw&l TJireMiuj Machine. LETTERS PATENT to Erederick Singer, of St. IMiilip, District of Montreal, Merchant, for tie invention c' i. *New and liiPROVED Threshing Machine." Quebec, dated 2nd March, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. 1st. A frame of Avood from five to six feet long, from two to four feet wide, and from two feet nine inches to three feet high. 2nd. An inclined hopper into which the grain is put, and slides to tlie rollers. 3rd. A pair of fluted rollers, one -I'veeand three quarter inches, the other seven inches, Avhich feed the unthreshed grain into the wire pickers of the open cylinder ; the pickers carry the straw over the top, between the cover and the cyliader ; the grain dropping down through the openings. 4th. A girt framed in, over the fluted rollers, made concave, of ^lie circle of the peri[)hery of the pickers, and cover of boards ; one hundred and fifty degrees of a circle, to where the straw- is thrown olf the prickers, after passing up over the cylinder. 5th. CroAvn wheel, on the upper fluted roller shaft, about two feet in diameter, and pinion on cylinder shaft of such size us to give the cylinder from six to eight revolutions, to the rollers one. 6th. Levers r ' I' T l1'' li «l Andres' New and Improved Threshing Machine. with weights on one end, and boxes on the otlier, on which the journals of the lower fluted rollers rest : The Aveights let the lower roller yield when the grain /teds through the roller. 7th. An open cylinder made with a shaft through its centre, heads or arms, at each end, and eight parallel pieces two inches square, through wiiicli the pickers of wire are put that thresh tlie grain ; said parallel pieces are made fast to the circumference of the lieads or arms, the pickers to project twelve inches beyond the parallel pieces, their points revolving close to the rollers' concave girt, and covering the teeth, four times the size of the \vire apart. What is claimed as new, and considered as the improve- ment in the above described machine, and what the exclusive privilege asked for, is the manner of feeding ; and its operation on the grain being backwards, which threshes the loose heads, and its being new in almost all its parts. SAMUEL ANDUES. I! ' m 111 ournals er yield er made ad eight of wire e fast to fc twelve se to the ze of the improve- privilcge he grain 5ing new DUES. A. D. 1831.--(LowER Canada.)— IS'o. 21. Tread - Wheel or Endless Cham for propellhuj variofis kinds of Machinery^ with either Water or Horse- Pence) •, c^*c.'' LETTEUS PATENT to Samuel Andres, jmiiov, and Stephen R. Andres, of Blairlindie, District of Montreal, Traders, for the Invention of a " Tread-Wheel or Endless Chain for Pro- pelling VARIOUS KINDS OF MACHINERY, WITH EITHER WaTER or Horse Power, &c." Quebec, dated 14th March, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This improvement in the propelling of machinery by the tread-Avheel or endless chain enables various kinds of machinery to be erected in places destitute of falls of water or other conveniences, and also possessing advantages over the wheels now in use, in requiring less space and force to propel the machinery attached to them, and l)y the deficiency of Mater privileges in many parts of the country ; they may be operated 1)y horse or other power to advantage ; and also a superior power can l)e obtained by the use of the endless chain or band, as specified in plate No. 1, known by the name of a current wheel, "which enables machinerv of any kind to be operated by a swift or gentle current of water. Plate 1 represents a current A\heel Avhich can be propelled by a swift or gentle current of AAater ; letters a a show the endless eliain or band, to which the paddles are fixed, and which 68 .. "0 ir.31.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 21. Andres Tread- Wheel for propelliuu Machinery revolves round tlie leadinfp wheel, marked h, and the follower, marked d, placed in a swift or gentle current of water ; letter h represents the leading' wheel placed at the head of the current, and is formed of such dimensions as the force and depth of the water may require, having a shaft attached to it which carries the spur-Avheel, denoted by the letter c ; letter c marks the spur-A\ heel, Avhieh moves the machinery ; letter d shows the following wheel placed at any partieidar distance from the leading Avheel, as the force of the current may require, and l)y use of Avhich the endless chain performs its various revolutions ; letter e repre- sents the moving paddles which are attached to the endless chain or band, and which extend to catch the force of the water in their descent, and regulated to their position by the brace chain, marked l)y the letter (j ; in their descent falling back on the endless chains or ])ands, on their return towards tlie leading wheel. Letters//// represent a side \\ii\\ of the frame, with the upright posts, ground plate, braces and friction roller beam, which supports the leading Avlieel, marked 6, and the following wheel, marked f/, tlio frame being sunk in the cm-rent or bed of water 1)y Aveights placed on the l)ed of the ground plates ; letter (j represents an end vie\\' of the friction rollers Avliich support the chain Irom sagging ; letters e e, figure No. 2, represent a ground vicAV of the said paddhvs, attaclied to the endless chain ])y means of bolts and scrcAvs. Phite Vw. 2 shoAvs the plan of a tread-wheel, the similar frame l)eing usetl as to tlie current Aviieel ; letter o represents the endless cliain or band moved by one or more horses, on an inclined plane, made the dill'erence of the dimensions, resulting from the diameters betAAoen the leading Avheel b, and the foUoAving Avheel (/, supported under the floor on Avhich the borse or horses Avalk, by friction rollers, to prevent the sag of the endless cliains or bands ; letter h represents tlie leading wheel, round Aviiich tlie chain revohx's, au'' to Avhicli is attached the spur-Avheel by a sliaft, as in plate No. 1 letter b ; letter c siiow s the spur-Avheel which moves the machinery ; letter d marks tlie following wheel, to Avhicli is attached the bak"'C(^ Avheel, which steadies the motion ol' the tread-Avheel, and is connccti'd to the follower by a shaft ; letters e e represent the floor, attached to two or more chains or bands, as may be rec^uired, the floor being formed of strips of timber or ])lank, on Avhich the horse or horses move to ju'opel the inaeliinery ; letters/' «-rc))reseiu tlie liorse treading 2 A. D. 1831.— (LOAYER CANADA.)— No. 21. 69 Andres^ Tread- Wheel for propelling MacJiinery. marked 'uts the of such ,avmg a le hotter letter d Vom the )y use of • e repre- chain or descent, \ \)\ the or bands, 'present a iraces and narked &, ik in the ic ground ors which represent [ess chain |pl;ni of a \\X Avheel ; .e or more inensions, I, and the |c horse or [ess chains the chain iiaft, as in jnoves the |s attached Lcel, and is |t th(.' t\oor, I, the iioor |(> or horses [se trcadinij? on the inclined plane, marked e e ; letter I shoAvs the balance attached to the following wheel, marked by a shaft, which gives a regular motion to the tread-A\lieel and machinery ; letter j shows an end view of the friction rollers resting on tlie beam, as marked by letter g, plate 1. Plate 3 shows the plan of a Shelling Machine, Avith its various ap- pendants, for shelling Avheat, rye, barley, peas, beans, oats, Indian corn, and for breaking tlax or hemp— shelling, dressing and cutting the straw at the one operation, and taking tlie tares from the wheat Iw means of endless chains ; letters a a represent the endless chains or bands, Avhich shell the grain by means of long strips of fluted iron, which are attached to the endless chains and bands, fastened to them with nuts and scrcAvs, and the fluted irons mashing into each ; the strips of iron be' a^ placed at regular distances from each other, form apertures for tbe grain to fall doun on the shoe, marked by the letter d ; letter h represents the circular Avheel, on the surface of which cut- ters are fixed for cutting the straAv, after liaving passed througli the mashers, is throAvn out at an opening at the outer part of tlie machine, moved by a band Avhieh rcA'olves round a Avheel fixed on one of the leading wheels, marked letter I, No. 2 ; the circular Avlieel can be taken off at pleasure by the unscrcAving of a nut marked b, when the machine is to be used for the breaking of hemp or flax ; letter c repre- sents the apron spread betAveen tAvo rollers, marked k h, AA'liich is attached by a band to one of the leading AA-heels, (marked I, No. 1), and round the innermost roller, marked h, Avhich causes the apron to revolve round the rollers /.; li, and feeds the rtiachine by spreading the sheafed grain on the apron ; letter shoAVS the side A'iew of the shoe whicli conducts the grain to sieves, and is shaken by a rod, Aviiich is connected by a crank to the Avinged sliaft, marked m ; letters e e e e represent the sicA'cs and scrcAvs Avhicli are placed on the shoe dressing the grain, the chaff passing off by an opening at the end of the mill ; letters f f f f represent the side vicAv of the frame, in Avhich the said moving machinery is placed ; letter g represents tlie fan, Avhich being attached by a band to one of the leading wheels, marked by letter i, No. 1 ; the said fan bloAvs out the dust and chaff from the solid grain, Avhicli escapes as before mentioned ; letters i No. 1, i No. 2, i No. 3, and / No. 4. shoAv the four leading Avheels, round Avliich the endless Ciiains or bands revolve ; letters l No. 1, and i No. 2, are stationary !' 1' I li I - J 1. i!j|! ■ 1 V , I! A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 21. inclres' Tread- Wheel for propelling MacJiineri/. wheels, and only to be removed Avhen dressing or taughtening the lower chain or band ; but the leading wheels, marked /, Nos. 3 and 4, can be removed at pleasure, and instead of the upper chain or band, leading wheels, Nos. 3 and ^, small rollers can be used as represented by figure No. 5 — platt 4, by letters n n ; letter h shows the front view of a box, into which the wrain falls, and bv a small door in front can be taken out at pleasure ; letters h k represent two small rollers Avhich serve to taughten the apron, and by the l)and attached to letter i No. 1, revolves round the centre, and moves the apron to feed the mashers ; letters B E represent the nut which screws the circular wheel, marked b ; letter m shows a small crank fixed on to the fan, marked (/, which is connected to the shoe by a rod ; letter >/, figure 5, represents an end view of the rollers or cylinders, on which pieces of fluted iron are fastened, which move 1)y small cogs or mashers ; letter a represents an end view of the friction rollers, placed so as to hinder the endless chain from lowering in the centre ; letter P sho^^'s a ground view of the pi'^ces of fluted iron attached to the endless chain ; letter ff repre- sents a ground view of the sieves and views. Plate No. 4 represents the endless chains or bands when placed in a perpendicular position, revolvins: round tw o drums or wlieels, with buckets attached to them, requiring less water to effect the same purposes than that required by an overshot wheel. Eigure 1 shows a front viev.- of the endless chains and buckets ; letters a a show a front view of the buckets attached to the endless chains ; letters It b show the endless ciiains to which tli& buckets are hung, Avhich Avind round the drums. Eigure 2 shows a side view of the machine and an end view of the buckets ; letter a represents the buckets which are attached to the endless chains, in the centre of the buckets ; letter b represents the endless chain ; letters c a show the d"ums round which the endless chains revolve ; letter d shows the upi'ight post in av hich the gudgeons play, and which the drum revolves on ; letter e marks the spout from which the water issues that fills the buckets ; letter / marks the water falling into the buckets ; letter rj marks the staple that confines the buckets to the endless chains ; letter h marks the cogs that play into the open spaces of the endless chains. SAMUEL ANDEES. STEPHEN E. ANDRES. e lower [ 4, can leading y figure t' a box, )e taken ;li serve i No. 1, iiasliers ; , marked ^ 76 A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 24. n' I !,. !'■ I J' Douglass' Safety Steam Boiler. I yf exposcd to the action of tho tiro ; E, a conduit constructed of metal or other firm material, introduced into, aiA connected with the boiler, as near as can be to tbp lower surface of it ; the conduit is turned up- wards to a hei;^.' ( ov'Cjjonding with the lieight which is required for the water * • Muvu in the boiler ; at the termination of the external end of thu conduit, a valve, D, is placed so, that when the pressure from the boiler, through tho conduit, exceeds the ordinary pressure vnthout, the valve will close. When there is a vacuum or rarification within, whereby the internal p>«p«""ive is wholly or partially removed, then the valve will oper- ana admit tiie aiuiospheric air, and such is all the combination required for the admission of air into the boiler. But the combination may be more usefully extended for tiie purpose of Ivtroducing water instead of air into tin? boiler; for this purpose the f'onduit E, ^vith the valve D, is formed rmd prepared as before ; this conduit may be varied in sis^e, both for air and water, and be introduced into the boiler, either through the lower surface theriof, or contiguous thereto, or nearly so, and the valve may be constructed in the end or the side of the conduit, as in the diagram. For the purpose of creating a supply of water, the said conduit terminates in cistern G, which may be constructed of any size or shape ; this cistern uL uld be so loc.ujd, and of such dimensions, that the water in the cistern can always ' kept on a level with the water in the boiler, at its ordinary heigh i, without filling the cistern. On the top of the cistern a reservoir, H, is placed for the purpose of supplying the cistern and boiler with water when necessary ; B ^s a valve fixed on the Ijottom of the reservoir for the purpose of permitting the water to flow into the cistern ; the reser- voir may bt placed. ',£ more < nvenieht, not on the top, but at the side, or near the cistern, so as to discharge the water w hen the valve is open into the cistern, by a conduit ; and the valve B may be placed in any other place m ^re convenient tlian in thy' bottom of the reservoir, or in the conduit for the purpose of discharging the water from the reservoir into the cistern; G is a })all "oat, or weight, suspended from the end of the beam A ; to the v* er end of which beam is attached, by a proper fastening, a rod to the . e B so that as the end of the beam to which G is attached, descends, the valve B is opened. Now when, in conse- quence of the deficiency of water in the boiler, the water passes from the cistern G into the boiler, the float ball or weight G, which is sustained I, 'i-fi A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 21. 77 ,f metal or ! boiler, as umed up- jquired for e external te prossure y pressure rarilication y removed, such is all oiler. But purpose.- of purpose the before; this ; introduced ■ contiguous fi tiie end or of creating which may 3 80 1oea..-<;d, 1 always '.. lary height, oscrvoir, H, r with water :cservoir for ; tlie reser- at the side, alvo is open Laced in any tervoir, or in he reservoir •om the end by a proper ■am to which sn, in conse- Isscs from the is sustained Di .,^la88* Safely Steam Bmler. by the water in the cistern, descends, and thereby raises the beam which opens the valve B, from the reservou* to the cistern, and thus permits the water to pass out of the reservoir into the cistern, until it receives a sufficient supply, when the valve B is again closed by the ascent of the float ball or weiglit G. The pivot of the beam A may be either in the centre or approaching one end, as is found most convenient ; R is the piston chamber ; S is the piston ; I is the steel yard attached to the piston, which serves as a balance, and at the same time shows the force the steam has attained, by the pressure of the steam upon the piston which presses it upwards, and brings down the end of the safety alve beam, which uplifts the valve, and allows the surplus steam to escape ; as the steam gains force, it shows every pound, by pulling up the index of the steel yard ; N is the safety valve ; P, the pulley for working the td of the lever, by means of the piston ; M is the balance of the given weight the boiler is calculated to carry. It is not the safety valve, nor the beam with the weights, but the appendages annexed thereto, that I claim as part of ray improvements. The object and benefit of the said discovery and invention is to prevent such a vacuum or rarified state of steam within the boiler, nearest to the k »wer surface, or surface exposed most directly to the action of the fire, by a combination of machinery, for the purpose of keeping the lower interior surface of the boiler, or surface most directly exposed to the action of the fire, at all times covered with water, or a sufficient sup- ply of steam and air to prevent a vacuum or too great rarification. JOHN C. DOUGLASS. % J ,4 ■!i Ilii t t a d A. D. 1831.— (LowEJi Caicada.)— :N'o. 25. New and Useful Invention and Composition for Freparing Lamps and Chandeliers for producing Light similar to Gas. LETTERS PATENT to John Ratclitf, of OdcUtown, in the District of of Montreal, Trader, for the Invention of a " New and Useful Invention and Composition for Preparing Lamps and Chandeliers for producing Light similar to Gas." Quebec, dated 3rd October, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Specification of Lamps and Chandeliers in which spirits of turpentine and alcohol are used for producing light similar to gas. Ordinary Lamps and Chandeliers must necessarily undergo an alteration, by lengthening or shortening the tubes, as occasion may require, together with the tightening thereof, namely, tie stopping air holes in common Oil Lamps and Chandeliers, to pruvf'nt unneces- sary evaporation. To produce light from alcohol and spirits of turpentine, mix equal or unequal parts of each; agitate them well together, let them stand awhile and the alcohol will be combined with a proportion of the turpentine, Avhich will be about one-sixth part ; draw off the top which is the combination, and it is readv for use. ' ■'J m fei: k'lS 80 A. D. 1831.— (LOWEE CANADA.)— No. 25. I i> i ! ;i BatcUff's Chandeliers for producing Light similar to Gas, t .:: Let the alcohol be ninety per cent, above proof. Take one part of the turpentine to five of alcohol, shake them until the turpentine is com- pletely cut. The same kind of wick to be used as in common lamps and chandeliers. This com positirix prod uues a peculiar steady agreeable light, without the inconvenience of snuffing, as is unavoidably necessary with oil and candles, this effect is also produced without the least stain or soiling the vessels, which is most desirable ; and when the light is blown out, it is perfectly extinguished without any disagreeable smell or fire remaining on the %\dck, as the wick does not consume by the flame. JOHN RATCLIFF. ••■aSE i! !l ■( 'i: Jl ,3 I ■'■'.-m t of the is com- a lamps Treeable ecessary ist stain I light is lie smell e by the A. D. 1831.— (LowEE Canada.)— No. 26. Machine for Threshing all kinds of Grain and Hay Seed, LETTERS PATENT to John RatcHff, of Odelltown, in the District of Montreal, Trader, for the Invention of a " Machine for Thresh- ing ALL KINDS OF GrAIN AND HAY SeED." Quebec, dated 3rd October, 1831. •1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Specification of the threshing machine, for threshing aU kinds of grain and hay seed, to be propelled by horse, steam, or other power attached thereto. This machine is composed of a cylinder from ten to fifteen inches in diameter, having three heads of hard wood, from two to three inches in thickness, these heads are secured by firm plates of iron and banded, each being made fast by screws and rivets, the heads being covered by staves or logs which form the body of the cylinder al; regular distances. On the srid cylinder are placed wrought or cast iron beaters, firmly secured by screws or rivets, which run through the staves or logs into the heads, and are also secured by two wrought iron bands, or may be dispensed with. The cylinder has through its centre a wrought iron shaft, being from one to two inches square with its arbours made round and smooth, the same being made to run in regular friction bushes, either composed of copper or bell metal. Around the arbour are placed six. rollers, two callers and case. The 82 A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 26. BatcUff'a Machine for Threshing Grain and Hay Seed. cylinder has under it a bed or concave, of from six to ten cast iron rollers, which revolve only by the friction of the straw as it passes through the machine. The grain being put into the machine by means of an apron on which the straw is laid, which feeds the machine ; said cylinder is relieved by spiral springs, to accomodate a large or small quantity of grain ; being placed in a frame of suitable size. JOHN RATOLIFF. 4 -a ... u '"I \: I ■ii i i 'i ! n I' I cast iron it passes jhine by aacliine ; large or ize. A. D. 1831.— (Lower Ca:j^ada.)— Ko. 27. Improvement in the Lever Power ^ so as to be appli- cable to the movement of all Machinery. LETTEES PATENT to Hugh Henry, of St. Erancois, District ot Three Eivers, Esquire, for the Invention of an " Impeovement in THE Lever Pq-wer, so as to be applicable to the movement OF ALL Machinery." Quebec, dated 19th November, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This machine is composed of a frame, in which are placed two cog or spur-wheels, each upon a, main shaft, connected l)y two cranks in the centre, workmg mto tw j spur-pinions, having two fly-wheels up^^n the same shaft with the spur-pinion wlieels ; to the main shaft also are attached two paddle-wheels, of the nature of the paddle-wheels used in propelling steamboats. Tliis machine is also composed of an upright supporter or stander, which supports a lever connected with the cranks of the main shafts, by means of a connecting rod or pitman ; at a certain distance from th(^ above supporter or stander, are two other supporters or standers, which support two other compound levers by mears of two centres, which th-ey act upon; these compound levers arc !m i • 111 1 ' "f! i j; j i 84 A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 27. Henrifs Improvement in the Lever Power. attached to the first lever by means of another pitman or connecting rod,' which increases the power of the first lever. This machine wiU answer to raise the greatest weight, and is also applicable to put in motion miUs of all kinds, or boats of any description, or any other machinery which water or wind, or any other moveable power require. What I claim a patent for, is the compound lever to be used jointly and separately, according to circumstances. HUGH HENRY. I J meeting line will ;o put in ly other require, d jointly INEY. A. D. 1831.--(LowEi{ Canada.)—]S'o. 28. K /' Improvement in the manner of Building or Constrmthuj Bridges. LETTERS PATENT to Amablc Duchaine, of Ste. Marie de la Nouvelle Beauce, District of Quebec, for the InveDtion of an " Improve- ment IN THE MANNER OF BuiLDING OE CONSTRUCTING BRIDGES." Quebec, dated 30th November, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This bridge need not be supported in the middle, to the end that the current or ice may not shake or injure it, by overtliro^ving the piles and the supports ; it need only be sustained by its two extremities, placed on each bank of the river. This bridge will, by its construction, resist invincibly the force of gravity, which occasions o+her bridges to fall in the middle ; it will also counterbalance that force of gravity. The principles upon which the strength and solidity of this bridge repose are these : — ^The first and fundamental principle is the centre of gravity ; this bridge is composed of two parts, of which each is placed upon a base, which serves it as a point of support, but in such a man- ner that the extremity planted on the shore may be at least as heavy, and indeed heavier than the part which advmces over the water, to cross or cover the river, Tlie second principle is, that the two halves i 1 T i ■}. .'i I ■:!: 86 A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 28. Duehaine^s Improvei.ient in Building or Constructing Bridges. of the bridge unite in the middle of the river, and support each other mutually, so as to preclude the one or the other from yielding, weighing down, or falling into the river, supposing that the counterpoise of the part supported on the land was not altogethiT sufficient to prevent that part which extends over the water from giavitating. The third principle is, that the pieces placed upon one another, to form each of the two halves of the bridge, advancing always over the water, at five feet more or less in each row, are so fastened, bound with, and inserted into each other, as never to disunite, and form of the two halves of the bridge, but one whole, as if it was altogether formed of one piece. The models also present a variety of bridges invented upon these principles, &c. One of these constructions, instead of liaving but two parts, the bridge has many parts constructed upon similar bases, whenever the river is interseci;ed by one or more islar ds in the middle of such ele- vation that neither the stream nor the ice could injure the edifice upon them. AMABLE DUCHAINE. m < !;' A. D. 1831.— (Lower Canada.)— IS'o. 29. Soaj^ Cutting Machine. LETTERS PATENT to John Mathcwson, of the City of Montreal, Soap and Candle Manufacturer, for the Invention of a " Soap Cutting Machine." Quebec, dated 27th December, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. B A, Blocks where the soap stands whilst cutting, notched in such a way as to allow wires to cut the soap to the bottom ; C, a frame of soap, four feet high by four feet long, fifteen inches wide, when cut by seventeen wires each way, produces three hundred and twenty-four bars, weighing four pounds each, equal to one thousand two hundred and ninety-six pounds in the frame; D, a, cylinder worked by one bevelled wheel and a pinion, and two smaller wheels and pinions, pos- sessing the power of nine men, which cylinder works with two lathes, for guiding the Avires, as exhibited in the annexed drawing ; E, a piece of iron to move round about the soap, Avith Avires attached to it, Avhich Avires cut tiie soap horizontally — an operation called stabbing the soap ; E, a roller for cross-cutting the soap, Avith one Avheel and pinion, and worked by a double crank, and aTooved. to cruidc the Avires, as in letter 88 A. D. 1831.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 29. MathewaorCa Soap Cutting Machine. B ; G, a roller used as a conductor for the wires, running as mentioned in letter F, to the other side of the soap, which mrcs arc fastened to a piece of iron, as in letter E, and having two lathes, as conductors for the wires whilst cutting. JOHN MATHEWSON. .1 ^ ,o>i .1^ *^*|ii fM entioned ;iied to a Lctors for A. D. 1832.~(LowER Caj^ada.)— I^o. 30. A Ghromato?neter, LETTERS PATENT to Theodore Erederick Molt, of the City of Quebec, Professor of Mvisic, for the Invention of a " Chromato- METER. Quebec, dated 6th April, 1832. BRIRP DESCRIPTION. The Chromatometer is a so 'ire box about twenty-five inches lone', nearly two inches high, and about three and three inches in breadth • this box is constructed on a solid bottom board, at each end of which is a block, for the purpose of holding a pin ; the upper part of this box is a sounding board, over the centre of Afhich is extended a string, wtiich is fastened to the pin on the left, ai-d turned round the one to the right, where its turning is effected. This string rests near each extremity of the sounding board, on a fixed bridge ; and between the t^v'0 fixed bridges is a moveable one ; part of this moveable brid'>-e is inside the box, and paH of it outside ; the part which is outside touches the string underneath, (the san as the two fixed bridges), and by its being moved from right to left, s] ortens the string gradually, and the sound consequently gets higher in proportion as the bridge is moving on towards the right ; this outside part of tiie moveable bridge serves at G i \ f i; I !''■. il;(, I ! i" r :k ';i^ 4! !■■ -.J- ^^ 11: i 1 1 .,^,^ k 1 00 A. D. 1832.~(LOWER CANADA.) -No. 30. Molfs Ch/romatomcter. the same time as a pointer, the use of which will ho explained iKU'eaftcr ; near the hri"!.' to the left is a damper, the lunction of whicli is to avoid vihration on that part of the string whic' ■ to be inactive, as also lo keep the string firm on the luoveable brvu^c, in order to produce clear sounds. On the active part of the string, the motion of the moveable bridge is effected by the following arrangement : at the bottom of the box, right across the centre of it, is a knol), formod like the screw of a violin, or violincello, as far as it is visible; at the out- side of the box, from on each side of this loiob, (inside the box), pro- ceeds a violin string passing over a roller at «vich inner extremity of the box, and coming round to the side of the imer part of the move- able bridge, where it is fastened ngain ; thus, by turning the knob one way or the other, the moveable bridge will shift accordingly. On the sounding board are clearly marked out tiie ditferc't positions in whicli the moveable bridge is to be placed, in order to proceed through all imaginable intervals, the sounds being measured out chromatically. The Chromatometer admits of a cover and certain parts, as, for instance, the knob, the inner part of the bridge, &c. ; it may be made either of wood, as in the model, or of metal, according to the wish of the purchaser. T. r. MOLT. lioreafter; hicli is to lactivc, as o produce on of the t : at the ^rnu'd like it tlio out- l)ox), pro- :trcniity of the niovc- ^ knob one '. On the Ls in which hrough all owiatieally. or instance, le either of ish of the MOLT. A. D. 183:^.— (T wET^ Oai^ada.)-- I^o. 31. Lnprovement in tJn hi ,ij }facJdnes now in use. LETTERS PATENT to Edward Jewet Prencli, of Saint Armand, in the District of Montreal, Yeoman, for the Invention of an " iMrnOVEMENT IN THE TllRESllING MACHINES NOW IN USE." Quebec, dated 18th Deceml)er, 1832. BRIKF DKSCRIPTION. Tlie grain is laid on tlie cloth, which carries it into the concave bed, and is threshed by means of the bars on the cylinder, and those which form the concave bed, the grain falling directly under the machine. The straw is thrown out by the motion and force of the cylinder. One of the greatest improvements in this machine is, for threshing Indian corn, Avhich is effected by a l)ox un(U>r each end of the cylinder and two screws imder each box, to raise the cylinder a sutFicient height to^admit the ears of corn into the concave bed. Another great im- provement is, for threshing grass seed of all kinds, which may be done by tilling up the vacancies in the concave bed, to prevent the heads or parts^of heads of grass from dropping through before they are sufficient- ly shelled. This machine may be worked by Avater, steam, or animal power. One man and horse will thresh with this machine, two hun- dred bushels of Indian corn in a day, wiiile a man cannot thresh more than twenty bushels by the present mode of threshing. E. J. FRENCH. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 1.4 1.6 «i 6" ~ ►

\ A. D. 1836.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— No. 42. A Composition of Matter distinguished by the name of ^^Lime Water}'' LETTERS PATENT to EUsha William Harrington, of Foucault, District of Montrftal, Yeoman, for the Invention of a " Composi- tion OP Matter distinguished bt the name of Lime Water." Quebec, dated 20th February, 1836. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Take two-fourths of common gravel, one-fourth of common sand, and one-fourth of water lime, made from burnt lime-stone ground or well pulverized; mix them together with water until they become about the consistency of common lime-water, and it is fit for common use. E. W. HARRINGTON. m A. D. 1837.— (TiOWER Oai^ada.)— Xo. 48. Neif^ Discovery in the Application, of %eel Springs as a Propellinfj Poioer^ imfh a luoma >lt Iron Bim^for the purpose of apply in fj thi t mer. LETTERS PATENT to Si.muel Andres, junior, an< Stephen E. Andres, of Chambly, District of Montreal, for the i (mtion of a " New Discovery in the application of Steei springs as A Propelling Power, with a moveable Iron 1; for the PURPOSE of applying THt LeVER." Quebec, dated 2nd Eebruary, 18; 7. BRIEF DE.-ORIPTION. Figure 1 is an elevation of the main wheel ; A A, a wood cil for the purpose of fastening the wheel o the ground, or any other frame, with a binding of iron, C, bolted to t le frame of wheel B ; D, the shaft or axle of wheel ; E, the ratchet wheel made fast to the shaft or axle ; H, the dogs working on the ratchet wheel, with small springs to keep them in their place, secured to arms F, of main wheel, with screws or bolts ; O, a moveable iron rim with projections to receive the levers, working on a circle, N, attached to the principal wheel, M, for the purpose of winding up the spring, which is done in the following 118 A. D. 1837.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 43. Andres^ application of Steel Springs as a Propelling Power. ■Ji ,1 1! iiJ manner : when the levers are applied, move back the rim so that the spring dogs, I, may hold it fast for the purpose of winding up ; this circle or rim may be made to any size ; between the extremity of the main wheel and the centre, the spring dogs are secured to the circle N, with scrcAVS or bolts. It is liere necessary to observe that there may be a greater number of spring dogs and levers applied than arc shown on the drawing. Figure 2. Elevation of a semicircular spring wound up ; A A, wood cil for the purpose of fastening the cil to the ground, or securing the spring to the ground, or any frame, &c., or to prevent the chain or rope wheel raising it ; 0, iron bands for the purpose of securing the spring to the cil ; II, a binding of iron for the purpose of preventing the wood from splitting or bending ; N N, the spring in leaves; P, rope for attaching ropes or chains; R, rope or chain. Eiffure 3rd is a section or end view of three wheels, with frames ; R, cil of wood to prevent the frame of wheels from spreading ; E, iron band on top of wood to secure the frame together ; D D, ends of iron bands ; N, frame of wheels ; L, axle of wheel that runs in frame ; K, shaft of wheels ; B, cavity for the ropes or chains ; O, moveable rim, showing the cavities, I, to place the levers ; P, the cylinder ; W, a cog- wheel for the purpose of attaching any other machinery required. Eigure 4 represents an eccentric, to be placed on the other face of wheel to that shown on the draAving, for the purpose of stopping the machinery at any moment, similar to that of any common steam or locomotive engines. Figure 5 is a top or bird's-eye view of the cil and semicircular spring ; D D, iron bands to secure the spring to the cil ; A, that part of the wood bound on the spring to secure it from rising ; E shows a part of the spring ; C C, the wood cils. Eigure 6. A top or bh'd's-eye view of the cils or frame for wheels ; R R, a cross piece of timber to bind the outside pieces together ; P, a band of iron Avoided to the rims of iron on the outside pieces of Avood ; B B, are the cils or outside pieces of frame. Eigure 7 represents a spiral spring ; A, shoAvs one end Avith a hole perforated, for the purpose of fastening it to any poAver; D, shows the end to be secured to the ground, or any frame. Eigure 9 is a top or bird's-eye vicAV of the spiral spring; C shows the breadth and circumference of the steel for the snirnl snrinoc. FiQ-iirp, 8 is n, sido vitnv of a nivciilar sm'inff: O is the shaft or band which the spring winds on, and Avhich may be ¥■ A. D. 1837.— (LOAOIR CANADA.)— No. 43. 119 3 that the ] up ; this lity of the c circle N, jrc may be shown on v'ound up ; Gjround, or to prevent pvirpose of lie purpose spring in 1 or chain. Tames; R, ig; F, iron nils of iron frame; K, veal)le rim, ; W, a cog- y required, icr face of opping the II steam or V of the oil )rini;- to the lire it from Figure 6. [, R, a cross and of iron B B, are ;s a spiral purpose of ircd to the view of the f the steel ilav spring; lich may be Andres' application of Steel Springs as a Propelling Power. '/f- ift fastened to the ground or any description of frame ; P is the steel spring; B is the yoke for fastening the chain or rope. Figure 10 represents a top or bird's-eye view of the circular spring. SAMUEL ANDRES, Junior. STEPHEN R. ANDRES. I, it % f ■! . Ill li ;ii i; l|l:i::i.; K i Lilt A.D. 1837. — (Lower Cai^^ada.) — l^o. 44. A Moveable^ Falling or Draw Iron and Wooden Bridge^ applicdble to Rapids and other Streams, LETTERS PATENT to Samuel Andres, junior, and Stephen R. Andres, of Ohambly, District of Montreal, for the Invention of a "Moveable, Ealling or Draw Iron and Wooden Bridge, APPLICABLE TO KaPIDS AND OTHER STREAMS." Quebec, dated 4th February, 1837. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Eigure 1, which accompanies the specification before mentioned, is a top or bird's-eye view of the framing or foundation, having prepara- tions for a double truck ; P, beams of timber running longitudinally to receive the stanchions, and flUed in with stones, represented by letters B B ; E, cross or transverse beam to secure the longitudinal beams, P, into the bank or abutment ; 0, plates of iron, with an eye worked in them, for the gudgeons of stanchions to work in, secured to beam by spikes. Eigure 2 is an elevation, showing the bridge longitu- dinally ; I, represents the bank with a cut stone or rubble pier built against it ; H, is the stone pier that the bridge is fastened to ; P P, two rows of beams to form the foundation, filled in with stone, as shown by figures 1 and 3, to prevent the stream from injuring the stanchions, I, which are wrought iron, working at top and bottom, represented by the letters n n, with a hook and eye, similar to the hook and hinge of a door ; the shoulder and gudgeon to be kept in the eye by means of a 122 A. D. 1837.— (LOWER CANADA.)--No. 44 Andrei Moveable, Falling or Draw Iron and Wooden Bridge. washer and key, put on the outside ; these beams to bo secured to the bed of the river, N, by bolts, provided the said bed is a rock ; these bolts to be put on with a wedge, and should it be clay or sand, it should be secured with piles ; O, pla,te on which the eye is worked to receive the gudgeon N of the stanchion ; E, a transom of iron, hav- ing eyes worked at every stanchion, the same as the plates secured to beams. In the width of a bridge there are three longitudinal pieces of iron supported by the stanchions, having eyes worked on them to receive the gudgeons of stanchions, the same as tho plates below ; this will allow the bridge to fall forward or longitudinally ; these transoms receive likewise the flooring B, which flooring may be either wood or iron, and secured with bolts ; C, uprights working with a hinge to fall down, as occasion requires, to receive the chain D, and to serve as a hand rail ; R, a plate of iron having two eyes, one to be put on gudgeon of stanchion next pier, and the other on gudgeon secured into a pier, and to be fastened on with nuts ; a plate of this description to be put on each side of the bridge to keep it secure. Figure 3 is a transverse section of bridge ; P, beams of Avoods secured to bed of river in two or more thicknesses, filled in with stones, represented by letter E ; I, iron stanchions or uprights; O, gudgeons and eyes to stanchions; I, transoms to support flooring, having eyes worked on to receive the gudgeons to stanchions ; D, flooring of wood or iron transoms ; C, per- pendicular posts to carry chain or hand rail. The bridge may be made for one or more than two trucks ; it may also be made to any height, and extended to any length, the transoms being connected by being halved on each other at the joinings, and bolted througli vnih. nuts during the navigable season ; the bridge is to stand as shown on the drawings previous to the navigation closing ; the flooring may or may not be removed, and the bridge let doAvn by means of a chain and crab ; it will also be raised by the same means ; the object of this is, that it may remain under water and allow the oating ice to pass over it, otherwise the ice would carry away the stanchions ; after the ice has passed off, the bridge will be put up. SAMUEL ANDRES, Junior. STEPHEN R. ANDRES. i lijj Bridge. Lircd to the ock; these 3r sand, it is worked ' iron, hav- secured to al pieces of ►n them to jelow; this ;e transoms ler Avood or linge to fall ) serve as a on gudgeon into a pier, n to be put I transverse ;r in two or ? E ; I, iron ichions ; I, receive the ns; C, per- ay be made any height, id by being with nuts own on the nay or may a and crab ; s is, that it ass over it, the ice has !, Junior. UES. A. D. 1837. — (Lower Cais-ada.) — ^o, 45. Fire-jwoof Safe^ as applicahh to Vctults^ Cells for Oaols^ &C.J constructed of Hydraulic Cement^ or Water Lime. LETTERS PATENT to Samuel Andres, junior, and Stephen E. Andres, of Chambly, District of Montreal, Yeomen, for the Invention of a " Eire-proof Safe, as applicable to Vaults, Cells for Gaols, &c., constructed of Hydraulic Cement, OR Water Lime." Quebec, dated 1st April, 1837. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Eigure 1 is an elevation of the safe, showing the front ; A shows the exterior of safe, the total being covered completely Avitli sheet or plate iron, from a sixteenth of an inch to half an inch thick ; H H, iron frame on the front, back, end, bottom and top, the same as shown on the drawing, to secure the casing of sheet iron ; D, opening for door of safe ; C represents the rabbet of door. Eigure 2 is a longitu- dinal section of safe, with dotted lines drawn to represent the manner of building vaults, magazines, and ceUs for gaols, or any description of fire proof buildings ; D D, outside and inside frame of cement ; "^;',; ' 124 A. D. 1837.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 45. Andrea* Fire-proof Safe. C 0, vacuum or space, to be filled with lime water to prevent fire from penetrating, the water being made strong with lime, or well salted, to prevent its becoming stagnant. E E, a binding of cement from inside to outside frames, to prevent the part that forms the deposit from moving ; N N, openings in the said binding, to allow the water to have free course between the interior and exterior frames ; P, interior of safe or place of deposit, which is to have a lining or box of tin, with doors, &c., &c., and arranged as may be desired with shelves, and this lining or tin box to be three inches less all round than the safe, and to be suspended with wire, the space to allow of a free circulation of air ; B, valve or opening for filling the vacuiun with water. Figure 3 represents a top or bird's-eye view of safe ; B B B, inside and outside frame of cement ; D D, vacuum to be filled with water ; E, door and opening to safe ; H, interior of safe. Figure 4 is a drawing of the safe door ; P, frames of cement inside and outside ; O, vacuum to be filled with v.'ater. Figure 6 is a transverse section of the safe ; A A, inside and outside frame of cement ; O O O, vacuum to be filled with water ; H, vacuum in door to be filled with water ; D, inside and out- side frame of cement to door ; P, valve or opening in top of door for filling the vacuum with water ; E, interior of safe. SAMUEL ANDEES, Junior, STEPHEN E. ANDEES. 3nt fire from ill salted, to t from inside leposit from he water to ; P, interior t of tin, with ve8, and this B safe, and to iation of air ; '. Figure 3 and outside U, door and iwing of the aeuum to be e safe ; A A, >e filled with side and out- ) of door for iS, Junior, DBES. 3. A. D, 1837.— (Lower Cai^ ada.)— JNTo. 46. New and Useful Stove. LETTERS PATENT to John Vannovous, of Quebec, Yeoman, for the Invention of a " New and Useful Stove." Quebec, dated 7th November, 1837. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The material of which the said stove is composed is pottery ware or porcelain, formed into tiles and joined together as below specified. In the usual and most common form, the stove stands on an oblong base varying in size, on which it is raised perpendicularly to the height of six feet, more or less. The fire place is closed with a door and com- municates with a series of ascending and descending flues, occupying and fiUing up the body of the stove, through which the smoke and heated air circulates, communicating heat to the tiles, and through them to the external air. The flues are separated by partitions com- posed of clay or pottery, the support of the base may be of wood or of iron, or of any other material. The tiles may be of various forms and sizes, they are of two sorts, namely, those forming the middle of the sides, and the corner pieces, which latter are in most respects similar to the former, except in so far as it is necessary to vary them, to adapt them to their peculiar places. The tiles for the sides are of on oblong shape and are framed with ^Jianch on each side, running 126 A. D. 1837.— (LOWEB, CANADA.)— No. 46. Vannovom^ Stove. round their whole circumference ; the flanch being curved or hollowed on the outside as represented in the plans and descriptions fyled as aforesaid, so that when two tiles are set edge to edge, there is a channel or interval between the flanches ; the side of the tile not occupied by the flanch is smooth. The flanches are also sometimes perforated to admit of more strongly binding together. The tiles may be made rounded, or otherwise shaped, to adapt them to the different forms of the stoves : in building the stove, the tiles are joined close together end to end, the flanches being directed inwards, and the intervals between them formed as above mentioned are filled up with clay which is left to dry and harden. In the horizontal intervals, an iron plate is embedded in the clay, to brace the work. The top or ceiling of the stove is formed of clay. Explanation of the description and plans fyled as aforesaid. Figure 1 represents the elevation of the stove in its usual form, with ornamental mouldings and cornice. Figure 2 a horizontal section of the stove and flues, in which the compartments marked (w) represent ascending, and those marked [d) descending flues. Figure 3 a fore and aft vertical section, showing ajs does also, figure 2, the junctions of the tiles, their flanches and the intervals to be fiUed up with clay, and the supports of the base. Figure 4, a similar section from side to side. JOHN VANNOVOUS. f! or hollowed n8 fyled as i8 a channel xjcupied by erforated to ly be made at forms of >se together he intervals [\ clay which iron plate is jiling of the 1 and plans the stove in Figure 2 a impartments descending SLS does also^ intervals to Figure 4, a fOYOUS. A D. 1838.— (Lower Canada.)— JN'o, 47. A method of connecting Stove Pipes and other Tubes of thin Metal, LETTERS PATENT to William Pople Johnson, of Eiviere du Loup, District of Quebec, Blacksmith, for the Invention of a " Method OF connecting Stove Pipes and otheb Tubes of thin Metal." Quebec, dated 8th June, 1838. BRIEF DESCRIPTION, The main principle of the said invention consists in forming a screw on the internal and external surfaces of the pipes or tubes, to be con- nected by so working the ends thereof with a hammer or die, by means of a machine or tool described in the said specification and drawings, and to which these Our Letters Patent also extend, as that the end of one tube or pipe may be inserted and as firmly screwed into the other as if the said screws had been cut out of the solid metal, the said tubes being made thick enough to allow of this being done, as by the said specification and drawings, reference being thereunto had, will more fully and at large appear. WILLIAM POPLE JOHNSON. A. D. 1839.— (Lower Cai^^ada.)— Ko. 48. Improved Planing and Matching Machine, LETTERS PATENT to Zebediah Sisson, of Quebec, Master Carpen- ter, for the Invention of an " Improved Planing and Matching Machine." Montreal, dated 13th June, 1839. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Ist. The Prame to be made of hard wood, well bolted together at the joints. 2nd. The piece on which the ways are placed for the carriage to run on is to be of sufficient strength, so as not to spring under the pressure of the rollers ; the ways to be made of cast iron, one of them to be level on the top, the other to be the shape of a V, with ears on each side to seciire them down. 3rd. The carriage to be of pieces nine inches long, six inches wide, and one and a quarter inch thick, those pieces to be of seasoned hard wood, and to be connected by leather belts ; the rack in which the pinion works iS' to be placed in the centre of the pieces, and the irons to correspond with the ways near the end. 4th. The roller on which the carriage revolves. 5th, The rollers for keeping the plank down. 6th. The levers across the top of the pieces in which the rollers are fixed. 7th. The main cylinder in which the knives are fixed for planing the face of the plank J the shaft and arms of what we call the cylinder are to be in j i 1 i 1 j 1 I ' 1 1 ii ^'^ :^ l« ^lii 130 A. D. 1837.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 48. Sisaona Improtsed Planing and Matching Machine. one castinpf, with proper turns for i'astening on the knives ; on the back of these knives nuist ho a separate plate, of suflicient thickness to tap for the screws to hold them ; on this shaft is a niitro wheel, which drives another wheel of the same size on the upright shaft, on which is a pulley for the purpose of driving the matching irons. 8th. The shaft on which the matching irons are fixed. These shafts and the screws on which they run must ho steel pointed. 0th. The blocks in which the screws are fixed. These hh^civs are allowed to move out and in, so as to suit the dilferent breadth of planks, and are secured by a screw bolt. 10th. The wheels for driving the carriage. These wheels arc put in motion by a screw on the right hand, matching iron shaft, by working into a wheel of six inches diameter, which works into one of twelve in diameter ; this is on the shaft with the pinion that works into the rack under the carriage, which pinion is to be four inches in diameter. 11th. The bearers of the main cylinder. 12th represents the plank on the carriage. 13th. Matching irons. These must be secured to pieces of iron similar in shape to the main cylinder. ZEBEDIAH SISSON. I Ml is; on tho t thickness itro wheel, ; shaft, oil rons. 8th. shafts and Tho blocks ) move out iro secured '^e. These tching iron hich works the pinion 8 to be four idcr. 12th ms. These in cylinder. JISSON. A. D. 1839.— (LowEit Canada.)— ISTo. 40. JVew and Improved Method of Grinding Plaster of Paris. LETTERS PATENT to James McKenzio and Thomas Bowles, of Quebec, Cabinet Makers, for tho Invention of a "New and Improved Method of Grinding Plaster of Paris." Montreal, dated 7th Auinist, 1839. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The main principle of the said invention (without prejudice to the minor points of detail in the said specification and drawings set fcrth) consists in grinding the substances in question by means of a stone and a heavy circular disk of cast iron, revolving vertically on the two ends of an arm, fixed in an upright shaft, which is itself turned slowly round by means of horse or other power, and passes through the centre of a circular trough of stone or cast iron, on the bottom of which the said stone and disk rest, and in which they travel slowly round by the motion of the said upright shaft ; the edge of the said disk is indented in a manner adapted to break the substance submitted to the action of the mill ; but the edge of the stone is plain ; each has a scraper attached to it, and the scraper for the disk is pressed forward by a spring, so as to follow the indentations aforesaid. The trough is made wider than the edges of the stone and disk, and another arm from the "i .1 :i 132 A. D. 1839.~-(LOWEE CANADA.)— No. 49. McKenzie and Bowies'" method of Grinding Plaster of Paris, upright shaft carries certain contrivances called spreaders and stirrers, which can be set so as to spread the substance to be ground, in the manner most favorable to the action of the mill, and to throw such substance either into or out of the path of the stone or disk, by means of which the substance is ground without heating, and in a greatly superior manner to the method hitherto practised, as by the said speci- fication and drawings so fyled as aforesaid, reference being thereunto had, will more fully and at large appear. JAMES Mckenzie. THOMAS BOWLES. $^ '^'^r\ I stirrers, id, in the row such by means a greatly aid speci- thereunto 3NZIE. WLES. A. D. 1839. — (LowEE Oai^ada.)— I^o. 50. Certain New and Useful Improvements in the Con- struction of Steam Engines. LETTERS PATENT to William Nunns, of Sorel, District of Mon- treal, Engineer, for the Invention of " Certain New and TJsEFUL Improvements in the construction of Steam Engines." Montreal, dated 4th December, 1839. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The first of the said improvements consists of an invention or con- trivance by which the steam can be cut off from the cylinder at any portion of the stroke at pleasure, and without stopping the engine, by means of a piece of wood, metal, or other substance, upon which the cam on the crank shaft acts, and the position of which can be so readily altered by certain simple and easy means, described in the specification aforesaid, as to cause the action of such cam to continue on it for a longer or shorter portion of the revolution of the shaft, and the cut-off valve connected with the said piece to remain open in consequence during a longer or shorter portion of the stroke. The second of the said improvements consists of an invention or contrivance for feeding the boilers of high pressure engines without using a forcing pump, by 134 A. D. 1839.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 50. '•'• 1} Mmm's Improvements in the construction of Steam Engines. a certain arrangement of cisterns and valves and stop cocks, or other contrivances described in the said specification and drawings, and by means of which the pressure on the water in the cistern nearest to the boiler and lowest, being made equal to that in the upper cistern, and to that in the boiler alternately, the water will flow of itself, first from the upper cistern to the lower, and thence into the boiler, so as to maintain the latter at the proper level. And the third of the said improvements consists of an invention or contrivance in which by a pipe or partition pierced vnth small openings, aiid placed inside the boiler extending through its whole length, so that the steam must pass into it by the said small openings, in order to get to the steam pipe leading to the cylinder, or to the safety valve ; the water is prevented from passing with the steam to the cylinder or safety valve, as by the said descrip- tion, specification and drawings, reference being thereunto had, will more fully and at large appear. WILLIAM NUNNS. J 'if igtnes. 5, or other ;s, and by rest to the irn, and to t from the D maintain frovements r partition extending 3 it by the ling to the >m passing lid descrip- ) had, will ^fUNNS. A.D. 1840. — (Lower Cajs-ada.) — l^o. 51. JSfeic and Improved Windlass Propeller. LETTEES PATENT to James McKenzie of Quebec, Cabinet Maker and Machinist, for the Invention of a "New and Improved WlNLDASS PrOPELLEE." Montreal, dated 13th March 1840. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The main principle of the said invention consists in propelling the windlass by means of a ratchet-wheel fixed firmly to the windlass, and acted upon by a ratchet or hand jointed to a lever, whicli is moveable on a centre, or so placed and arranged that the ratchet or hand can be acted upon or moved, (either directly or by the intervention of a lever), to be worked by men, and to be fixed at any distance from the ratchet and lever aforesaid,* and in such place and position as may be found most convenient and eff'ective for working it ; while the length of the lever at which the men work, and tlie distance of the centre on which it works from that point in it to which the rod leading to the ratchet or to the ratchet lever is attached, can be so varied as to give any degree of leverage or power that may be required, as by the said description, specification and drawings so fyled as aforesaid, reference being thereunto had, Avill more fully and at large appear. JAMES McKENZIE. J n :l m III 1 1 H ^ A.D. 1840.— (Lower Canada.)— ISTo. 52. Neiin method of constructing Steamboats and other Vessels propelledj hij Paddle-icheels. LETTERS PATENT to WiUiam Nunns, of Sorel, District of Mon- treal, Engineer, for the Invention of a " New method of con- structing Steamboats and other Vessels propelled by Paddle-wheels." Montreal, dated 20th June, 1840. BRIEF DESCRIPTION, The main principle of the said invention (Avithout prejudice to the minor points of detail • the said description, specifications, and draw- ings so fyled, as aforesaid set forth), consists in so constructing and arranging the water-wheel shafts, water-wheel flanges, water-wheel beams, boxes, coverings and other apparatus, and parts of steamboats and other vessels propelled by paddle-wheels, as that the whole of such apparatus and parts as do, when the paddle-wheels are in use, project beyond the stern or over the sides, or above the gunwale of the vessel, may, upon occasion, and with great facility, be removed, lifted up, or drawn in, and the vessel may thus be enabled to pass through a lock of little or no greater width or length, or under a bridge or other work of little or no greater height than would be necessary to enable her to pass the same, if she had no paddle-wheels. WILLIAM NUNNS. A. D. 1840.— (Lower Can^ada.)— JNTo. 53. Net or Seine for the capture of Porpoises, LETTERS PATENT to Moyse Morin, of Rividre du Loup, District of Quebec, for the Invention of a " Net or Seine for the Capture of Porpoises." Quebec, dated 5th August, 1840. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The net or seine is thirty arpents in length, by thirty-two feet in height ; the height is composed of two pieces, one of which is twenty- two feet high, and the other twelve feet, and each piece is composed of thirty meces, of an arpent each in length, on the height of the two large pieces respectively, of which they form parts. To this end and in order to facilitate the conveyance and the setting and unsetting of the said net or seine, which could not be effected otherwise on account of its bulk and great weight, the mesh of the said net or seine is of seven- teen square inches, made with a cordage known by the description of garant de hunier, of about an inch and three-quarters in circumference. The meshes are not made like the meshes of an ordinary net, the cordage being crossed, and bound with a small cord on the four sides ; the principal cord on the sides of each large piece is four inches in circumference, an arpeiii in length, with an iron at each end, and attached by fastening the said irons with a pin and a rope, braced in n i 140 A. D. 1840.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 53. MorirCs Net or Seine for the capture of Porpoises. the first fastening of each end of the pieces. The two largo pieces are also attached in the same manner, with a cord binding the two fasten- ings together. The net or seine will be set by attaching one end to the land, and running out about eight arpents, more or less, according to the circumstances, and then will be bent, and form a parallel line towards the shore. The net m ill be attached to the bottom of the water by anchors, to the feet of each of which will be attached a rope with buoys to raise them at pleasure. There will be buoys on the net to cause them to float on the surface of the water, and also sinkers at the bottom of the net to keep it spread ; and when the porpoises shall have entered the net, the end of the net or seine which will be the farthest out will be drawn towards shore by a cylinder or steamboat. MOYSE MOEIN. I pieces are :wo fasten- one end to , according arallel line torn of the ;hed a rope on the net ) sinkers at poises shall kvill be the teamboat. MOEIN. A. D. 1841.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— I^o. 54. Improvement upon ^' StniWs Patent Archimedian ScrewP LETTERS PATENT to Nelson Walker, of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of an " Improvement upon * Smith's Patent Archimedian Screw.' " Montreal, dated 24th March, 1841. brikf description. A stout rim of wrought iron is to be formed, about one half of the diameter of "the propeller, and secured to a centre flange of cast iron by three arms or spokes of the same material as the rim, and placed at the angle decided upcn, according to the use for which the same may be intended, say, from forty to fifty degrees ; upon the circumference of the rim are placed six or more leaves of wrought iron, fastened by screw bolts and set to the same angle as the arms which complete the propeller ; it is fastened upon the shaft in the usual manner, by two square keys of iron. NELSON WALKER. I i-; I :. I A. D. 1842.— (Lower Can^ada.)— ]^o. 55. An improved method of coiistructhig the Propellers by him discovered and invented^ and for ichich he obtained a Patent^ dated 24:th March, 1841. LETTEES PATENT to Nelson Walker, of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of " An improved Method or Constructing the Propellers by him discovered and invented, and for which HE obtained a Patent, dated 24tli March, 1841. Kingston, dated 18th January, 184«2. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The rirn described in the specification of the propellers invented by the said Nelson Walker, as aforesaid, is removed, and the improved propeller is constructed by fixing on the shaft intended to carry the propellc-, u. flange or centre of cast iron, or other suitable material, and affixing to it by bolts, rivets or other suitable and known con- trivances, the leaves or arms of the propeilev, made of boiler plate or of her suitable material, radiating from the centre to the circumference, and forming at the centre or flange an angle of about forty -five degrees with the plane of motion, and at the circumference an angle of about forty-five degrees with the said plane, the said angles being propor- tioned to the diameter of the propeller, and to the use for \vhich it is 144 A. D. 1842.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No, 55. Walker's improved method of constructing Propellers, 8fc. intended, but being always less at the circumfcrcnco than at the centre, and diminishing regularly, so as to give a twisted form to each leaf or arm. The outside edges of the leaves or arms are to he secured at the circumference by two or more hoops of \vrought iron, or other suitable material, firmly fastened to the said loaves or arms, but having in all cases sufficient space or spaces left between the said hoops, to allow the water to pass freely away. NELSON WALKER. ^c. A. D. 1842. — (Lower Canada.) — 'No. 56. JVew and improved Paddlc-ivheel called t/ie " Osculaton/ Propeller^'' LETTERS PATENT to Peter Eleming, of Montreal, Civil Engineer, for the Invention of a " New and Improved Paddle-wheel CALLED THE * OSCULATORY PrOPELLEK.' " Kingston, dated 12th March, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The invention consists in making the paddle hoards or buckets of the wheel move on hinges or joints, and in causing the wheel which carries them to revolve in a water-tight case, which may he fixed in any convenient part of the vessel to be propelled, and so as to be wholly or partially under water. An opening is to be left in the said case, and in the bottom or side of the vessel, throughout the space in which it is intended that the paddles should act, and through which opening the paddles project when in action ; at each extremity of the opening thus made the case is formed into a curve, osculatory to the circle in which the paddles revolve, and so that each paddle, after passing through the said open space, in which it acts, may be impinging on that part of the case which is formed into tlie said osculatory curve, and is smoothly and yet rapidly thrown into a position co-incident with, U6 A. D. 1842.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 56. Fleming's new and improved Paddle-wheel^ Sfc. or tangential to the circle in which it revolves, in which position it will be kept by the case, which, except at the said opening, and at the said osculatory curves, will be a cylinder whose axis is the centre of the paddle shaft, and whose interior diameter and length will be just sufficient to allow the paddles to revolve or work clear of it when they are in the position last named ; on their arrival at the osculatory curve on the other side of the opening in the case, the paddles will, by the oblique action of the water on their edges or under sides, (which are bevelled off for that purpose), be thrown smoothly but rapidly into the position of efficient action, in which they will remain until, having passed the opening aforesaid, they again come in contact with the osculatory curve as before ; the action will be the same in which ever direction the wheel revolves, and the wheel may revolve either hori- zontally or vertically, or the axis may be inclined, as may be found most convenient and best adapted to the construction of the vessel to be propelled, all which, with the details of the construction of the said osculatory propeller, and the various modes in which its construction may be varied so as to use the principle of the said invention. PETER FLEMING. A. D. 1842.— (Lower C^ada.)— I^o. 57. A method of propelling Vessels hj means of Heated Ah' actmg on the fluid in which theij float. LETTERS PATENT to Isaac Gouverneur Ogden, Town of Three Rivers, Esquire, for the Invention of " A method of Propelling Vessels by means of Heated Air acting on the fluid in WHICH they float.' Kingston, dated 27th June, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The apparatus consists of a furnace with a funnel or conduit for its smokes, gases, &c. The furnace may be constructed of any shape most convenient to the place where it may be required, or according to the taste of its projector, and it may be built of any metal or mate- rials capable of resisting a great heat. In the furnace there should be one or more small apertures near to, or in the bottom thereof, through which atmospheric air may by the help of a beUows or other machine be forced into the furnace. On the cylindor or tube which connects the bellows or forcing machine with the furnace, there should be a valve to prevent the air returning from the furnace after being forced into it. On the the top or near the top of the furnace there should be an aperture through which fire and fuel may be introduced, and to which must be attached a door or cover made to fit tight, so as to 148 A. D. 1842.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 57. OgdetCa method of propelling Vessels, 8fc. prevent the escape of air when the machine may be said to be at work, another aperture should be in the furnace, to which should be affixed the funnel or conduit pipe, strong and air tight, to be of iray form, or of such form as may be most convenient ; this conduit pipe should have its discharge or discharges under water, and it may have only one or many discharges, the discharge or discharges should be in a direction opposite or nearly so, to the direction in which it is intended the vessel or floating body shall be propelled ; there may also be tubes to convey the smoke, gases, heated air. Sic, in an opposite direction to those described above, to be used occasionally, when intending to back water, &c. ISAAC GOUVERNEUR OGDEN. A. D. 1842.— (Lower Cai^ada.) — JN'o. 58. Machine called a Smut Machine^ for cleaning Grain, LETTERS PATENT to William Arms, of Sherbrooke, District of St. Erancis, Iron Founder, for the Invention of a "A Machine CALLED A Smut Machine fob cleaning Grain." Kingston, 25th July, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The machine consists of an outer and fixed cylinder, the inner sur- face of which is properly grooved, and within which an inner and moveable cylinder, furnished with properly constructed beaters, revolves with very great velocity ; the grain being admitted (from a hopper) into the space between the cylinders, is thrown by the great centrifugal force communicated to it by the beaters on the inner cylinder, with such force against the grooves in the outer or fixed cylinder, as com- pletely to beat off any smut or other impurity, and by a suitably arranged set of fanners, the impurities, lighter than the grain, are blown out at the top of the machine, while those which are heavier may be separated from it by a circular sieve fixed at the bottom of the machine, and having meshes for the proper size. WILLIAM ARMS. A. D. 1842.— (Lov/ER Oa:naba.)—No. 59. JVew and Useful Machine, hung with Nets, for the fishing and taking Eels, LETTERS PATENT to Edouard Belanger, River Quelle, District of Quebec, Trader, for the Invention of a " New and Useful Machine, hung with Nets, for fishing and taking Eels." Kingston, 26th August, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. An Invention for catching eels by means of nets hung on poles, of wliich the basis can be formed of facines of variable height fixed at a distance of four or five feet apart, when the bottom will permit it ; but when the bottom is rocky, the poies must be fixed in hurdles loaded with stones ; at the extremity of the machine is a piece of net commonly caUed engoulement, which communicates with another piece formed of fascines or nets, which are called bourolle ; this bourolle communi- cates with a wooden box, which is placed at the extreme end of the machine, and from, thence is a trough which joins another wooden box, which can be reached at low water, so that the fish can be taken when the first box is covered with water. EDOUARD BELANGER. ^1T-: A. D. 1842.— (Lower C.ijj^ada.)— JS^o. 60. Certain new hnprovements in the Stoves cast in Scotland^ and Three Rivers^ in Canada^ common" ly called " Canada Box StovesP LETTERS PATENT to David Alexander Eoss, of Q\iehec, E. .der, for the Invention of "Certain new Improvements in the Stoves cast in Scotland, and Three Eivers, in Canada, COMMONLY CALLED * CANADA BoX StOVES.' " Kingston, dated 31st August, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. These improvements consist, first in the position of the holes in the division plate, through which the smoke escapes passing over the oven into the pipe hole, which, in the stove invented by him, are placed out- side of the lower and top end plates, oa one or either side, instead of being situated inside between those platos and the oven, and in conse- quence a slight difference of formation is made on the end, top, and division plates to cover the opening ; by this means a larger oven is obtained than by the old method. 2nd. Another difference consists in the manner of securing the pins on which the hinges revolve : in all 1 ''mA I 164 A. D. 1842.~(LOWER CANADA.)— No. 60. Boss* Improvementa inlBox Stoves, other stoves, these pins are seouied to the plate by malleable iron bands inserted into it and riveted on ; in these stoves, the pins, by a different process, are enclosed in a projection forming part of the substance of the plate itself. DAVID ALEXANDER ROSS. [i-. A. D. 1842.— (Lower Cai^ ada.)— N'o. 61. Nevo and useful iwithod of constructing Wheels to he driven by Water, LETTERS PATENT to Harvey Tripp, of the Seigniory of Vaudreuil, for the Invention of a "New and useful method of con- STRUCTTVG Wheels to be driven by Water." Kinf^'ston, 12th December, 1842. I ii BRIEF DESCRIPTION, The said invention consists in bringing the water from the cistern or head water, through a close trunk of peculiar form and construction, so that it may act as well by its pressure as by its impulse, upon the oblique buckets of a wheel, also of a peculiar construction, and to which, from its construction and property of working imder water, the inventor has given the name of "The Submerged Anfractuous Water-wheel." HARVEY TRIPP. A. D. 1842.— (Lower Canada.)— IS'o. 62. Drilling Machine^ for the purpose of boring and drilling holes in Bocks, Canal Quarries^ or for any other purpose. LETTERS PATENT to Donald Alexander McDonald, of Beauhamois, Gentleman, for the Invention of a " Drilling Machine for the PURPOSE OF boring AND DRILLING HOLES, &C., IN RoCK, GaNAL Quarries, or for any other purpose." Kingston, dated 19tli December, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The framing is put together with iron pins and nuts, and slides on the beam to any given distance that may be required, as the boring proceeds ; the beam is framed and braced, and also revolves on a plat- form, so that the machine may have a circular movement from side to side. There is a slide board for wedging the framing on the beam, and a connecting rod from the eccentric to the gate ; the gate is worked by a connecting rod, up and down in the slides on each side, on which the sheers are fixed ; for lifting the drill, a noddle pin passes through the sheers and gate, being two inches in diameter at top, with an angle, which angle, as it passes through the sheers, and strikes a pivot on the top of slide, forces the sheers open, thereby letting the drill fall, and \ll 158 A. 1). 1812.- (LOWKll CANADA.)— No. 02. Mrlhuaiifn Drilliiui Machine. whon tlio noddir strikivs tU«' bottom pivot, it hciuIh tlu* noddlo up to its propor ])l{i(>(<, and so on in i-otutiou ; ii Hprin^ sluits iho HluiorH, ho that whon thr j^alc has drsooiidiHl, and in tho up btroko tho Hhocrs i^'rip the xnauih'il a. id lill it, uutil thoy aro op»uiod hy tho noddU^ pin bolbro spooillod. 'HuM'o is au oociMiti'lc \\\\vA or crank, on which thoconnoot- iiiff rod is lixod, for jj^iviny; Iho ascondini^ and dosoondinj; motion to tho gale; tho oo<'»>ntri(' is lixod on tin' smno axh' with tlio drum, workod by a strap IVom iho propolling power, oithor horse, stivim or manual labor. D. A. MuDOr^ALU. ^;S4= A.D. 184J3.— (LowKit Oap^aua.)- No. 63. New and Improved Water-icheel, LETTERS PATENT to Jo'tn Liinil), of Montreal, for the Invention of a "New and Impvovi o Wateu-wiieel." Kingston, dated 3rd April, 1813. HUIEK DKSOIUI'TIGN. The design of the invention is to propel water-wheels by means of the Avater being passtul through oblique oriliees placed round the cir- cuniferenee of the whet>l. The working of the wheel may be illustrated by stating, thni iv orilice ap])aratus in Avhieh the wheel is contained, may be placed in a cistern, with a circular large enough to admit tho wheel, which is ])artly opposite the orifices in the apparatus, and partly below it, thn)ugh tlu^ cistern, tlius securing the unimpeded discharge of the witer ; the floats being identified with tho Avheel, those of them which are opposite the orifices are parallel Avith the shaft, and perpen- dicular to tht> great ])lane of the Avheel ; the other floats are inclined against the water as it presses through the orifices, and passes partly through the cistern below. To move the wheel, the water is let into the cistern in sucli quantities as to raise tlic v/holc head of Avater upon the orifices, through Avliich it is pressed upon those floats which are paral- I"' ■li 160 A. D. 1843.~(LOWER CANADA.)— No. 63. LamVa New and Improved Water-wheel. lei to the shaft or axes. The impulse given to the wheel is then continued by the water pressing upon the inclined portion of the floats, and thus passing from the wheel. JOHN LAMB. A. D. 1843. — (LowEE Canada.) — No. 64. Machine for extinguishing Fires ^ to wit^ a Fire Engine, LETTERS PATENT to Louis Lemoine, of Quebec, for the Invention of a "Machine for extinguishing Fires, to wit, a Eire Engine." Kingston, dated 1st June, 1843. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This engine has but one cylinder, instead of two or three, as in ordin- ary engines, but its action is double, having the power of throwing water constantly and continually, as tne piston rod ascends or descends, and with such force as to discharge nearly a ton of water per minute ; it has also the advantage of having attached to it a furnace, by means of which the water with which the engine is supplied is kept sometimes hot, but always prevented from freezing during the coldest weather in Canada. Attached to it also is a receiver, as in ordinary engines, whose action is derived from the pressure of the air it contains against the superabundant water which is thrown into it, thereby giving a continuous motion to the external jet of water, proportioned to the force employed. LOUIS LEMOINE. A. D. 1843. — (Lower Canada.) — "No, 65. JVew and Improved Trusses. LETTERS PATENT to John O. Brown, of Montreal, for the Inven- tion of " New and impeoved Trusses." Kingston, dated 7th July, 1843. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The single inguinal truss, the double inguinal truss, on a single spring, and also on two springs, and the femoral truss, the said trusses being composed of block pads, covered so as not to chafe the skin, the inner surfaces of which to be something similar to the oval of an egg^ but thicker at the lower edges ; plates of iron or ijther material are sunk to the surface at the back of the pads, liaving two screw holes to attach them to necks or yokes, descending li'om the ends of sprin-p, in which necks or yokes long square openings arc left to raise or debt the pads as required ; soft pliable pads, with straps to admit of ^hoir sliding easily on the backs of the springs, are attached ; the springs are formed of the best refined steel, to be covered with some soft mate- rial, and are to be worn from two-thirds to three-fourths round the body, having straps attached to be carried round the remaining portion, and fastened to a button or screw on the springs. JOHN 0. BROWN. m i A. D. 1848.— (Lower Caj^ada.)— JSTo. 66. New and useful method of eonsiructing Springs for Carriages, LETTERS PATENT to Edouard Gingras, of the City of Quebec, Coach Builder, for the Invention of a " New and useful method OF CONSTRUCTING SPRINGS FOR CARRIAGES." Elingston, dated 16th September, 1843. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said method consists in making the carriage spring a compound bow spring, formed of two steel bows connected together at the point, forming the centre of the compound bow (by a link having two pin joints, each of which receives the end of one of the single bows, and a stem at right angles to the line connecting the said two joints, and rising or descending to i he axle-tree, to which it is firmly secured) ; and the string or cord of which said compound bow is formed of five or more links jointed to each other, and to the outer end of the single bows aforesaid, the centre link being firmly connected with the upright ascc. ling or descending i:tem aforesaid, and therefore to the axle >oe. EDOUARD GINGRAia. Il^' i 'vj.^' -^ i < A. D. 1844. — (Lower Cai^ada.) — No. 67. Machine for (jrinding Clay, LETTERS PATENT to Austin Adams, of the City of Montreal, Brick Maker, for the Invention of a " Machine for Grinding Clay." Kingston, dated 8th January, 1844. BRIEF D5.SCRIPTI0N. There is first the hopper, into which the clay is put when dug ; in this revolves a horizontal cylinder, enclosed by an iron grating, and armed with teeth, by means of which the machine is fed, and the clay cut up and divided ; immediately below the cylinder is a set of horizon- tal rollers, with an opening between them sufficient to admit the clay as it falls, after having been partially cut up and divided by the toothed cylinder ; next below is another set of horizontal rollers, with an open- ing between them, somewhat smaller than in the upper set, by means of which the clay is still further ground up, when it falls into a conical pit or tunnel immediately beneath ; in this pit or tunnel, revolves an upright shaft, with arms projecting at light angles, in which knives ai-e inserted ; water is admitted into tlics pit or tunnel in quantities sufficient to reduce the clay to a proper consistency, which is easily and unifoiiuly accomplished by the arms and knives on the upright shaft ; the clay, when thus properly ground and mixed, then passes from the 168 A. D. 1844.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 67. Adams' Machine for Oriuding Clay. lower part of the pit or tunnel upon a table or shelf, when it is at once put into moulds and disposed of in the usual manner. The motive power is applied to a bevel wheel on the lower part of a perpendicular shaft ; on this shaft, near the top, is another bevel wheel, which acts on a mitre wheel fixed on a transverse shaft, which latter shaft, by means of mitre wheels, acts upon and turns the perpendicular shaft, which revolves in a pit or tunnel, into whicli the clay passes from the lower set of rollers ; in the middle of the upright shaft to which the motive power is applied, is a mitre wheel, which acts on another mitre wheel fixed on a liorizontal shaft which passes between and in front of the upper and lower set of rollers ; on this horizontal shaft, and fixed to the mitre on this shaft, is a spur wheel by which motion is at once communicated to the upper and lower sets of rollers by means of the spur wheels attached to each of the rollers, and turning outside of the frame ; motion is communicated to the horizontal toothed wheel which revolves in the hopper by one of the spur wheels on the upper set of rollers, which acts upon, and turns a spur wheel ; on the said toothed cylinder, scrapers are applied to the rollers, to secure their uninterrupted action. AUSTIN ADAMS. at once motive idicular ich acts haft, by ir shaft, rom the liich the er mitre in front laft, and ion is at neans of itside of id wheel tie upper the said ire their AMS, A. D. 1844. — (Lower Oai^ada.) — l^o. 68. I^ew and Improved Revolving Drying Kiln, LETTERS PATENT to Hiram Bigelow, Coteau du Lac, District of Montreal, Miller, for the Invention of a " New and improved Revolving Deting Kiln." Kingston, dated 9th January, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION, This kiln is composed of a cylinder made of cast iron, having an iron shaft passing through the centre > »vhich revolves the said shaft, and driven by a pulley or wheel attached to one end of it. This cylinder is placed in an oblique position having about eighteen inches fall from the upper to the lower end, and is enclosed either in anot . ' metal cylinder or in a brick arch, thus leaving a space betAveen tixO two cylinders or arch all round, through which space the fire is con- ducted from a fire place or grate at the lower end, and passed out by a chimney at the upper end. The grain or Avhatever is required to be dried is conducted by a tube ir*'" ^1"^ upper end of the inner cylinder, and is discharged by another tu^o ui the lower end, and when cool will be found to be completely dry. The cylinders may be made of greater or less dimensions, in proportion to tlie quantity of work pro« posed to be done. HIllAM BIGELOW. :i^ A. D. 1844.— (LowEK Cai^aba.) — ;N"o. 69. Spike Macliine. LETTERS PATENT to John M. Holland, Sault au Recollect, District of Montreal, for the Invention of a " Spike Machine." Kingston, dated 6th March, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The principle of this machine and one of its leading improvements and characteristics is, that the spikes are formed with hammers instead of being formed by wedging or pressure. These hammers are fixed in a carriage on the main shaft, which works against a rod passing through the centre of the shaft, and which carriage is pushed forward in time to commence pointing the spikes as soon as it is held in the proper position by the gripping ja^\ s, tlie carriage being drawn gradually backward whilst the hammers are in motion communicated by the cam wheels working the verti.;ai hammers. The cams that lift the vertical levers are so graduated that at the third and last blow the heels of the vertical hammers are brought together and point the spike ; in the mean time the horizontal hammers are giving intermediate blows to keep the spike at its proper width at the point. The machine is put in motion by a band on a pulley with balance wheel. The rod of iron from which the spikes are to be made, is piit in red hot at the end of the macliine between the gripping jaws, where it is stopped by a guage between the hammers that point the spike, the cutting lever, contain- 172 ..i. D. 18d.l.~(L0WER CANADA.)— No. 69. JIolland*8 8fi.''- Machine, ing a knife, is brought by the cam lever on the side of the machine, and the spike is cut off at the end of header. A wedge is then forced forward by a cam on the main shaft between a block on the frame and moveable gripping jaw, and the spike is held fast in the dies between the mov(?ablo and stationary gripping jaws, while the head is formed by the header, and the point is made by the vertical and horizontal hammers. The wedge is then drawn back, also the moveable jaw and the spike ftiUs out, finished into a spout or trough. It is to be noticed that the machine may bo worked either by bevel or cam wheels on the main shaft. JOHN M. HOLLAND. *1 c c I A. D. 1844.— (LowEii Cai^ada.)— No. 70, Method of Pumping Sliips and other Vess3lSj called the '•''Seaman's FiiendP LETTERS PATENT to Thomas Proudlock, of tho Township of Wcnt- worth, District of Montreal, Ship Wright, for tho Invention of a " Method of pumping Ships and other Vessels, called the • Seaman's Friend.' " Montreal, dated 10th October, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said apparatus or machine is upon the circumrotary principle, which, being attached to a ship or vessel, will cause her to pump herself, and do nearly all the laborious work on board a ship or vessel at sea in strong weather, with little or no assistance from manual labor ; attached to it is a perpetual water guage, telling the depth of Avater in the hold, and giving an alarm at every inch the ship makes ; it is open to the view of every person on the deck or in th ' cabin. There is also an apparatus for finding the rate at which the ship i« sailing with more correctness than the log and line. The apparatus or machine, with the pumps, four in number, are fixed in a frame round the main mast, in the space of about six feet, or nearly the same as the pumps now in use. The machinery consists of the frame marked A ; crnnk shaft, marked B; toothed wheels on the crank shaft, marked C C ; pinion on the end v^ 174 A. D. 1844.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 70. ProudlocFs method of pimping Ships^ 8fc. of the main shaft, marked D D ; pumps, four iu number, marked E E ; connecting bars between the pump spears and crank, marked F ; fly- wheel, marked ; rate screw, scale and index, marked H ; tiller, marked I ; great wheel, marked K ; float- wheel with suspending rods, marked L ; end of the main shaft with the flanges, marked M ; inner end of the main shaft, with the pinion, marked N ; index, marked O ; floats in the act of ascending with their expanding on rods, marked P; floats descending into the water, marked Q; floats as when at work, marked R ; pump spear, marked S ; water guage, marked T ; chains that connect the float and drive the great wheel, marked V V ; expanding rods to allow the floats to expand and con- tract as they pass the centre of the wheels. THOMAS PROUDLOCK. % J. A. D. 1844. — (Lower Canada.) — ^T^o. 71. New metJiod of constructiyig Piano Fortes, LETTERS PATENT to George Milligan, of Quebec, Piano Forte Maker, for the Invention of a " New method of coNSTRUOTiNa Piano Fortes." Montreal, dated 21st November, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The Invention consists in applying a metallic rest plate to pj aio fortes, and in perforating the rest plate, so as to receive the tunir g or rest pins of piano fortes ; this rest plate to have a metallic rest plate bridge perforated so as to receive the pins of the said bridge. This metallic rest plate is to be united with the metallic linking plate now in use, which will make the rest plate and linking plate one piece, joined by connecting bars, the whole forming one complete metallic frame ; this frame to be made of any and every description of metal or composition of metal, and to be adapts to every description of piano fortes now in use or hereafter to be in use — the object of this metallic frame being the prevention of contraction of piano fortes. GEOEGE MILLIGAN. m ji "i \i A. D. 1844 — (Lower Cais^ada.) — ^o. 12. New cast iron CooMnrj and Caloriferous Stove^ and an alteration in the construction of the Crockenj or Brick Stove^ being an improvement on the Stove introduced Inj one John Vannovous. LETTERS PATENT to Joseph Smolmski, of the City of Quebec, Gentleman, for the Invention of a " New cast iron cooking and CALORIFEROUS StOVE, AND AN ALTERATION IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CROCKERY OR BRICK StOVE, BEING AN IMPROVEMENT ON THE Stove introduced by one John Vannovous." Montreal, 21st November, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTIOiv'. Tho said cast iron cooking and caloriferous stove, and the alteration in the construction of the crockery or brick stove differs materially from the ero«.kery stove described in the patent dated the seventh day of No- vember, 1837,altliough its exterior appearance may, in some cases, be the same, the apparatus which forms the improvement being placed in the interior v.iih apertures, Avhich the other had not; by thi? one the mode of heating is consideral)ly facilitated, made more useful, and the con- struction of the stove rendered of greater durability ; this forms the i 1:1 IJ ■■i\< t r'^ PX I 178 A. D. 1814.— (LOWEE CANADA.)— No. 72. m Smoliushi's new coohing and caloriferous Stove. improved portion. The invention consists in the addition of a cooking apparatus, which, at the same time, serves for all caloriferous purposes ; the stove is of larger or smaller dimensions, according to the size of the rooms or apartments to be heated, and varying in shape, color and material according to taste or fashion; there are cold air holes through Avhich air introduces itself, and Avhen heated in the space betAvecn the iron work and crockeiy stove, it expands, becomes there- fore lighter, and finds its way into the apartment through hot air holes, or through crockeryware tubes which conduct it, if desired, to other apartments ; there is an interior section of the stove seen from the cooking side ; there is a Avooden frame forming the basis of the stove, the interior of which is tilled Avith bricks and fire mortar resting on the floor ; bricks are placed at intervals endwise or otherwise to support two or three layers of bricks, and forming in the meantime passages for ex- terior air, the circulation of which, besides the thickness of the layers, prevents the lower part of the stove from being heated too much ; the intervals may be wider or narroAver at Avill ; there are layers of brick on Avhich the cast iron frame rests ; a draAver or ash-pan is fixed between the bricks Avith an iron frame tlingcd outside to guard tlie crockery, and through Avhicli the ash-pan i^- drawn out to be cleaned ; there is a hearth-box in which the Avood consumes, Avith a door to the same ; there are flues through Avhich the smoke circulates, and passes to the chimney ; there are openings to tlie loAver and to the upper cooldng furnace ; there is an iron tul)e Hinged at the top, Avhich is suspended upon iron bars inserted in the crockery work — this disposition of the aboA'c tube is necessary to connect the iron flues Avith the crockery ones, Isolating it at the same time from the iron Avork, Avhich, by the action of the heat, expands, Avhilst the crockery contracts ; the loAver part is imbedded into sand kept outside by a flinge attached to the upper plate, and inside, by a smaller tube, through Avhich the flame and smoke pass to the above larger tube, and afterAvards to the crockery flues ; there is a space betAveen the crockery Avail and the iron AVork through which the outside air .'irculatcs, and is heated ; this space is broader or narro\ver,'aceording to the size of the stove ; from the space above the upper iron stove, which contains hot air, tubes can be inserted to conduct it to nny part of the house; there is a key or door to shut the flue when the wood is consunu>d ; there is an iron A. D. 18M.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 72. 179 SmoUnsWa new cooMng and caloriferotis Stove. frame on which rest the side plates of the lower stove or furnace, a grate through which air passes to the hurning wood, and the ashes fall into the ash-pan, and fire bricks inserted in the a*on frame, and resting on the layer ; the end plate of the three furnaces is grooved, in order to receive the side plates — the end plate of the lower furnace is lower ; there is a side plate of the lower furnace, as also a front plate, to which arc attached the hinges of tlie door ; the neck prolongs, to leave room for the front Avail ; there are plates Avhich cover tlie lower furnace, and form the ground or floor of the two cooking furnaces, and an aperture through which the smoke passes ; there are two groo-'^es, into which fit the end of the dividing plate ; there are flinges (in the back part) which hold the dividing plates w Inch form the channel through which flame and smoke circulate, partly around the cooking furnaces. The neck in tlie front of the cooking apparatus is necessitated by the thick- ness of tlie crockery wall; to the Hinge are attached door hinges; there are two end plates, and an upper dividing plate of the cooking furnaces ; a hole shut by a moveable cover serves to clean the smoke flue, and can be opened Avhen grease or any other matter falls upon the floor of the cooking furnace, and by burning, causes an unpleasant smolce or smell, which can then escape into the chimney ; there is an upper plate or cover of the upper cooking furnace ; a flinge attached to the plate ; an ash-pan or diawer, the front of Avhich has holes Avhich can be shut at Avill, and through Avhich air passes to the fire grate, and an iron frame inserted into the ockery Avork, and Avliich receives the draAA'cr or ash-pan. The improvement consists in the introduction of one, tAvo or more cooking stoves into the croekeryAvare stove, Avliich cooking stoves are, in themselves, much more efiiciont and commodious than the isolated ones ; it at the same time improves the draAving- room, passage, bed-room, or state-room crockeryAvare stove, by the introduction of cast iron furnaces, single, double or treble, Avhicli emit a greater quantity of heat, and make the stove more durable than in the former mode of construction. The same iron work or cooking apparatus can lie adapted to chinmeys for summer use ; that contrivance prevents the overheating of kitchens or other apartments Avhere cook- ing is done. The same cooking stove might be used by country people, Avho then might use Iri^ks instead of crockeryware. A dumb stove constructed upon the same principle as the above, but Avithout I ii ,J3 Ji n 180 A. B. 1844.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 72. SmolmsM*8 new cooking and caloriferous Stove. the fire furnace, can be placed above the other, receiving its heat from the lower one, and communicating it to the apartment in the same manner, that is to say, as well by smoke as by communication given from the cavity containing hot air. JOHN SMOLINSKI. \\ A.D. 1845. — (Lower Can^ada.) — l^o. 73. Improvement in the Truss for the alleviation and cure of Ilei^nea. LETTERS PATENT to Chandos Hoskyns, of Montreal, Esquire, for the Invention of an " Improvement in the Truss for the ALLEVIATION AND CURE OF HeRNEA." Montreal, dated 31st January, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said improvement consists in the manner in which the front pad is constructed. The sliding plate and the springs are so constructed that they may be attached to each other by means of a screw, which screw, wlien loosened, allows the pad to range to any poiat within a given circle, either in a perpendicular, horizontal or oblique direction, and also allows the sliding plate which attaches the front part of the springs to be lengthened or shortened at the wearer's pleasure, and then retained in the desired position by mean s of tightening the screw, and the mode by which the back parts of the springs are attached to each other, and to the back pad. CHANDOS HOSKYNS. I 1'li i\ ^ n « '■ t; a a P i] t: c a c A.D. 1845. — (LowKii Ca^aim.) — JVTo. 74 A New method of propelUng Vessels^ Carriaf/es^ c£*c. cC'c, by machinery^ without the ayency of fuel. LETTERS PATENT to Jean E. 0. Oiiellct, of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of a " New method of propelling Vessels, Cariuages, &c. &c., by machinery, without the agency of fuel." Montreal, dated 26th March, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The inven .on consists of an arm, being the principle power to move the engine, or main spring to restrain the too free action of the arm above mentioned, a spring to aid the main spring in its working, and a chain to aid tht^ leg of the engine in its movements ; two wheels for propelling the vessel ; a chain to aid the arm ; an arm to aid the wheels in their evolutions ; a chain uniting and aiding the arm which propels the wheel ; ^ leg which is secondary aid to movements ; a spring to confine the arm ; a spring to restrain the too free action of the leg ; a 'ihain for the shafts ; a post for the superior arm ; a shaft ; a prin- cipal or first chain of the shaft ; and finally, the body of the vessel. JEAN E. C. OUELLET. % "Wf !■! i f. ;ii! A. . "* "^45. — (Lower Caij^-ada.) — ^(>, '75. ^ew hod of constructing Water-wheels. LETTERS PATENT to Elias Nichols, of the To^ti of Sherbrooko, District of St. Francis, Millwright, for the Invention of a " New METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING WatER-WHEELS." Montreal, dated 4th April, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The superiority of this wheel over all others is, that the water enters on a diminishing, while the floats revolve in a complete circle, by which arrangement the floats approach the power by degrees, and receive the impetus of the water on three or more of their number at once ; to obtain this on an upright shaft, floats or paddles are inserted in, or fastened to the shaft ; a floor is placed beneath the floats, with space for the water to fall out and escape ; a curb is made to sur- round the wheel, which is high enough to receive the covering of the wheel ; into this curb, as inserted in the gate or gates, and at each, it is so placed as to commence a diminishing circle, which runs in towards the points of the floats, until it strikes the true circle ; the wheel being covered, and the gate or gates hoisted, the water rushes in,, pressing the outside of the diminishing circle, which, by curljing the water, inclines it towards the true circle, and forcing the water upon the points of the floats, carries them with it, until having expended its power it falls through the space cut in the wheel floor. On a horizon- 'I It ■)5' i.. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 LI Ui U& |||||o.2 2.0 ^ US, 1.8 1.25 U 1.6 ■• 6" ► V] o y^ ^;; f V ^ ^y Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 873-4503 4is & \ o V 186 A. D. 1845.— (LOWEE CANADA.)— No. 75. Nichols* new mode of constructing Water-wheels, tal shaft, the water is let in at the side on a diminishing circle, which is brought to a true circle as it passes round the wheel, being sur- rounded by a curb as far as the water is required to operate, when the water passes out at one side, left open for that purpose, or at each end round the shaft, as the length or largeness of the wheel may require. See Drawing No. 75. ELIAS NICHOLS. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Can^ada.) — JN'o. 76. New and useful method of constructing Counter- balance Machines. LETTERS PATENT to Ebeneztr i). Gilbert, of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of a " New and useful method of con- structing Counter-balance Machines." Montreal, dated 21st May, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said machine applies to practical purposes, in raising and lower- ing casks, the well-known principle of the accumulation of force obtained by a person ascending a laddc or inclined plane, and expend- ing t>*.e power thus accumulated in descending, and thus raising the weight to be lifted. The machine consists of a ladder firmly attached to two skids or guides, between which a cariiage passes, in which the operator descends, after having mounted to the top of the ladder ; at the upper end of the ladder is a gin or wheel, over which passes a rope attached at one end to the carriage above alluded to, and at the other to two ropes, which are connected with the two ends of a stretcher, or bar of wood or iron ; this bar passes through a hem or tabling in an apron of canvass; the cask to be raised is rolled over the bar or stretcher into the apron ; the operator having ascended the ladder, places himself in the carriage, and by his weight in descending, raises the cask to the required elevation, when it rolls off; the operator then leaves 188 A. D. 1845.— (LOWER CANADA.)—No. 76. Gilbert's method of comtrticting Counter-balance Machines. the carriage, the apron descends, and is ready for repeating the opera- tion. For lowering the casks, a coointerpoise is attached to the car- riage, causing it to descend, and elevating the apron. The gin or wheel to increase friction is prevented from turning ; the cask rolled against the apron, descends to the floor, and rolling over the har, permits the apron to re-ascend. See Drawing No. 76. EBENEZEE E. GILBERT. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Canada.) — 'No. 77. ^ew method of constructing Paddle-wheels of the description termed ^^ Sweeping P addle-wheels ^^ for propelling steam and other Vessels. LETTERS PATENT to Mcol Hugh Baird, of Montreal, Civil Engi- neer, for the Invention of a "New method op constructing Paddle-wheels of the description termed ' Sweeping Paddle-wheels,' por propelling steam and other Vessels." Montreal, dated 30th May, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said invention consists of eight arms, more or less, as the case may he, to be ihade of good sound white oak or other suitable material, with one or more range of arms of such diameter as may be found suit- able, varying from fifteen to thirty feet, more or less ; the said arms to be from six to nine inches square at the axis, tapering towards the point, and placed diagonally or otherwise to the axis, in iron flanges, or otherwise, as may be deemed most advisable ; on these arms, and properly secured with a sufficient number of bolts and fastenings, the paddles are to be placed, forming an angle of forty-five degrees, or any other angle that may be found or considered more advisable, so that they may enter the water obliquely, and come out obliquely at any of 190 A. D. 1845.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 77. Baird's new method of constructing Paddle-wheehy §cc. the before mentioned angles, and without back water ; such paddles to resemble in form and shape the Indian paddle, to be placed vertically on the arms of the aforesaid angles ; to be five, six or ten feet in length vertically, more or less, in proportion to the draught of the vessel ; to be, for a vessel of eight feet draught of water, three feet in breadth at the point, and one foot at the wrist or extremity of the paddle nearest the axis ; to be of good sound oak, one to have two inches in thickness, or other timber, or of strong boiler plate, to be secured at the peri- phery by strong substantial one or two-inch wrought iron bolts, with regulating nuts or tempering screws, and also of semi-radius, by sub- stantial iron bands, three inches by one inch of wrought iron, and to be properly bolted together, and through the arms, or with wooden rims and iron plates, as practised on the common wheel ; to have wrought iron shafts, from seven to nine and ten inches diameter, more or less, or cast iron, as from the shortness of the bearings the latter may be found sufficient, of the common dimensions ; in either case, to be attached to the engine in the common mode, or otherwise. The paddles may go within one foot of the bottom of the vessel ; the breadth of wheel need not, in ordinary cases, exceed one foot six inches to two feet six inches. In application to sea-going vessels (merchantmen), the out- side bearing and paddle-boxes may be dispensed with by having the wheel hung " cantilever," and properly keyed on the square or octagon of the shaft ; the wheel to be placed longitudinally with, or parallel to, the side of the vessel, or at any angle or position that may be deemed advisable. The sweeping paddle wheels may be placed to throw the water out from the boat, or against, or underneath the same, as may be considered advisable, or in any other position. See Drawing No. 77. NICHOL H. BAIRD. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Cais-ada.) — No. 78. Method of constructing ^^ Harmonic^'' attachments for Piano Fortes, LETTERS PATENT to Samuel R. Warren, of Montreal, Piano Forte Manufacturer, for the Invention of a " Method of consteuoting * Harmonic ' attachments for Piano Eortes.' " Montreal, dated 9th July, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said invention consists of a rail and a projecting damper, the latter of which may be made of any yielding substance, such as leath- er, felt, or the like, which by means of the pedal hereafter mentioned and the arm, is brought into contact with the strings, producing the harmonic sounds at the pleasure of the performer; the rail being hinged in the frame of the piano, is moved in a downward direction by means of the pedal, but is kept elevated above the strings by means of a spring during ordinary action. The invention is the construction of the harmonic rail and its application to the piano forte under any or every modification of the instrument. See Drawing No. 78. SAMUEL R. WARREN. A.D. 1845.— r(LowER Cai^ada.) — 'No. 79. Method of constructing " Instruments for digging potatoes^ called Potato Diggers^ \ LETTERS PATENT to WiUiam Watts, of Montreal, Nursery and Seedsman, for the Invention of a "Method of constructing * Instruments tor digging Potatoes, called Potato Dig- gers. Montreal, dated 19th July, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The sai. invention consists, in the first place, of a beam about four and a half ieet in length, of size and shape similar to that of a com- mon plough, with two handles also similar to those of a plough, at the forward end of this beam are placed two cast iron wheels about six- teen inches in diameter, the rims of which are about one and a half inch wide, these wheels are connected by a curved axle made of wood or iron ; as may be most convenient, about two feet in length, the beam rests on the centre of the axle, at about a foot from the forward end, where it is secured by a bolt, the purpose of these wheels is to run on each side of the potato drills and thereby keep it steady in its place ; the articles which remove the potatoes, and which is called the digger is composed of nuie iron prongs, the centre or mean one being about nineteen inches in length from the extreme point to the heel, the 104 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 79. WaWa Potato Bigger. size of this prong is about one and a half inches in breadth by two inches in thickness, gradually reduced towards the bottom and eriding in a flat steel point, the other end of this prong from the \\co\ is made like the shank of a colter or common plough, and runs tlivough a mortice in the beam about two feet from the handles, where it is held by means of a pin, this may be raised or lowered to accommodate it to the depth of mould in which it is required to be worked by means of holes, the other prongs are placed four on each side of this centre one, the length of those next to the centre is seventeen inches, the next on each side two inches shorter still, and the remaining two on each side two inches shorter still, the width of these prongs is three quarters of an inch and their thickness a quarter of an inch, the open spaces between each of these prongs is an inch and three quarters at the points, increasing to two inches at the tops, which gives to the digger a greater width at the discharging than at the receiving end, which is necessary to pre- vent its choking with the mould and potatoes ; these prongs are all held together by two cross bars passing over the whole of them and either welded or riveted securely to each ; these cross bars are of the same thickness and width as the smaller prongs, the lower cross bar sets about two inches from the points of the prongs, the upper cross bar sets four inches from the upper ends of the prongs, and instead of passing over, passes through the centre one ; the outside bar on each side is turned up nearly at right angles the whole length, thus forming sides or edges to the diggers, the ends of the smaller prongs are all on a line at the back or discharging end, which necessarily causes them to recede back from each other at the points and gives the machine a pointed appearance, the centre or main prong is bevelled down at the top, about a quarter of an inch on each side, nearly down to the point, the two next bars on each side follow the same direction, thus giving the digger an arched appearance from side to side, the prongs are all covered lengthwise. When the digger is properly adjusted in the beam, the heel should be elevated about fifteen degrees above the point, the back ends of the three prongs on each side of the centre one are turned down from the upper cross bar, the upper surface of the machine when completed should be as smooth as possible, and the spaces between the prongs on the lower cross bar should be sharpened at the lower end to prevent resistance. The digger should be so ad- A. D. 184.5.--(LOWEE CANADA.)— No. 79. 195 o inches in a flat like the rtice in y means 10 depth oles, the c length ich side o inches an inch 3en each creasing width at ■ to pre- are aU lem and •e of the ross bar or cross instead e bar on :th, thus ' prongs cessarily id gives bevelled ly down irection, ide, the adjusted js above e centre rface of and the arpened ) so ad- WaW» Potato Bigger. justed as that the points of it, when in operation, should pass through the drills under the potatoes, thus lifting botli earth and potatoes into the digger, where the earth being broken is soperated from the potatoes and falls through the open spaces, while the potatoes are forced up and discharged over the prongs behind. Three inches behind the digger is placed a small cast iron wheel about eight inches in diameter, which runs on an iron shank an inch and a half wide, by half an inch in thick- ness, and passes through the beam above, in which it may bo raised or lowered at pleasure, by means of holes and a pin ; the purpose of this wheel is to support the back end of the machine, and to adjust it to the requisite depth ; six inches behind this wheel is placed a rake or small harrow ; this may be raised or lowered by a pin to accommodate it to the other parts of tlie machine. In all light, well cultivated soils the machine will work better without this, when it may be removed, but when the soil is stiff or clayey, it may be used for breaking it up, and discovering the potatoes that might otherwise be concealed. The machine is drawn by two horses attached to the beam by a clevis, as to an ordinary plough ; the tops of the potatoes being first removed from the hiUs or drills, it may be made to perform the labor of at least twenty men, or dig three acres a day ; it will take the potatoes clean out from the ground, and leave them free from cuts and bruises. What is claimed by this instrument is, the whole design and construc- tion of the article which lifts the potatoes, and the rake in the rear, with the arrangements of the other parts, so as to form a new, efficient and valuable desideratum to agriculturists. See Drawing No. 79. WILLIAM WATTS. ■pi A. D. 1845.— (Lower Canada.)— l^o. 80. Neic method of making Bakes for Hay and Grain, LETTERS PATENT to Albert Young, of tho Township of Stanstead, Carpenter and Joiner, for tho Invention of a ** New method or MAKING Bakes for Hat and Grain." Montreal, dated 22nd August, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTI05. This invention, which is called tho "Metallic Coil Spring-tooth Horse Rake," consists of a rake to be dra^vn by a horse, and is com- posed of twenty-four teeth, placed at a distance of about four inches and three-quarters of an inch apart, and firmly screwed horizontally into a transverse beam, to which, from above tho shafts, are attached each tooth, which is made of elastic steel wire of about three-eighths of an inch thick, and in all about three feet in length ; has a screw in one end by which it is firmly screwed into the transverse beam aforesaid, the wire running out horizontally for two inches from the transverse, is then coiled twice round, making a circle of about two and a half inches, the wire then running still further out horizontally for about three inches makes a gradual bend downwards, and the wire or tooth then reaches down for about a foot, and is at right angles with the ground while in operation. The peculiarity and distinguishing excel- 198 A. D. 1845.— (LOWER CANADA.)~No. 80. Young's new method of making Bahea, Sfc. lence of this rake is, that by means of the elasticity of the teeth, and the turns of the wire above described, such of the teeth as may come in contact with stones or irregularities of the ground, will spring back and give way, while the adjacent teeth, not being bent from their position, will rake up all the hay or grain that comes in their way, thus rendering the macliine available on the roughest ground, as well as on the smoothest. Through the opening of the coil passes a bar of wood parallel with the transverse beam above alluded to, for the purpose of increasing action and elasticity of the coil, which bar of wood is fastened to the large transverse beam at its centre, by an iron rod, and by means of two screws, one at each end of the said bar ; it is firmly attached to the transverse beam, so as to prevent motion. See Drawing No. 80. ALBERT YOUNG. A.D. 1845. — (Lower Canada.) — ^o, 81. J}^'ew and improved Steam Engine, I LETTERS PATENT to James McKay, of the City of Montreal, Engineeer and Smith, for the Invention of a " New and improved Steam Engine." Montreal, dated 10th September, 184i5. \ BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The engine (which is called the " Single or double Piston or Lever- revolving and Revolutionaiy Steam Engine," for propelling vessels, locomotive carriages and all kinds of machinery by land or water), consists of a wheel and shaft resembling a fly-wheel, but with a broad flat surface on its periphery, projecting on each side of the main body; in these projections a groove is formed to contain packing, either metallic or any other suitable material for making a steam-tight joint ; on the periphery of this wheel are attached two or more inclined planes, termed saddles, leaving a space between them corresponding with the groove made in the wheel, for a piston to work in, to which, being enclosed, the steam is applied in order to produce motion. These pis- tons are kept against the inner surface of the cylinder, as they revolve with the wheel and shaft by a spring or other suitable means ; the cylinder and wheel may be made of any required dimensions for ordi- nary purposes ; on the cylinder are formed two flanges, in order to bolt the side plates to ; and on the inside of the cylinder is attached a I \n\ w It II 200 A. D. 1845.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 81. McKay's new and improved Steam Engihi. double curved saddle or saddles, leaving a space in the centre cor- responding with the groove made in the cylinder for the abutment slide or piston to work in, against which the steam acts as against the top or bottom of a common cylinder of a steam engine, and while the double curved saddles in the cylinder cause the pistons in the saddles on the wheel to recede into the groove, level with the top of the saddle, the inclined planes on the wheels operate on the same and the abutment slide or piston, and the instant the piston and abutments pass each other, as on an even surface, and are kept against the surface of the curved saddle and inclined planes, to the surface of the wheel and cylinder by a spring or other means ; the inner surface of the cylinder and the outer surface of the wheel are turned smooth, and the saddles are so fitted on the wheel and cylinder as to form a continued smooth surface, that the pistons and abutments may slide easy and smoothly along. JAMES McKAY. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Cai^tada.) — l^o. 82. -- " .. ' • — ■- ■ ...i ■ . ' — ,■■1.. , -la JVeio and improvecl mode of constructing Windows. LETTEftS PATENT to Eran§ois Nadeau, of the City of Quebec, Joiner, for the invention of a "New and improved mode of CONSTRUCTING WINDOWS." Montreal, dated 18th September, 1845. ■1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said method of constructing windows consists in making them open to the outside, and in so fashioning the same, sills, uprights and top cross piece of the frame into which they are fitted, as to make it almost impossible that any rain can penetrate, and more especially in giving to the said window sills, uprights, and to top cross pieces the form shown in the drawings, bringing the windows, when needs shall be, so that they may open flat against the outside of the building, and fashioning the said sills, uprights and top cross pieces so as to afford proper conveniences, and recesses, for fitting in double windows and shutters. See Drawing No. 82. ERANCOIS NADEAU. i ii l:i| A. D. 1845. — (Lower Cak^ada.) — 'No. 83. JVew and improved Sawing Machine, LETTERS PATENT to Alexis H6bert, of NapierviUe, in the District of Montreal, Cabinet Maker, for the Invention of a " New and IMPROVED Sawing Machine." Montreal, dated 10th October, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This invention consists of a large wheel, the nave of which has twelve spokes and a cross piece, the end of each spoke having also a tenon at each end ; there must be a wheel at each end of the arm, fastened with tenons, which wheels Avill, taken together from the large wheel, be covered or decked over with planks, and in Avhich Avill be placed a horse on each side of the spokes, and the wheel having six spokes, and surroimded with cogs, ^vill be fastened and bound to one of the ends of the nave of the largest wheel, each of the spokes of which to have a fuse at each end, with mortises into the fellows of the Avheel, and each spoke to be secured or fastened with a screw ; tliere is a small fly- wheel to turn on the cogs of the large wheel ; an iron axle fixed to the small nave by one end joined to another larger wheel at the other end, which last must be surrounded witli large cogs ; there is an iron chain with proportioned links for the cogs ; this chain must also turn a small nave, which must also have cogs proportioned to the links ; this last '■'":* ^ I 20di A. D. 1845.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 83. Heherfa Sawing Machine. mentioned small nave must have a large iron axle at one end, joined to a jack-wheel at the other end ; the above mentioned iron axle must be placed so as to be at right angles with the large wheel, having the cogs also fastened by a chain to one of the spokes of the end wheel. Nine inches from the centre of this wheel, a crank is formed which impels the movements, and drives the machine. ALEXIS HEBERT. id to 3t be cogs Nine ipels .T. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Can^ada.) — No. 84. New and improved Nets for taking Seals and Porpoises. LETTERS PATENT to Moyse Morrin, of Eivi^re du Loup, in the District of Quebec, Notary, for the Invention of "New and IMPROVED Nets foe, taking Seals and Porpoises." Montreal, dated 15th October, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said nets to be twenty-five arpents long, by twenty feet in height ; the meshes of the net to be eight inches square, made with thread generally used in making nets to catch seal ; the principal rope on the edges of the net to be one inch in diameter ; the nets to be formed of twenty-five pieces, one arpent long each, solidly joined together with cords, so as to loosen when required to facilitate the transport, and setting and unsetting of the nets. One end of the net will be fixed on the shore, and the other wiU extend in the stream six or seven arpents, and after- wards changing its direction, it will follow aline parallel to the land for about twelve arpents, and it will then form an angle towards the shore ; the whole solidly settled at the bottom of the water by anchors weigh- ing about forty pounds, fastened about eight fathoms apart at each side of the net. and at a distance of two arpents from ono another on the length of it ; there are not to be any corks to support the upper 206 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANAI >— No. 83. Morrin*8 Nets for taking Seals and Porpmes. part of the net above v.'atw, it will sink to the bottom ; but there will be fixed to the top of the net an Indian rubber pipe, an inch and a half in diameter, forming several pieces one arpent in length, furnished at each end with a screwing cross socket, similar to those used in the hose of engines, but they may be solidly united together ; the said pipe containing no air, sinks to the bottom of the water with the net. A recipient air vessel will be on the shore, and an opening, shut with a cock, to communicate from the interior of the recipient air vessel into the end of the pipe. At the moment the porpoises and seals, passing above the net without seeing it, will find themselves inside of the net ; a man, placed near the recipient vessel full of compressed air, will turn by degrees the cock, and the air will introduce itself with such rapidity that in less than five minutes the pipe will be filled from one end to the other ; the net is to be set without any noise, and the porpoises, seals and other large fish, being inside of the net, will be taken before noticing it. M0Y8E MORRIN. 'nil ' liil A. D. 1845. — (Lower Cai^^ada.) — "No. 85. JVew and improved Steam Engine. LETTERS PATENT to Benjamin F. Tibbets, of the City of Montreal, Engineer, for the Invention of a " New and improved Steam Engine." Montreal, dated 10th November, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The invention consists in using an expansion vessel or reservoir, introduced between a non-condensing and a condensing engine, (so combined as to work together on the same crank) ; the steam from the cylinder of the non-condensing engine passing into the said reservoir, and being there expanded to six or seven times its former bulk, and afterwards passing in its expanded state from the said reservoir into the cylinder of the condensmg engine, where it may be again made to work expansively to any extent that may be desired, by which means the sudden blow and heavy strain upon the machinery, occasioned in the ordinary expansion engines by the use of high pressure steam in a large cylinder, are eiffectually avoided, and the power rendered more equable at every portion of the stroke. See Drawing No. 85. i i ! BENJAMIN F. TIBBETS. i !i A. D. 1846. — (Lower Cajs^ada.) — No. 86. JVew and improved Churn, LETTERS PATENT to Jasper Ball, of the Township of Stanstead, in the District of St. Francis, Yeoman, for the Invention of a ** New AND IMPEOVED ChURN." Montreal, dated 7th January, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. An oblong box is made with a close fitting cover the whole size of the top ; this box is placed on a base that runs lengthways, and in the middle of the length of the box there is a cross partition with holes through it ; on each side of this partition there is a dasher, which is nearly the size of the space, from the centre of which a handle stands up through a hole in the cover, and above the cover it is joined to the end of a horizontal arm that stands out from a shaft or roller, supported on stands attached to the box, one of the said shafts being across each end ; another arm extends downwards from the end of each of the shafts outside the box, and they are connected by a horizontal connect- ing bar that reaches from one to the other ; to the centre of this is joined a lever, the fulcrum of Avhich is near the bottom of the box, and its upper end projects up some distance above the top thereof to a handle, by which the macliine is worked ; by tliis arrangement the p croam h churnod into butter In tho moRt oxpoditioua manner, Th(^ machine is operated by moviui; tho uprigiit hiver to and IVo, whioh works tho dashers up ana down, thus throwing tlui croam through tho partition till tho buttor is made. JASPER BALL. A.D. 1846.— (LowEi, Canada.)— No. 87. New and useful nnu(^('-pufnp ar F're, Enr/ine. LETTERS PATENT to AlLort Young, of *ho Township of Stanstcad, in the District of St. Francis, Wl t'cUwigiit, for the Invention of a "Nf w and uskful House T'^ ' on Fire Engine." Montreal, tinted 20tli February, 184fi BRIEF DESORin "^. The pceuliar excellence of this invent i consists in the use of two or more cylindirs openinfj into a case, in "1 of one-, and in diminish- ing the friction by the shortn^^s and sm. size of the cylinders, thus adding to the p( wer of the machine ; and .-.-lO in the use of tho revolv- ing conductor, and its adaption to two different reservoirs or fountains. Its operation may bo described as follows : thf rank or break to which the piston rods ar * attached is so constructed, is that one or more pis- tons ascend," whilst the others descend; as the pistons ascend, the water passes thro li^h the revolving conductor into tho hollow base, and from thence , asses through the valves opening upwards into tho cylinder ; these val es are shut as the pistons descend, whilst the valves on the sides of the ylinders, openinii' into the case connected with the cylinders, are shut as the piston descends, and through them the water is forced by the descending pistons with great force into the discharg- ing tube. ALBERT YOUNG. r. 1 h A. D. 1846. — (Lower Cai^-ada.)— IS'o. 88. New and useful Machine for working Stone. LETTERS PATENT to Augustin Trepanier, of the City of Quebec, Master Mason and Stone Cutter, for the Invention of a " New AND USEFUL MACHINE FOR WORKING StONE." Montreal, dated 4ith March, 1846. ii BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said invention or machine consists of a scries of mechanical contrivances for cutting, dressing, polishing, sawing, boring and other- wise working stone, to be moved by any kind of power whatsoever, whether steam, water, wind, animal, manual or otherwise, the whole being worked by the turning of a single shaft, with which such machinery may be connected, and each of the said contrivances being also susceptible of being constructed and worked separate from the others. See Dra^sdng No. 88. AUGUSTIN TREPANIER. IIU 3^ b. ti P in ri tl: cl al 01 A.D. 1846. — (Lower Can^ada.) — 'No. 89. JVew and improved Still for Distilling and Rectify- ing Spirituous Liquors. LETTEKS PATENT to George Eiley, of the City of Montreal, Distiller, for the Invention of a "New and improved Still FOR Distilling and Eectifying Spirituous Liquors." Montreal, dated 18th March, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A steam-tight vessel is n^ide either of wood or metal, the former being the preferable material, of various sizes, according to the quan- tity of work required to be done thereby ; this vessel may be made of various shapes, the square shape being the best, and is secured together by means of strong wooden grips ; in this vessel several pipes and a plate are inserted, to serve the purposes for which they are respectively intended, and a thermometer to ascertain the heat of the still while running. What is claimed by this invention is, the admission of steam through a body of stones, pebbles, broken glass, earthenware, coal, charcoal, or any similar material, which is impregnated or wetted mth alcohol or any substance containing it, for the purpose of distillation or rectification. GEOEGE RILEY. !?'. i It -Lib* "k p a ei m A. D. 1846.— (Lower Cai^ ada.)— JS'o. 90. J^ew and improved Yoke for Oxen, LETTERS PATENT to Horatio A. Rockwell, of the Township of Famham, in the District of Montreal, Farmer, for the Invention of a " New and impeoved Yoke for Oxen." Montreal, dated 24th March, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The newly constructed non-restricting slide yoke possesses the properties of extension and contraction, which allows the cattle to accommodate themselves to the road, as it may vary in width, and yet at all times an exact medium is observed in the draught. This yoke possesses other advantages and admits of being regulated, so as to enable the ploughman to plough narrow or wide furrows, as the case may require. See Drawing No. 90. HORATIO A. ROCKWELL. I. il 1 1 k ^\ f ^ hi I 1 lii •ill ■ A. D. 1846. — (Lower Cais^ada.) — "No. 91. JVew and useful improvement in the method of constructing Knitting Looms. LETTERS PATENT to Jonas PhiUp Lee, of the Town of Sherbrooke, in the District of St. Erancis, Manufacturer, for the Invention of a "New and useful improvement in the method of con- structing Knitting Looms." Montreal, dated 4th June, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. In the common machines, such as have hitherto been used, the needles, which are cast into the metal girth, projected outwards at right angles from the girth or horizontal metal plate, and the jacks or sinkers played up and down upon a horizontal bar or wire, and by playing downwards between the needles, made a loop for the stitch. In the improved machine the needles are cast or fastened vertically into the girth or metal plate, and horizontal sliding stitchers are substi- tuted for the falling jacks or sinkers, diminishing the friction to a great extent, and also lessening the chances of breakage, the falling jacks and sinkers being exceedingly liable to accidents. Another improve- ment characterizing this invention consists in the vertical arrangement of the needles, which are placed with their backs towards the face of I I Si lif ii 220 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 91. Le^s Knitting Looms, the frame, the depressor being behind the needles under the stitchers, by which arrangement the work is elevated, and exposed to the eye of the operator at all times. The horizontal sliding stitchers in the actual machine are about four and half inches long, and their general width about three-fourths of an inch ; these stitchers are cut in with square shoulders, so as to reduce them to half an inch in width, forming a recess in the stitcher, so as to admit a regulator or bar, which is about five-eighths of an inch less than the recess in the stitchers, and serves to move the stitchers backwards preparatory to their being acted upon by the slur, and to stop them correctly as they are thrown forward by it ; this regulator is attached to the frame, and stretches across the whole width of the machine, parallel with the line of the needles ; this arrangement and combination of the regulator with the stitchers, so that by its vibration it will move the stitchers backwards and for- wards by its action, in the manner above described, is one of the chief characteristics of the invention, as also the horizontal position of the stitchers, the vertical position of the needles, and the manner of com- bining the bar, as regulator, with them, rendering unnecessary the use of springs or other analogous devices for retracting the shoulders. Th*"" application of the power by means of a shaft does not differ in this from that which is used in the ordinary loom. JONAS PHILIP LEE. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— JNTo. 92. New and improved Churn. LETTERS PATENT to Ephraim Duell, of the Parish of St. Armand West, in the District of Montreal, Carpenter, for the Invention of a " New and improved Churn." Montreal, dated 6th May, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The trunk of the new churn to be two feet in length, one foot in width, and seventeen inches in height ; there is to be a crank at each end thereof, of seventeen inches in length, attached to a shuttle, on one side, of the same length ; the dashers, of which there are two in number, will be connected with the pitman and bearings, and will be acted upon by a lever in the centre, in such a manner as to compel the dashers alternatelv to ascend and descend, bv which means the cream is projected through the centre-board, which has twenty-four holes bored in it for the purpose of allowing the creAm to pass and repass ; the lever is acted upon until such time as the cream is churned, and the butter made. The peculiar advantage of this species of churn is, that it requires but a moderate degree of force to put and keep it in operation, and not only produces better butter, but produces it in much less time than is ordinarily required for that purpose. EPHRAIM DUELL. : II .. i I A. D. 1846. — (LowEit Canada.) — Fo. 93. New and iinproved " Gas Generator^ LETTERS PATENT to Harrison Colby, of tho Parish of Abbotsford, in tho District of Montreal, Farmer, for the Invention of a " New AND IMPKOVEl) ' GA8 GeNEIIATOH.' " Montreal, dated 22nd June, 1840. BRIEF DESORIPTION. This invention consists of a stove or furnace, which is so constructed that the fuel which is used for culinary purposes, or for heating, will serve the purposes of generating gas, either for lighting the building in which it is prepared, or it may be conveyed to other buildings by means of a conducting pipe. The retort is placed directly over the fire, or in such manner as may be most convenient for heating the same. The separator is so constructed that it may sit in the same apartment with the stove, or the furnace, or it may be placed in any other apartment most convenient for the purpose, by having a con- ducting pipe from the stove or furnace to such apartment. The separator and the receiver may be made of wood, tin, copper, or sheet iron ; there are simply three tubes or vessels : two of these vessels are so placed that one of them stands inside of the other, having a space between them of about six inches ; the receiver is simply a tube turned with the mouth doAvn, and placed in the space between the other two. HARRISON COLBY. i * i| ?." ?l A. D. 1846. — (LowKii Canada.) — 'No. 94 Towinxj ^fachi7)(\^ for toirhtg vessels up liapids. Ml ! LETTERS PATENT to James CamphcU, of South Georgetown, in the District of Montreal, Carrier, for the Invention of a " Towing Machine, for towing vessels up Rapids." Montreal, dated 22nd June, 1840. • BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This invention consists of a large vessel, in shape resembling an ordinary flat-bottomed boat, which may be moored in any strong run- ning stream ; one end of the vessel, madci in the form of a wedge, faces the current, and is intended to divide the water, and make it flow equally along both its sides, while the other end or stern is square, and has two bottoms, the lower one of wliich is intended to be filled, if required, with stones or other heavy material, in order to sink it to the bottom of the stream, or to such depth as may be required ; upon the other bottom it is intended to place any kind of machinery which it may be requisite to work ; there is also a large axle which rests upon the sides of the vessel, and is connected at both ends with two larj^o bucket-wheels ; these wheels are fixed upon the axle, and are intended to be driven by the current which flows on each side of the \ essel ; there is a largo barrel which is moored, when required, by a pinion in connection Avith the wheel ; on the barrel two ropes are placed which wind and unroll as the said pinion is moved by the wheel. At diiferent \ M ill 9^1 II 220 A. I). 181(}. (LOVVKU CANADA.) No. Ok CamphcWs Towhuj Marhhii'. I)1mo(»s on tlio sides of tlio vivssol aw pliiccMl u rack and wheel, ih(« firsi oi" which is inl(Mid»>(i to rest, upon (lie ho\\ ol* the riv(>r Invt^rted one way, the wheel is ii\l«>ndod f'or tlu> purj)<)se ol' raisiuij: the said rack, inverlt»(l th(^ other way, it is intiMuhMl Tor the purpose of raising' the vessel and keepinij; it staliotuiry, so that it may resist the action of the water ai\d Uie wiiul in nunini>- it. The bore, in which the cylinder moves, is support(Ml on tht> sides of the vess(>l ; underneath on the sides are two screws, which are ijilendcMl to raise the cylindtM- with th(^ whe«»ls out of the wat«M-. There art» two rojx's which are inteiuled to asecMul and d(>seend, and are in conniH-tion with th(» barrel ; these ropes should b«» supported on buoys. There are chains, bv which the vessel can bt» moored to rocks or anchors of any description, dropped into tho nv(M- so as to prevent the action ol' thi» curnMit from drivinjjf it below its accustomed plac»% and an axle to wimi up the rop(>s by which the vessel is nu)on>d, as also a pinion in conneetiou with the wheel for the purpose^ of tm-niui; tlie axle last mentioned, and two pulleys to i^uide the ropes on the axle. The rack on each side of the stern should be iixed so as to lu^lp to n^sist the action of tlu* water on the v«\ssel. JAiMKS CAMPBELL. llu» first vUhX ono lid rack, sini^ tlio >u of the cvlindri' tho sides nth i\w on (led to DSC I'opivs 1 10 vossol into tho it bolow hioh the •1 for the to !j;uide liould 1)0 u JELL. A. D. 184G.— (LowEit Canada.) — IS^o. 95. JVew and improved hoiMinfj Machine. LETTEllS PATENT to Gordon Warren Johnson, of the City of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Imamtion of a " New and improved HOISTING Machine." Montreal, dated 2'lth Jnno, 1810. » if li BRIKP^ DRSCRIPTION. This machine is capable of raising twenty hundred barrels of flour, in one regular day's working time, with four laborers, and can be applied to any store ; in tho hatchway of any store are erected wooden shears or uprights, faced with iron, with a groove in the centre of each, as a vertical guide for the machine, which consists of a series of iron radius bars acting from their own centres, connected as links with iron pins projecting on each side, sufficient to enter the groove and cause a vertical motion ; when put in action the levers of the bottom and top act upon fixed pivots ; the extending bars of the second and third floors are connected with radius 1)ars half their length, which cause the motion to be reversed, one extending and the other depressing alternately. When the machine is worked, the hoisting rope running over a wheel or large pulley is fastened to tho centre of the extending bars, and the stretchers of the apron or parbuckle, which is also secured i I 1 228 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 95. JohisorCa Hoisting Machine. to the upper floor ; when the machine is to be put to work the apron or parbuckle is lowered to the floor, then the barrel is rolled into the apron, and the men placed at the ropes begin hoisting, the levers act- ing upon the extending bars, close or rise them, the hoisting rope being attached, and the apron lifts the barrel in its lap, and deposits it on the floor above. In lowering the barrel the same action takes place, but reversed. In hoisting to the third and fourth floors it is necessary to use cant hooks instead of the parbuckle. GEORGE WARREN JOHNSON. I' ) he apron into the svers act- )pe being its it on tes place, aecessary A. D. 1846.— (Lower Ca]>^ada.)— JN^o. 96. New method of constructing portable Grist Mills. LETTERS PATENT to Noah Shaw, of Montreal, Builder, for the Invention of a " New method of constructing portable Grist Mills." Montreal, dated 3rd August, 1846. « BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This invention and improvement consists, chiefly, in the arrangement of the spindle, and the mode of suspending the upper or running stone, and of adjusting it to the degree of fineness of flour desired, and the manner of connecting or fastening the upper stone to the spindle ; that is to say, the stone and spindle are connected and fastened as follows : in the eye of the upper or running stone is inserted transversely, about midway, the thickness of a stone, a bail or driver of iron, the ends whereof are firmly cemented in the stone ; said iron bail or driver being of a size adequate to the end designed, depending, as is obvious, upon the size of the stone, and having a hole in its centre, at which point it is thickest, and gradually falling off from thence by a curved line to the edges of the bail, which are perhaps about one-third of the thickness of the centre ; the lower end of the spindle, having a cleft or fork-like opening in it, with parallel sides, of a proper thickness to admit said bail, is placed over it, and there fastened by a pin or screw bolt, (or other equivalent device), passing through the spindle :'* 230 A. D. 1846.— (iiOWER CANADA.)— No. 96. Shaw*8 Portable Grist Mill. and hole into the hail, thus suspending the upper stone, and hy apply- ing the power to the spindle, causing it to revolve at the same time. The mill, when in rimning condition, and ready for the application of the motive power, is portable, and weighs only from seven hundred to twelve hundred pounds, according to the size. NOAH SHAW. A. D. 1846. — (Lower Cais^ada.) — ]S"o. 97. New method of constructing Planing Machines for planing Boards^ Planks^ &c. LETTERS PATENT to Charles Midgley, of Montreal, Machinist, for the Invention of a "New method of constructing Planing Machines for planing Boards, Planks, &c. Montreal, dated 10th August, 1846. BRIEF DKSORIPTION. Thb construction of this invention is as follows : a suitable frame is made of cast iron or other material ; at the sides are posts which are connected together by a sufficient number of wooden braces ; on the inside of each of the side pieces are guiding ways, for the purposes hereinafter described ; a series of castings or metal plates are made, which form a section of the carriage, on which the board or o+her article rests ; through the centre of this plate, from e id to end, are apertures made so as to leave an open rack, into which cog-wheels play ; each of the plates has two strips of wood affixed to its upper side, one on each side of the rack, and covering the rest of the surface of the plate; the plates move along horizontally, guided by the ways under the revolving cutter, at which point they are sustained by ribs supported in, and attached to the frame, they slide over these and form a solid bed for the stuff to be planed on, at each end of the machine ; the guide ways descend and form a groovSj which allows the outer It) % '- 41 » 4 II ''•i i I '1 11 i 232 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 97. Midgleys Planing MacJiine. end of the plate to descend about half way down to the position they assume on returning, at which time the inner end of the plate arrives at the cog-wheel, situated the distance of the length of a section plate from the end of the machine ; and in the guide ways there is a semi- circular branch concentric with the said cog-wheel ; this arrangement permits the section to fall and be carried under the cog-wheel, it being kept in gear by said guides. At the opposite end a similar arrange- ment is made, for tlie purpose of raising the sections, by means of another wheel ; a third feeding cog-wheel is placed at the centre, by which the segments are moved, and this is connected with the luoving power in any convenient way, so as to adjust the feed ; there is a bar affixed to the frame at each end that extends the whole length thereof directly over th'j racks above named, in the sec^! )ns, and of the same width as the space between the strips of wood t^ \i cover the plates, into which it fits, ani forms a level even surface, under the plane, to support the article to be planed ; above the centre of the bed there is a gallows frame bolted io the frame, which stands in an inclined posi- tion, within which, or on the upper side of which, a frame or gate slides, in which the cutter is hung ; the cutter is of ordinary construc- tion, having three knives in it, but with double, instead of single irons, as are generally used; a guiding roller is attached to the gate, by strong springs, on a level with the lower line of the circumference of the cutter, and in front thereof behind the cutter ; when the stuff to be planed is entered there is another roller that is kept down upon it with weights, and between which and the bed or carriage the stuff is held ; a shield plate is put behind the cutter, to prevent it clogging with chips ; the gate with the cutter can be graduated to any height, while the machine is in operation, by means of a screw that is attached to the centre of the gallows and turns in a nut in the gate, which moves it up and down ; it is obvious that there can be two cog-wheels instead of those below, one on each side, which will save the necessity of an opening in the centre. CHARLES MIDGLEY. A. D. 1846. — (Lower Cai^ada.) — 'No, 98. j^ew method of constructing Furnaces,, for heating houses and other buildings with hot air,, called " Hot Air Generators? LETTERS PATENT to Henry Ruttan, of Montreal, Gtentleman, for the Invention of a " New method op constructing Furnaces, for heating houses and other buildings with hot air, called ' Hot Air Generators.' " Montreal, dated 23rd August, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The furnace, by means of which houses and other buildings may be heated with hot air, is called "A Hot Air Generator;" which furnace is of cast iron of a rectangular form; the bottom, back and two ends are double plates, and so cast that, when they are set up, they will have a hollow place under and around the furnace; besides these cavities through which the air is drawn, and by means of suitable divisions made to circulate backwards and forwards, there are hollow metal bars six inches ia diameter, through all of which the air circulates ; these bars form the grate, and are laid against the back and over the fire lengthwise of the furnace ; the cold air is brought from the outside of the buildings to be heated through a pipe, and introduced into the furnace through the aperture in the under bottom plate ; the air circulates through the hoUow between the two bottom Q I II if i » ■ 1' 234 A. D. 184.6.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 98. BMttafCs Hot Air Generators. plates, and then enters another aperture between the double backp there it circulates upwards, when the whole body, partially heatta, will be at the same end of the furnace that it first entered, but sepa- rated now by the upper bottom plate. The partially heated air now enters the hollow metal bars, between the end plates, and traversing the fire several times, comes out at the opposite end at nearly the heat of a blaze of fire, and immediately ascends to the top of the hollow space, where, by a suitable construction of the castings, it is received into a tube, and is ready for use ; the cold air is regulated in quantity by a slide or gate within the entry pipe. HENRY RUTTAN. I A.D. 1846. — (Lower Can^ada.) — 'No, 99. Method of constructmg Coupling Machines for Railroad CarSj or Self-detachers. LETTERS PATENT to Amos Taylor, of the Township of Compton, District of St. Francis, Yeoman, for the Invention of a " Method or CONSTRUCTING COUPLING MACHINES FOR RaILROAD OaRS, OR Self-detachers." Montreal, dated 26th September, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The nature of this invention consists in connecting the cars to the lojomotive and tender, and to each other, in such manner that the elevation or depression of the locomotive, above or below the line of the rails, will disconnect the locomotive and tender from the cars attached to them, and at the same time disconnect the cars from each other. What is claimed, thereby, is the manner in which a cap is connected or disconnected to and from the tender, by means of the jaws, connecting tongue, sliding gate, lever and fulcrum arms com- bined ; and also the manner in which the sliding gate of the coupling apparatus between the remaining cars of a train is operated, by means of the lever, roUer, shafts, connecting-rod and lever combined. AMOS TAYLOR. 1 II "^f )i '\ M; A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 100. New and useful method of constructing Beehives, LETTERS PATENT to Amos Taylor, of the Township of Compton, District of St. Francis, Yeoman, for the Invention of a " New AND USEFUL METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING BEEHIVES." Montreal, dated 26th September, 1816. I BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The nature of this invention consists, in constructing a beehive in such a maimer as to concentrate a swarm of bees in separate drawers, and at the same time give all the advantages of open chambers, and give the bee-keeper the entire control of his bees, to multiply his number of hives without swarming, and renew the comb in all parts of the hive without destroying the bees. What is claimed thereby is the connection of the drawers with the apparatus for holding the slides, the fifth drawer, and also the attachment of the feeder. AMOS TAYLOR. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 101. Snoio Excavator^ for remomig the snow from the tracks of Railways. LETTERS PATENT to Amos Taylor, of Compton, Yeoman, for the Invention of a " Snow Excavator, for removing the snow FROM TUE TRACKS OF RAILWAYS." Montreal, dated 26th September, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The improved excavator is constructed of sheet metal, or other suit- able material, and is mounted on a car frame, constructed in the usual manner, the sides inclined outwards to the right and left, as they ascend to the upper plate, for the purpose of forming a clear path, and preventing the snow at the sides of the path from falling inwards after tho passage of the excavator, and retarding the train of cars ; the excavator is placed in front of the locomotive, and as it is pushed for- ward by the same, the snow enters at the mouth, and is discharged at the lateral aperture, passing out of the same, by an upAvard lateral movement, which throws it clear of the cars. Two of the excavators may be combined in one, with their inclined Avinding discharge passages reversed, so as to discharge the snow at both sides. To the excavator a screw is attached in the rear part, and a hinge in the front, by means of which it is raised or depressed at pleasure, and according to the I \ I 240 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 101. Taylor^s Snow Excavator. depth of snow through which it passes, which gives it the power of discharging freely. What is claimed by this invention is the manner in which the upper, lower and side plates are combined with each other, forming the horizontal and side cutting edges for clearing the snow, and a winding inclined passage for the discharge of the same. AMOS TAYLOR. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— No. 102. Method of constructing a Spark Arrester and Extinguisher, LETTERS PATENT to Amos Taylor, of Compton, Yeoman, for the Invention of a " Method of constructing a Spark Arrestee AND Extinguisher." Montreal, dated 26th Septemlter, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The nature of this invention consists, in constructing a smoke pipe or chimney for Locom otives, in such a manner as entirely to arrest and extinguish the sparks and cinders passing through the same, thereby avoiding all risk of fire ; what is claimed, is the double perforated cone, the air chamber within and forming part of the outer chimney, and the water reservoir with weUs. See Drawing No. 102. AMOS TAYLOR. \l \ H i ■ A. D. 1846.— (LowEE CA:ffADA.)— JSfo. 103. New Method of constructing Hot Ai?- Furnaces for generating^ and the diffusion of Heat^ in c^.d about dwelling houses and other buildings. LETTERS PATENT to John Mills, of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of a " Method of constructing Hot Air Furnaces FOR generating, AND THE DIFFUSION OF HeAT, IN AND ABOUT DWELLING HOUSES AND OTHER BUILDINGS." Montreal, dated 10th October, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The improved furnace provides a mode of generating and diffusing heated air, in and about dwelling houses, and other buildings, so as to procure any temperature required, in any of the apartments. Its principal excellence, and that which mainly distinguishes this invention, consists in the substitution of pipes of very thin iron, in place of heavy cast iron drums, and in the smaller dimensions of the chambers, and the great consequent d'minution of fuel necessary for generating heated air. The furnace or stove may be made of any size and dimensions. When wood is used, a furnace, which luiist l)o air tight, is constructed, composed of plates of cast iron or other suitable material. On the top and back part of the furnace or stove, are two ai)ertures with a collar on each to receive pipes, through which the smoke and heat pass into 1 a ' i i II 244 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 103. Mills* Hot .--"> Fur,'C'ftce. cross pipes, which should he at least five in number ; the lower pipes of larger diameter than the upper, as rarified air and smoke pass more slowly througli a large pipe than through a small one, the fine ashes and particles \vhich accompany the smoke in its ascent, settle in the lower pipes. The material of the cross pipes may be of tliin iron, the iieat being more easily radiated, and the soot thereby prevented from adhering to the pipes prevents the condensation of pyroligneous acid. Through the front of the stove are apertures, four in number, to admit air with a sliding plate, having corresponding openings, to which may be attached a rod, so adjusted that the apertures may be opened and shut in another apartment, tlius diminishing the heat v^ithout varying the fuel. This furnace or stove is placed in a floor of brick, and is enclosed by a brick wall, so made as to enclose the cross pipes above referred to, and to leave a space four inches, more or less, between the stove and the walls, forming an air tight chamber. This brick wall is enclosed by another brick wall, with an interval of about four inches between them to prevent the radiation of heat. Apertures are made, in or near the top of the hot air chamber, in which pipes are inserted, or flues constructed to receive the heated air and convey it to any or all of the apartments of the house. At the termination of these pipes, ventilators arc fixed, which when opened admit, and when shut, wholly exclude the heated air. JOHN MILLS. A. D. 1846.— (LowEii Cain-ada.) — l^o. 104 Method of constructing Stills, for distilling and rectifying Spirituous Liquors, LETTEES PATENT to George RUey, of Montreal, DistiUer, for the Invention of a " Method of constructing Stills, for distill- ing AND RECTIFYING SPIRITUOUS LiQUORS." Montreal, dated 1st October, 1816. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A steam-tight vessel of wood is made of various heights and sizes, according to the work required to be done ; this vessel is made square, or nearly so ; in the bottom there is a pipe three inches in diameter, for the purpose of admitting steam ; and on one side, level with the inside of the bottom, there is a hole into which a pipe is inserted, which connects the still witlji an inverted syphon; this syphon is for the purpose of letting out the spent wash or beer, and at the same time to prevent the steam from escaping along with it, which would destroy the well working of tlie still. This syphon is made either of wood or metal, and of two equal lengths, or nearly so. At about six feet from the bottom of the still is inserted a ther- mometer, through a bung, the bulb inside and the scale outside ; this is li! 246 A. D. 1846.— (LOWI^IR CANADA.)— No. 104. BUle'ifs Still. for the purpose of ascertaining the heat of the still while at work. The still heing now filled, to within two feet of the top, with stones, coal, broken glass, earthenware, or any similar material that will suspend the beer or wash for some time in the still, and at the same time allow a passage for the steam. In the side, near the top or in the top itself, a pipe is placed which connects the still with the worm; and at eighteen inches from the top, there is another pipe for the purpose of letting in the beer or wash to be distilled ; the top is made air-tight, and the steam now admitted into the still ; and when it is hot a quantity of beer or wash is admitted, which, falling through the obstructions, meets the steam in its ascent, causing it to boil, and the vapor or spirit passes off into the worm where it is condensed. The supply of beer or wash is regulated, in such a manner, that the thermometer will in- dicate the heat of the still, at the place where it is inserted, to be two hundred and ten, or two degrees below th? boiling point of water. What is claimed by this invention, and desired to be secured by Letters Patent, is firstly, the square or right angled shape of the stUlj and secondly, the use of the inverted syphon for the letting out of the spent wash or beer. GEORGE RILEY. I k. The es, coal, suspend tie allow )p itself, and at irpose of ir-tight, quantity •actions, or spirit of beer will in- 3 he two f water, iired by the stillj g out of LEY. A. D. 184G. — (LowEK Ca^^ada.) — 'No. 105. / JVeiv and useful improvement in the method of constructing Wooden Bridges. LETTERS PATENT to Stephen Mills, of Montreal, Civil Engineer, for the Invention of a " New and useful improvement in the METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING WoODEN Bk. iES." Montreal, dated 28th November, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This bridge is constructed upon the principle of the arch and truss ; the want of strength and firmness in the old bridges having been obvi- ated, by pkicing a stretcher on each side of the posts, at the top and bottom, checked on and firmly bolted to them, thereby binding them in their proper places, the braces having a tendency to displace them, and also by the addition of a second brace parallel to the first, and bound together with a block between them in the centre, and on each end by iron bolts passing through the posts at the ends, there- by gaining two important advantages : firstly, the power of regulating the pressure on the arch and braces ; secondly, by obtaining greatly increased strength withoat augmenting the quantity of timber. There arc also introduced, at each pier and abutment, two diagonal braces, secured at the bottom of the posts, placed by the side of the piers and abutment chords, and tightened by an iron bolt passing through the J 248 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 106. ii 3Iiiy Wooden Bridge. chords on each side of the bridge, at the eud of the said braces, thereby securing the span in a straight and perpendicular position, which is essential to the strength of the superstructure; there has also been intro- duced a short brace, from the bottom of the end posts to the bottom of its own chords at the second post, to assist the bearing of the arch on the pier or abutment, and also to prevent the possibility of the bottom chords giving way, at the centre, from the gr^at sli'ain that will come on that place ; one iron bolt lias been introduced which passes through the three centre posts, thereby effectually securing strength at an important point ; also for spans of an extra length, a long truss brace has been added, which extends from the bottom of the post, at the pier or abutment, to the top chord, half way from the centre of it to the centre of the span, on both sides of the segment, and bolted through the posts, and crossing the arches with two strong iron rods, screwed through iron plates above the top and below the bottom chord, at the joining of the braces, to support what has always been considered the weakest part of wooden bridges ; at each abutment is placed an iron rod to be firmly secured in the masonry, or other material of the abutment, and fixed to the top chord to hold down the terminating section of the segment. STEPHEN MILLS. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 106. JVew method of constructing Jiakes^/o?' raking hay and gram, called the " Improved Bevolving Joint Tooth Spring Lever Horse Bake^ LETTEES PATENT to Joseph Paradis, of Montreal, Merchant, for the Invention of a " New method Or constructing Hakes for raking hay and grain, called the 'improved revolving Joint Tooth Spring Lever Horse Eake.' " Montreal, dated 8th October, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This Rake has usually nineteen teeth placed live inches apart on the beam, each tooth having two arms connected by a joint, the lever arm of which is about twenty inches long and the upper three inches. It is drawn by a horse, and has a bent spring lever nine inches long and One end of which, at its fulcrum, is fastened and bolted to the tooth beam, by the staple or upper arm of the tooth ; on the back part of the tooth beam or roller, this spring passes round the roller, which revolves on its own axis in two cast iron collars, of about two inches in diameter, with edged flanges driven in and fastened to the roller, tliirty inches from the centre, by iron bearings or straps which are fastened to or upon the ends of the shafts. The edged flanges play or revolve on these iron bearings, and thus is prevented any lateral 250 A. D. 184C.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 106. Paradis" Horse Bake. motion of the beam. Through a series of holes in the other end of the bent springs, which have been passed through a staple the size of the spring on the lower side of the beam, to prevent any lateral motion of the spring, passes a series of teeth, about two inches below the joints of the lower arm, thus when any of the teeth meet an obstruction or irregularity of the ground, such tooth moves back on its joint, and slips on a small slide or roller through the said hole in the spring, straining the spring towards the beam until the tooth is free, when the spring brings it to its natural position ; while at the same time by joining the tooth to the beam, anu applying to each tooth and beam, such spring and staple acting in combination, the teeth are thei'tby preserved in their true position to each other and to the beam. From the cross bar, attached to the shafts at right angles, passes a lever to another cross bar near the handles. In this lever, over the tooth l)eam or roller, is a break or catch, against which falls, on every revolution of the beam an iron rod or secondary tooth driven or screwed at one end into the top of the tooth beam, thus presenting it from revolving ; the upper end of the lever is supported by a staple about two inches long, fixed in the under side of the cross bar, near the handles on the outside of the lever, about seven inches below the said staple. At its fulcrum is fixed a bent spring whose other end rests against and plays upon the said staple ; by pressing the bar out- wards upon the said spring, the brake is freed from the secondary tooth, and the traction of the rake causes the beam and teeth to make a com- plete revolution, being aided, and the rake supported, by another secondary tooth, about a foot long, fixed on the centre of the tooth beam parallel to the shafts ; coming in contact with the ground, the hand being removed from the lever, the spring forces it and the brake or catch back into its former position, at right angles with the cross bars, and thus the operation is again continued at pleasure ; by means of this revolution the hay and grain are discharged from the rake, or the teeth raised at pleasure, while the rake is thus made available, and its perfect working secured on the roughest, as well as on the smooth- est, ground. JOSEPH PAEADIS. A. D. 1847.— (LowEE Caj^^ada.)— No. 107. Machine for making Wooden Shavings suitable for the fabrication of Band-boxes for hats^ matches^ and cases of all descriptions. LETTERS PATENT to Louis Lemieux, of tho City of Quebec, Book- binder, for the Invention of a " Machine for making Wooden Shavings suitable for the fabrication of Band-boxes for Hats, Matches, and cases of all descriptions." Montreal, dated 25th January, 1847. BRIEF DESCPTPTION. This invention consists of two horizontal pieces of great solidity, sup = ported by legs also of great solidity, and joined together by transversal pieces ; there is a wheel through whose centre passes an axis immove- ably fixed to the wheel ; this axis turns with the wheel in semi-circular grooves of metal, placed at particular places in the two horizontal pieces ; there are two semi-circular boxes fixed on the extremities of the axis to maintain them in the grooves, one of the projections perpendicular to that part of the axis which passes through the centre of the wheel, and rests in the grooves ; the axis forms an elbow, and the parallel projection passes through the head of a knee ; there is an axis which unites the knee with the arm ; this arm communicates with a horizon- lai Xauxc uv uxccuxs ui ct viuui^. , uix blXxo tajui.^j ciilu. jj. i WW* I-rr S^.r^A ^ A.CU tU 11/ 4- :~ la 2S2 A. D. 1847.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 107. Lemievoc^s machine for makimj Wooden Shamngsfor Band-boxes , Sfc. the block of wood to be cut into bands ; this table slides backwards and forwards in two grooves, and the block is so placed that its fibres are in a horizontal position ; there are two vertical cast iron supporters, in each of which there is a groove ; in these grooves slides a transversal piece fixed to the cutting plane ; the piece may be raised or lowered a few lines with the plane, by means of a handle and an axis, around which rolls a strap fixed by its other extremity to the transversal piece ; on the large wheel being set in motion, a rotatory movement is com- municated to the head of the knee, which, being transmitted by the arm to the sliding table, becomes for the latter an alternate motion of retreating and advancing. When the large wheel is first put in motion tl plane is to be raised by means of the handle, the next instant the plane is lowered upon the block, when it is pushed forward, and the motion of the wheel drags the block imder the blade of the plane, the band passing out through the mouth of the plane; manual labor, horse, steam, or water power may be used to put the wheel in motion ; all forces are to be applied to the extremity of the axis. LOUIS LEMIEUX. HI A. D. 1847. — (LowEij Canada.) — No. 108. New and improved method of constructing Cisterns, LETTERS PATENT to Jonathan B. Massey, of the City of Montreal, Trad •/, ior the Inveniion of a "New and impkoved method op CONSi'RUCTING CiSTERNS." Montreal, dated 3rd April, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This invention consists of a standard, pointed at the lower end, so that it can be driven in the earth at the bottom of the hole in which the cistern is to be built, and provided with a cross bar at the top, the I ids of which are secured to the surface of the earth by means of pins ; on this standard there is a ferule that slides and turns on it freely, and held at any elevation by means of a ferule and thimib screw ; to the lower part of the ferule is jointed an arm, made in two parts, the one having loops in which the other slides, so that it can be secured and held in its place by means of a set screw, and to the outer extremity of the part is attached the segment curve, made of wood faced with metal ; the extent of its surface is arbitrary. To the upper end of the ferule is attached a metallic sector, which passes through a mortise in the part of the arm, so that it can be held in any desired inclination by a pin that passes through a hole in the arm and sector. The 254 A. D. 1847.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 108. Mtim A. D. 1847. — (Lower Cai^ada.) — 'No, 112. JVew inethod of constructing double Hevertable Flue Steam. Generators and Boilers. LETTERS PATENT to Horace H. Davison, of Montreal, Mechanic, for the Invention of a " New method op constructing double Revertable Plue Steam Generators and Boilers." Montreal, dated 19th April, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The double revertable flue steam generator and boiler may be adajjted to the following purposes, viz. : locomotives, local and steamboat boilers, also boilers for tanners, dyers, hatters, tallow chandlers, glue makers, morrocco dressers, brewers, distilling of every kind, salt, sugar and soap boiling, washing, cooking and all culi:iary and steaming purposes ; the boiler, which is cylindrical, may be made either of tin, copper, or boiler iron, and of any size, so as to be suitable for the pur- poses for which it is designed. The fire rests on giates or bars at the bottom of the boiler, which drop down, so as to form an air feeder beneath them tlirough its whole length, and a receiver for the ashes that drop through ; to save the heat of the fire, two cylinders are made of the same shape but differing in diameter ; place one inside the other, so as to havft a spane between them enual at all -narts. wbiVh snnpp is fn l-» as ventilators and convey the cold air into all the apartments forming an excellent mode of ventilation. The hot air chamber, or cockle, is built either of brick, tin, sheet iron, or other similar material, admitting the cold air either at the top or bottom, or at any other part to the furnace. If the cockle is of brick it is generally built with a double wall, allowing tlie cold air to pass down between them and admitting the cold air again through the opening in th ^ bottom, into the hot air chamber. And on the side or end a door is gcnorully made to allow admission, to make repairs when necessary. "What is principally claimed by this invention, is the mode cf ol)taining heat, and having the same equally diffused, by means of the i iierators; the invention containing however many other and obvious advantages which it is unnecessary to specify. GEOEGE EABES PllOWSE. \ hot air nto all rho hot iron, OP top or lo is oi d air to ugh the side or repairs I, is the 3ed, by many FSE. A. D. 1847. — (Lowrr; Cx^ada.) — 'No. 121. JV^eic and improved Water Wheel, called (he " ^Screw right and left reversed Water WheelP LETTERS PATENT to Thomas Brill, of the Parish of Saint Armand, East, in the District of Montreal, Mechanic, for tlic Invention of a " New and improved Water Wheel, called the " Screw RIGHT and left REVERSED WaTER WhEEL." Montreal, 3rd September, 1817. BRIEF DESCIPTION. The usual dimensions of the said wheel are from twenty-five to thirty inches in diameter, the length of the wheel for two heads is five feet, the number of buckets on each end of the wheel may be varied from eight to ten ; the greater number of buckets used, the less water is required ; the length of the buckets is fifteen inches ; they are placed upon the shaft in such a manner as to form a scrcAv from the centre of the shaft in opposite directions. The wheel is placed in a cylinder of size and circumference barely sufficient to contain it, the bulk head is formed so as to let the water on the wheel in the centre, from whence it passes out by the ends of the cylinder ; the shafts and buckets may be formed from one entire piece of wood, or the shaft may be turned and bevelled and cast iron buckets attached to it. The cylinder may be made in such a manner as to have it turn with the wheel, and the whole may IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 [fi^ 1^ I.I 1^ 2.5 2.2 10 1.25 1.4 1.6 ■• 6" ► V] <^ /i ^a ^;. ^%.,^*.^ '? ^>' yS^ V Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-1503 4, >^-.l -V '■«>/ c# A. D. 1847.— (LowEK Oai^ada.)— No. 122. New mode of constructing the Bed Plates of end icor king Fire Engines^ and in the method of placing the supply and delivery Valves of such Engines. LETTERS PATENT to William Muir, of tht Cit/ of Montreal, Mer- chant Tailor, for the Invention of a •' New mode of constructing THE Bed Plates of end working Fire Engines, and in the METHOD OF PLACING THE SUPPLY AND DELIVERY ValVES OF SUCH Engines." Montreal, dated 27th October, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The bed plate, made of proper material, is provided at the sides with passages tapering to their extremities, whereon the joints for the branch pipes are 8C;*ewed ; on either end of the bed plate the delivery valve is suspended from the seat of these valves, the plate is curved upwards and terminates in a circle arranged to receive the end of the working barrel of the engine in the curved part, and immediately below the barrel is the supply valve, fitted to the curve, which, hinged upon its lower edge, opens upwards and allows the water to flow into the barrel, whence it is directly discharged into the air vessel, of which the bed plates form a part. WILLIAM MUIR. ^H^l t; i . • * ■ I i f « llH 1 1 i 1 1 ! • ^H^^^HS^^Ht Ihh 1 j ^^^^nHt i I t 1 1 I 1 i) i i 1 w h ' ■:% A. D. 184Y.--(LowER Danaba.)— IS'o. 123. iVew? method of constructing Shower Baths. LETTERS PATENT to Michael Bvvyer, of the City of Montreal, Coach Maker, for the invention of a " New method of con- STRUCTiNa Shower Baths." Montreal, dated 10th November, 1847. BRIEF DESORIPTJON. There is a platform and a base upon which the platform rests. There is leather which encloses the space between the ends of the plat- form and the base, and space for water between the apparatus and the sides of the tub. The vacancies are enclosed by leather formed for the admission of water through the valves in the base, and there are also valves in the platform, as well as an entrance for the pipe into the platform ; the circular top is a box of tin perforated through the under side, and the water is introduced into it through one side by the pipe. There is a square box or tub, into which the apparatus is placed, which is lined with lead up to the height to which the top of the plat- form rises when placed in it. Upright posts are placed at the four corners of the tub, supported at the top by four cross bars, to one of which bars the pipe is fastened. Pieces are screwed on to fasten the leather to the sides of the platform and base, and similar pieces are screwed on the ends of the base, and project in such a manner as to raise it sufficiently above the tub or box to allow the water ingress to the valves ; the water being poured into the tub, until it is about two-thirds full, rises through the valves into the vacancies. A person stantling upon the 284 A. D. 1847.— (LOWER CANADA.)--No. 123. Dwyer'a Shower Baths, platform, by a slight movement of his body, or by allowing his weight to rest alternately upon either foot, causes either side of the platform successively to rise and fall. The water is by this means forced through the valves into the pipe and through it into the top, from which it falls on the person on the platform. The frame is covered Math oil cloth, with a door in the front. MICHAEL DWYER. ! t M ! i c : — -rri-rrj^ A. D. 1848.— (LowBK Canada.)— N^o. 124 JVetc and improved Horse Collar, LETTERS PATENT to William Walsh, of the City of C^uebec, Saddler, for thf Invention of a " New and improved Horse Collar." Montreal, dated 8th January, 1818. BiUEF DBSORIPTION, In the first place, in the construction of the rim, the substituting in it for straw, (the only article now in use,) cane, whalebone, or any other pliant or flexible material that may be deemed suitable. The advan- tages to be derived from the use of these articles are, that the collar will be quite elastic, it will stretch in such a manner as will render its being put over the horse's head a matter of perfect ease, and when on, it will return to its original shape, and will retain it ; it will be infinitely more durable, less liable to break, and much lighter than that now in use. In the second place, in the introduction of a second or double body-side, there being only one l)ody-side to the collar now in use. The body-sides of the collar are constructed, in the first instance, in the same way as those now in use ; over these there is an outside covering or double body-side stuffed with flax, wool, hair, or any other article desirable for the purpose. The advantage derived from the double body-sides is, that the collar will fit better and easier ; it will lay easier on the horse's neck, will always retain its original 1 1 286 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 124. WaUVs Horse Collar. shape, as it can be repaired by merely removing the outside covering on the double body-side, the inside body-side remaining untouched ; it will also be impossible for the rim of the collar to touch the horse's neck WILLIAM WALSH. A. D. 1848.— (Lower Canada.)— ]N"o. 125. Method of constructing Smut Mills for cleaning Gi'ain. LEOTERS PA'iTNT to Thomas Brown, of the Township of Dunham, District of Montreal, Miller, for the Invention of a " Method of CONSTRUCTING SmUT MiLLS FOR CLKANING GrAIN." Montreal, dated 16th March, 184S. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This machine is composed of an upright wooden frame, two feet ten inches square, the upper part of the frame being arched. From the centre of the bottom sill of the frame rises a cast iron shaft or cylinder two inches in diameter, and three feet eight inches in length, which, at the bottom, turns in a cast steel foot, and at the top in a cast iron box. At the upper extremity i' said shaft is a pulley, to which the motive power is attached ; on and around said shaft, at its centre, and secured in its place by a cast iron collar about nine inches in diameter, revolves about five hundred times per minute, a circular running table or head, composed of wood thirty inches in diameter, and two inches thick, banded and covered on both sides with strong sheet iron, and having on its upper surface two hundred and sixty-four wrought iron spikes a quarter of an inch square, driven into the said table or head corner- wise, and rising two inches above the surface ; said table or head hav- ing on its upper surface eight stationary iron sheets at right angles to the axis, four inches long, and two inches high, which serve both as wings and beaters ; three inches above said head is another stationary head, lined with sheet iron, and having on its lower surface a like 288 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)—No. 126. 'I 1' Brown^8 Smut Mills. nunibor of iron spikes of half an inch in length ; through a hoppor in this stationary head the grain is admitted, and falling upon tlie running table or head is, by its revolution, thrown violently against both sets of heads and spikes, wings and beaters ; the dust and smut thus being loosened and separated from the wheat, while four fans, which also serve the purpose of beaters, attached to the lower side at right angles to the running table or head, together with the said eight stationary iron sheets, drive the dust and smut from the machine into the smut room, while the wheat, falling over said running head or table, is still driven against the beaters and also against a curb or outside cylinder of iron rods, five sixteenths of an inch in diameter and half an inch distant from the running table, and fastened, perpendicularly at the top, into the upper stationary head, and at the bottom, one foot distant, into another stationary head or table parallel to the lower side, and so placed as to prevent the wheat escaping, but sufficient to allow the free passage for dust and smut, and falls into a box in Avhich is an additional fan or blower, driven by the upright shaft, and which s(;rves to free the wheat from any large chaff which might have been left. To the upper stationary table or head there is attached a circular wire curb, of eight inches diameter, which rises to the upper frame ; and to the under stationary table or head is attached a similar wire curb, of ten inches diameter, extending seven inches up to the running table or head, and thus full and free ventilation is admitted into the machine from the top and bottom, and the wheat prevented from escaping, while the smut and dust is driven, by the centrifugal force of the running table, out through the outside cylinder into the dust room. The great advantages of this smut machine over all others consist in its durability, in being able to cause the running table to revolve and work in both directions, the machine itself, by this means, keeping the spikes sharp ; in the amount of grain which can be cleaned in a given time, and the ease of regulating its motion, the amount and power of ventilation into and from the machine, the large surface and number of beaters to which the grain is exposed during its passage from the machine, and in the small motive power required to work it, the grain being scoured among the spikes, while in others the grain is lifted up and borne around with the machine. THOMAS BROWN. oppor in running h sets of us being Iso serve es to the lary iron ut room, 1 driven r of iron I distant top, into ant, into and so the free dditioual ) free the le upper , of eight he under m inches lead, and from the vhile the Qg table, lie great irability, : in both s sharp ; and the ntilation r beaters machine, tin being 1 up and A. D. 1848.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 126. Improvement in the construction of Saw Gates for Saw Mills. LETTERS PATENT to James BaiUe, ViUage of Aylmer, District of Montreal, Cabinet Maker, for the invention of an " Impbx)V£Mekt IN THE CONSTRUCriON OF Saw GaTES FOR SAW MiLLS." Montreal, dated 12th April, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said saw gate, to avoid friction, is made to run on wheels, pulleys, or rollers, to be placed between the fender posts, which wheels, pulleys or rollers, will turn on their aids by the reciprocating motion of the saw gate ; the said wheels, pulleys, or rollers, to move on steel points and sockets, also turned centre points, these sockets are in screws, cut their whole length and screwed to peices of wood. The said wheels, pulleys, or rollers, may be made to run on gudgeons with boxes made of brass or other metal. JAMES BAILIE. 3WN. A ^ -k..-_-*JJi_ A. D. 1848.— (LowKU Canada.)— No. 127. A wetJiod of conMrinMnij Saw Mill fi for Slabbing Logs and Sannng Slabs. l.bllTEllS PATENT to Jolm Ritchie, of Etcheiiiin, District of Quebec, Millwright, for tlie luventiou of a " Method op con- STRT^OTING 8aW MiLI,8 FOR Ml.AHBlNO LoOS AND SAWINO SLABS." Montreal, dated 19th June, 1848. HRIRK DRKOItlPTION. The said invcMitiou consists in placing and securing the logs or slabs to be nawn, upon certain moveable blocks, sliding or moving upon ribbons or other like contrivance for guiding them, fixed upon the rtoor of the mill, and along which the said blocks are driven by a pitch chain or screw, moved by the machinery of the mill, and into the spaces between the links or threads certain projections on the imder side ot the said blocks fit and fall. Each block, when it has done its work of convoying one log through the saw gates, being returned to that part of the mill in front of the saw gate, and replaced upon the ribbons to receive another log upon the blocks ; the projec- tions, which are engaged in the pitch chain or screw, push forward the log upon the block, the projections upon which are disengaged, so that a continual stream of logs or slabs is passed through the gate, without even stopping the mill. JOHN RITCHIE. ^ \ %>".- 1 I 1 1 ■ ^^H^B ' ^^^Hli A. D. 1848.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 128. Improvement in the amstruGtion of Four-wheeled Carriages^ to wit^ aplanforfaciUtating the turn- ing of the same in a short space. LETTERS PATENT to Edward T. Jones, of Carrillon, District of Montreal, Esquire, for the Invention of an " Improvement in THE CONSTRUCTION OF FoUR-WHEELED CARRIAGES, TO WIT, A PLAN FOR FACILITATING THE TURNING OP THE SAME IN A SHORT SPACE." Montreal, dated 27th June, 1848. HRIEF DESCRIPTrON. The back axle is made to turn on the centre, exactly like the front one, with a bearing circle to steady the carriage, beneath the spring bar, and reach the front axle, but a little larger ; and on the ordinary freight waggon, sections of a large circle, placed under the spring bar or body, with merely friction plates of iron on the axle will suffice. There are then two guides or rods placed between the axle, one end of each l)eing fastened by a joint in the opposite sides of the centre of each axle, crossing each other in the middle, and thereby causing an inverse action of the back to the front axle ; that is, as the front wheels turn to the right the back wheels turn to the left, or vice versa, aud in order that it may so operate correctly, as intended by the plan, it is necessary to fasten the guides, they being 294 A. D. 1848.— (UPPER CANADA.) -No. 128. Jonefi Four-wheeled Carnage%. precisely of the same length, by a joint or hinge exactly at equal distances from the centre of each axle, otherwise the front and back wheels would not turn alike, nor run in the same track ; the wheels should be all the same size, in order that they may turn equally, or without striking the body of the carrage. EDWARD T. J NES. A. D. 1848.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 129, A method of mnstructhuj Hay Rakes. LETTERS PATENT to Antipas M. Byi-on, Township of Compton» Carriage Maker, for the Invention of a '• Method of construct- ing Hay Rakes." Montreal, dated 19th June, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Firstly, there is a round shaft, with double coil teeth, composed of hard wood, eight feet long and three inches in diameter, and on this shaft there will be sixteen coil teeth spread six inches apart, from centre to centre, the coil teeth to be composed of three-eighth inch wire ; there are four spike teeth to pass through the round shaft com- posed of half-inch wire, and to be twenty inches long, to be spread twenty inches apart from centre to centre. Secondly, there is a circular guage, placed vertically, in the centre of the round shaft, and playing between the centre bar of the rake frame, to be composed of hard wood, ten inches in diameter. Thirdly there are arms or a frame to be placed horizontally, one-and-a-half inches square ; the arms to be four and three feet long, to be chambered, and to fasten together with oak treenails. ANTIPAS M. BYRON. A LE' Mo put wai wal for any wit bei] whi at ] nee est aU wail the stn A. D. 1848.— (Lower Qaj^ada.)—No. 130. A new modej or art, of Ventilating Buildings, called the Canadian Ventilator, LETTEBS PATENT to Henry Ruttan, of the District of Montreal, for the Invention of a " New mode, or art, of Ventilating Buildings, called the Canadian Ventilator." Montreal, dated 26th July, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Firstly, for filling the whole building with, and keeping it full of pure air, and causing a constant circulation of the whole body down- wards, without local currents; operating in the same manner as if water were let off a room, by opening a gate at the bottom. Secondly, for the ventilating, and at the same time warming, (if in cold weather) any one, or all of the rooms in a building, whatever the number, without a single pipe, either within or without the walls ; the whole being accomplished by an aperture at the top and bottom of each room, which apertures are to be so constructed, as to be opened and closed, at pleasure. If the doors may be left open, these apertures are not necessary. Thirdly, for the ejection, at the same time, of all the cold- est and most contaminated air, and the retention, at the same time, of all the warmest, and purest of the air. Fourthly, for ventilating and warming as effectually, those parts of the building which may be situ- m s f* n 1 "n f^v^f liXXXJ AAAIA^AAJ-AAVJ. ' for conduct in *^ Bnd wflriYiino' ated belov/ th the air, as those parts situated above it. Also a philosophically con structed fire chamber, of metal, for warming the ventilating air, or for Id 298 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 130. li HI Buttan*8 Canadian Ventilator. use as a common metnl heater or stove ; it may be thus shortly described : suppose a common rectangular six plate stove, set upon one of its angles, the two aides then forming the top, lengthened out, to several, say four feet ; this would make a very acute angle at the top ; the fire flues are then set over apertures, made at proper dis- tances, on these two sides, the whole length of the fire chamber, so that a current of fire will pass along with, and between two currents of cold air, to such height as may be convenient. Thus the air, which is brought (in quantity from eight to twenty square feet) from the outside of the building under the fire chamber, sweeps, in its upward ascent, the metal from bottom to top, absorbing the radiated heat from every part of its surface. Also the combination of a cooking apparatus, Avith this fire chamber, as represented in the Drawing, for performing the operations of cooking, and warming the ventilating air at the same time. Also the machinery, and process for bringing in the air froi i the outside of the building ; facilitated by its own operation, by means of a moveable cap over a large funnel, and extended to such height, as may insure a constant supply from a strata of pure air. Also, a self-cleaning coal grate which, with one or more raised parts, with projecting tops or caps, brings the combustion air out horizontally, unimpeded by the coal Avhich is kept off by the projecting tops. The whole of this machinery being mainly for one object, the ventilation of buildings. HENRY RUTTAN. See Drawing, No. 130. A. D. 1848— (Lower Cakada.)— No. 131. A useful method of Constructing an Apparatus for talcing off the Friction of the Axle of a Bell^ and for making the Tongue of a Bell strike the top^ when elevated. LETTERS PATENT to George P. Warren, of the City of Montreal, Machinist, for the Invention of a " Useful method op con- structing AN Apparatus for taking off the Friction of THE Axle of a Bell, and for making the Tongue of a Bell strike the top, when elevated." Montreal, dated 16th August, 184-8. BRIEF DKSCllIPTION. The apparatus for taking off the friction, consists of parts of cir- cles, whole ch'cles, or rollers suspended on sharp edges, resting on steel hearings; which circles or rollers support the axle of the hell, by taking off the friction. The bell can be balanced on its axle, which will diminish the power required in ringing it. The apparatus for making the tongue strike in the top, when elevated, is comprised of a weight and lever power ; which weight and leverage, being more than that of the tongue, will always have a downward tendency, and the motion of the bell, aided by the gear in it, and the weight and leverage, compels the tongue to strike in the top, when elevated ; producing a greater sound than when the tongue strikes in the bottom. There are ■ J- .# II i 300 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 181. WarrefCs Bell Apparatus, springs at the sides, to prevent the tongue striking more than once, each swing of the bell. By this apparatus, for regulating the tongue, the bearings of the axle can be placed low enough to have the bell balanced, without loading the axle, which will not prevent the tongue from striking in the top, when elevated. GEOEGE P. WARREN. 1 1 |l ! A. D. 1848.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— N'o. 132. New and improved Paddle Wheel for Steam and Horse-boats^ and for propelling Vessels. LETTERS PATENT to Charles Midgley, of the City of Montreal, Machinist, for the invention of a " New and impeoved Faddlb "Wheel for Steam and Hoesb-boats, and foe peopellin(» Vessels." Montreal, dated 10th August, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said discovery and invention consists in a new form and arrangement of the paddles or buckets upon the wheels, in such a manner as to relieve the wheel, in its revolutions, from the loss of power in the right direction, occasioned by the lifting of the water by the bucket after it passes a point perpendicular to its surface, which, by the usual method, tends to depress the vessel into the water, load- ing the wheels, and so far exerts a force in a downward direction instead of forward and upward. The said wheel is constructed as follows: — The wheel in all respects, except the buckets and their arrangement, may be constructed upon the plan and in the proportions usually employed in vessels as now used, which are propelled by means of paddle wheels. The buckets are also of the same width proportion- ally in the direction of the diameter of the wheel with those now in use, or they may be a little under or narrower, and the arms of the wheel should, at their extremities, be at about the same distance, so as to leave the buckets about as far apart as those in ordinary use. i 802 A. D. 1848.--(LOWER CANADA.)— No. 182. Midgley'a Paddle Wheel. Tor a wheel which, on the usual plan, is constructed for one set of paddles only, which of course requires but two sets of arms to support the buckets at each end. This wheel requires four sets of arms, to be a^usted in flanges upon the shaft in the ordinary way, except that each of the four sets of arms should be placed so as to radiate from the axis in the same direction, that is, if there bo twenty arms in each set, they should be equi-distant from uach other, and the arms of each set should radiate from the axis in the same direction, so that, in revolv- ing, one arm of each set should strike the surface of the water at the same time, and not one to follow the other in order of time. The buckets should not be placed on the two corresponding arms of the wheel so as to strike the water in their whole length at the same time ; but the end of the bucket, which is fastened to the outer or outside arm of the wheel, should tirst strike the water, and the other or inner end of the bucket should be carried back and fastened on to that arm of the next inner set of arms, which would, in revolving, next strike the water, so that tlie bucket will along its edge on the periphery strike the water in succession, beginning with its outer and proceeding to its inner end, whicli, it will be seen, will cause the bucket to press or gather the water towards the centre set of arms. There should be another set of buckets on the other two sets of arms, adjust- ed in the same manner, so that the faces of the two sets of buckets which strike the water look inwards and towards each other, so that in revolving the water is gathered by both sets inwards to the centre set of arms. The centre sets of arms, which support respectively the inner ends of both sets of buckets, and also the inner ends of both sets of buckets should be a few inches apart, proportioned to the length of the buckets on the wheel and its power and diameter, so as to allow the water to pass through instead of being lifted up as the bucket ascends ; tliis space may be about one-tenth part of the distance across firom the outer end of one bucket to the outer end of the corresponding one on the opposite set of arms, but may be enlarged or diminished as is found necessary, though that proportion is believed to be nearly correct. The buckets should be made of iron, or any other material of the requisite strength, but are not straight. The buckets are curved to strike the concave surface first on the water, so that that end of the bucket which first strikes ihe water enters it nearly in the direction of A. D. 184.8.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 182. 808 set of support IS, to be jpt that rom the 3ach set, each set revolv- at the e. The irms of he same >utei' or 10 other id on to v^olving, 5 on the iter and J bucket There adjust- buckets so that ! centre ely the >th sets igthof 3 allow bucket s across ending hed as nearly aterial Jurved of the ion of Midgley*8 Paddle Wheel. the plane of its longitude, at that end or near it, and is thence curved round, so that, as the water strikes the inner end of the bucket, it does 80 at nearly a right angle to the face of the bucket, thus each bucket constitutes nearly the segment of a circle. The edges of the buckets farthest from the axis should also curve in a line corresponding with the line of the periphery, if measured in the direction of the bucket, and the buckets and each bucket should bo of unilbrm width. The bucket should be so curved or twisted that a line in the direction of the radius of the wheel would, at every point of the concave side of the bucket, if moved along perpendicularly to the axis, be in a line with the concave side of the bucket. It is obvious that the degree of curvation of the bucket may be increased or diminished, but the curve, which is believed to answer the purpose, is such that each pair of buckets which act together should, including the space left for escape of water form, say, about two-fifths of what appears to be a circle. CHABLES MIDGLEY. A. D. 1848— .(Lower Caxajja) -No. 133. 2%e Ilf/dro-pfwumatic Water W^l. LETTERS PATENT to Walter PorkinK Newmu of the Villair of Elora, in tlie Wellington District, Upp r Can l», for the Inven- tion of "The HVDRO-PNIiUMATlC WaTKK WHk,JBL." Montreal, dated 12th Sept mbor, 1848. li UKf DESCRIPTION. teen pounds ivity of the "sistance to 1 the upper This machine differs from all othors hitherto used f ^ water power in the circumstance that tb" prime mover is the p sure of the atmosphere, which at the lev( 1 of the sea is *>qual to i' and seven-tenths of a pound on the square inch ; thi' water is not taken into account, except as removing tli« that pressure. If a tube be fi led with water and closed extremity while the lower remains open, the column of Mater in such tube will be sustained by the p ossure of the atmosphere ; iinst the open mouth, unless the vertical height of the column of waitr exceeds thirty-three or thirty-four I'eet, t ir a column of water of that vertical height (more or less) is of exact y the same weight as a column of air of the same area of base whose eight is that of the atmosphere, and any addition to the height of the column of water or any pressure on such column at the upper extren.ity destroys the cquilibrum between it and the column of air which supports it, and the water is discharged at the mouth of the tube until the equilibrium is regained or the pressure removed. In Figure tw ^ the tube marked A.A. ascending vertically from a point at or below D. where it is repress anted as broken ofP; the water in this tdbe may b > considered to represent the above M I! 806 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 133. Newmans Water Wheel. mentioned column of water, and may for the purpose of illustration be supposed to equal thirty-four feet in height, in which case, if we suppose the air and water excluded from B.B. and C.C., there will be a yacuum in those parts of the tube, because the power of the atmos- pheric pressure will not raise the column of water higher than thirty- four feet. Now, if wo suppose the portion of the tube marked C.C. to communicate with a reservoir at or beyond the point G., where it is represented as broken off, the atmosphere will press on the surface of the water of the reservoir with precisely the same force with which it presses on the vertical tube A.A., viz. : fourteen pounds and seven- tentlis of a pound to the square inch. The water of the reservoir would consequently be forced into the tube CO., and meeting (in the ease we have supposed) no resistance, would proceed onwards to B.B., which is a continuation of the same tube (but in the form of a cylinder with the wheel or drum E, revolving in it on the shaft F.) and strik- ing on the floats H., would carry round with it the drum E., and reaching' the colunm of water in A. A. would force it out at the mouth of that tube, and if the communication with tiie reservoir were cut off, would occupy the place of that water, leaving a vacuum in B.Ji. and O.C. as before ; the available power of the water entering from the reservoir at G. is therefore due to the vertical height of the column of water in A.A., for if the height of that column instead of thirty-four feet were only sixteen feet, the water at tlie line M. being supported at D. by a force which would be capable of i-aising it sixteen feet liigher, would offer a proportionate resistance to the pressure of the incoming water, which resistance would be equal to one half of that pressure, or more than seven pounds per square inch. The floats marked H. are made to move freely on a hinge O., in such a manner that they open with the current of water until they are vertical to the centre of the drum,) but are restrained from folding back. When, by the revolu- tion of the drum they arrive at the point I., they close until that point is passed, when they are thrown open by the centrifugal force, aided by the current, and are again acted on as before, causing an uninter- rupted rotary motion of the drum on its axle. The whole of the macliine is air tight and the shaft or axle at K. (figure number three) and is connected with the Tirrwlrc air tight box or journal machinery to be propelled in the usual way. The area of the tube A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 183. 807 NewmatCa Water Wheel. O.G. should be equal to that of the floats H., and sufficient space should bo left between the circumference of the drum and that of the cylinder B.B., to allow the floats when open to move without touching the area of the upper extremity of A. A., should also equal the area of the floats, but this tube may gradually diminish to the orifice as shewn in the plan, but this is not essential to the working of the machine- The machine may be variously modified to suit different situati . . ' and circumstances, it may be horizontal instead of vertical, or rix.*y be made to receive water at the upper part instead of the lower, or \7ater may enter abreast. WALTER PERKINS NE^^MAN. ']| '4] m New and Improved Washing Machine for washing clothes^ &c. LETTERS PATENT to Martin Pierce, of the Township of Stanhridge, in the County of Missisquoi, for the Invention of a " New and IMPROVED "Washing Machine, for washing clothes, &c." Montreal, dated 16th September, 1.848. BRIEF DESCIIIPTION. There is a water-tight wooden box, supported on four feet, two of feet five inches in length, bottom measurement, by twenty inches in breadth, seven inches in depth in front, and thirteen inches in depth at the back, the bottom sloping down in that degree. To the box is attached a support, on each side, for suspending the dash or float, formed of an angular piece of wood, cut out in grooves on the inner face, moving freely over the bottom of the box ; and which is worked forwards and backwards toward the back of the box, by a handle or lever connected with it by two iron braces attached to the bottom of the dash or float, at equal distances from the side of the box. The dash is hung from the supports by connecting braces. The handle or lever is connected by a screw and nut, to an iron bar or rod firmly fixed at the back, and outside of the box, upon which it plays and is moved up and down, thereby raising the dash as high in front as may be convenient, and in rear forcing the clothes against the back of the box, which is lined with half circles of wood, at equal distances, of an inch in thickness. The water, after washing, escapes by a hole at the II] ii .ii'ti ji:;, H'- 310 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 134. Piercers Washing Machine. back and near the bottom of the box, which is stopped by a plug when required. The handle or lever maybe turned over the back altogether, by which means the dash or float may be entirely lifted out of the box, and the box itself used as a tub or reservoir for water. The foregoing is the ordinary size, but may be increased or diminished, as may be required, in proportion to the work to be done. MARTIN PIERCE. A. D. 1848. — (Lower Canada.) — 'No. 135. JVew and useful invention called the Aerifoi^m.^ or Atmospheric Churn. LETTERS PATENT to Walter Holt Wells, of the City of Montreal, Machinist, for the Invention of a " Neav and useful Invention, CALLED THE AeRIFORM, OR AtMOSPHFRIC ChURN." Montreal, dated 13th November, 1648. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said machine is a churn, in which butter is produced by dri- ving a current of air through the milk, or cream, contained in the body of the churn. The body of the churn is made in a square form, or box of wood, or metal ; to it are attached two upright standards, or arms, connected at the top by a cross piece or cap, which supports tlie cog wheel, and the top of the spindle connected with the pinion wheel, and joined to the cylinder From the bottom of the churn, a hollow cylinder extends upwards, passing through the cover, and united to the spindle of the pinion wheel ; to the bottom and top of this cylinder, are attached two or three open pipes, communicating with the interior. The cog wheel is moved by a crank, which, meshing with the pinion wheel, causes the rotary motion of the cylinder ; and the air entering at the pipes, passing down the cylinder, and escaping through the bot- tom pipes, into the milk or cream, causes an ebullition, or motion of the same, sufficient to decompose it, or separate the butter therefrom. The churn is also made without any top pipes attached to the cylinder, but orifices are made in the side of the cylinder, in lieu thereof. WALTEU HOLT WELLS. . u; I ; A. D. 1848.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— ISTo. 136. A new and useful Coiled Spring Tooth revolving Horse Bake. LETTERS PATENT to Peleg Bowen, of the City of Montreal, Mechanic, for a new and useful " Coiled Spring Tooth revolving Horse Kake." Montreal, dated 14th November, 1818. BRIEF DS;SCKIPTI0N. A round piece of timber forms what is called the head, two other pieces of wood of nearly equal length, placed one on each side parallel to it, about half an inch from the head, form what are called the coil heads ; being fastened by the teeth they revolve round with it, and to permit of their revolving, where they would otherwise be interrupted by the shafts, pieces are cut out of each so as to permit of the shafts passing to the head, the coil lieads being thereby each cut into three pieces. The teeth of the rake, a row of which project from each of the coil heads, are formed by pieces of strong wire, of convenient length and thickness ; one end of each tooth is secured tightly into the head, it is then coiled three times round the coil head, and the tooth, formed in the shape of a curve, becoming mure straight towards the point. A row of these teeth projects from each coii head on opposite sides of the head. Two pieces of wood, acting as levers, pass through the head parallel to each other, and one end of each of them rests upon the extreme points of two latches. Two shafts are placed parallel to each 314 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 138. Bowen'a Horse Bake. other, and at right angles to the head, in the usual tbrm and of the size of cart shafts, ending at the head in a round socket, within which the head revolves, by these shafts tlie head is drawn, A piece of wood passes across the shafts at a short distance from the liead, to which it is parallel, and to which it is also oqual in length ; two iron rods con- nect this cross piece with the head, these rods end in round sockets in which the head revolves. Two traces pass from the sliafts, near the extremities, where the horse is yoked, to the ends of tlie cross piece outside the shafts to strengthen the rake, and two handles, similar to plough handles, are fastened on to the shafts ; near their sockets ends a piece of wood, calhul the cross handle, passing between the two handles, at a convenient distance from their extremities ; a wire, called a latch rod, passes through the centre of the cross handle, which is connected with two latches, acting as levers, fastened by joints to the shafts at the cross piece on the side towards the head, and having their ends projecting on each side of the shafts opposite the cross piece. These latches cause the head to revolve by pulling the latch handle and clear the rake of whatever grain or hay may be in it, and the latches being then allowed to resume their former position, the oppos- ite row of teeth acts upon the ground till the rake again requires clearing. PELEG HOWKN. See Drawing, No. 136. A. D. 1848.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 137. New and improved Carriage and Waggon Wheel, LETTERS PATENT to Omie La Grange, of the Parish of St. Armand, District of Montreal, Woollen Manufacturer, for the Invention of a " New and improved Carriage and Waggon Wheel." Montreal, dated 6th November, 1848. BRIEF DKSORIPTION. This iron wheel is constructed as follows : The tire is bent in a true circle, and welded at the ends, then spaced off into thirty equfil parts, and holes drilled of the size of the spokes, these holes are rimmed from the outside of the tire, making the hole the largest on the outside, with a true taper to the inside. The spokes or wires are cut into proper lengths, thirty in number, and one end is a head made to fit the hole in the tire, and on the other end is a thread, or screw and nut. The spokes are put into the tire from the outside. The inside of tlie hub, is made of cast iron, the 8pok(>s stand bracing in it. One spoke goes into one end of the hub, and the next goes into the other. The hub is cast hollow so as to receive the nut, it is spaced off at each end, at three quarters of an inch, into iifteen equal parts, and holes drilled the size of the spokes. There is a chamber inside of the hub, to hold oil or grease ; also a box for the axle tree. There are washers tliat slip on to each end of the hub, to cover up the nuts, and ends of the spokes. OMIE LA GRANGE. A. D. 1848.— (Lower Can^ada.)— IS"©. 138. An Office Sliding Calendar. LETTERS PATENT to John P. Bostwick, of the Township of Comp- ton, District of St. Francis, for the Invention of " An Office Sliding Oalbndar." Montreal, dated 20th November, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said calendar consists of three columns ; one on a slide, con- taining the numerals of the days of the month, from one to thirty-one, between two fixed columns, each consisting of the initial letters of the several days of the week, in five weekly divisions, each commencing with Sunday ; and one other division in which there are but the first two days of the week ; one of the two last mentioned columns, answer- ing to the English, and the other to the Erench Language. JOHN P. BOSTWICK. A A. D. 1849.— (LowRR Canada.)— No. i:]9. A new and useftd hnprovtincnt in the machinery of a S/)ips' Windlass. LETTERS PATENT to Patrick McQuilkin and Joseph Henry, of the City of Quebec, Brass and Iron Founders, for tlie Invention of a "New AND USEFUL IMPJIOVEMENT IN THE MACHINERY OF A ShIPS' Windlass." Montreal, dated 20th January, IB 19. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This windlass, like some previously invented, has an iron purchase wheel, placed on each side of it, which is acted upon by a ripping lever attached to each wheel, and which is confined thereto by a traveller, which takes hold of the rim, reciprocating upon the wheel and forcing the windlass round to its ascent alternately, by means of the iron lovers with handles fitting in a socket at the top of the pawl bit. The improvement consists in the iron purchase wheel, on each side of the windlass, being regularly indented about half an inch deep, and the top of the nipping levers being made to fit exactly in the indentations, so that while they force the windlass round to its ascent, it is effectually prevented from slipping or revolving back, an incon- venience not hitherto remedied. The force of the nipping levers is also greatly increased by the pin being placed almost at the end farthest from the wheel. PATRICK McQUILKIN. JOSEPH HENRY. i'- \^\ A. D. 1849.— (Lower Cafada.)— No. 140. A Limited Horse Swing. LETTERS PATENT to Nirum W. Rockwell, of Earnham, District of Montreal, for the Invention of " A Limited Horse Swing." Montreal, dated 5th February, 1849. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists of a platform, on which the horse stands, suspended by- four chains or ropes, or otherwise, as shall be deemed best, so as to cause it to swing or vibrate easily ; being elevated above the ground, or floor, being limited to prevent swinging too far ; it is easily made stationary, by two bolts or pins, passing through the swing, and into the ground or floor below ; which are easily drawn out, or thrust in, to cause the swing to vibrate, or remain stationary, at the will of the smith. NIRUM W, ROCKWELL. See Drawing, No. 140. \ '^1 A D. 1849.— (Lower Canaba^^-I^o. 141. An Improvement in the method of constructing Threshing Machines. LETTERS PATENT to Elias Jas. Severance, Township of Ascot, District of St. Erancis, Machinist, for the Invention of " An Im- provement IN THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING THRESHING MA- CHINES." Montreal, dated 6th March, 1849. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The two horses by which the machine is worked, stand on an in- clined plane, or revolving floor, or endless connecting chain, attached to the part of machinery connected with the fly wheel, from which the connecting powers are attached to the threshing and cleansing appara- tus by a common leather belt. The enclosure for the horses, with the machinery below, is easily attached, or detached from the threshing machine, and the power can be applied to any other purpose. The whole of the macliinery is connected and propelled by belting strrips, simple and not complicated, and not subjected to damage or breakage, beyond the ability of the most inexperienced artizan to repair. The sheaves of grain are put in at the feeder, and pass through the thresh- ing apparatus. The straw is discharged on the opposite side from the receiver for the grain and chafP, the same is conveyed, by means of ele- vators, to the fanning or winnowing machine, by which the grain is perfectly cleaned, and the chaff separated in an opposite direction, the grain falling into a box in a fit state for the flouring mill. ELIAS JAS. SEVERANCE. ^ A. D. 1831.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— IVTo. 142. Method of constructing Bridges^ on combined prin- ciples called the Suspension Wooden Bridge. LETTERS PATENT to Nicol Hugh Baird, of Nepean, District of Bathurst, Esquire, for the Invention of a "Method oe con- structing Beidges on combined principles, called the Suspension Wooden Bridge." York, 14th July, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The Bridge j consist of two, three, or more series of links in suspersion, connected with pins and coupling, from which sus- penders are attached, at each coupling, which support the road- way ; also stretchers connected therewith in like manner, by means of pins. Across the roadway stretchers, so formed, lay sleepers, acting as bracers to the suspenders and supports for roadway planking. The road may be of such dimensions as to suit the traffic. The inte .'me- diate spaces between the suspenders to have diagonal braces, prof 3rly keyed in. These diagonals to be supported by butts properly keyed up, and to consist of two truss abutments, properly secured, and braced back ; Avhich abutments must always bear a proportionate height to the required space. Firstly, the suspending links to be of eim, or any other sufficiently tough wood ; or where such cannot be had, of red pine ; dimensions, fifteen feet from centre to centre, 12 x 2 ^, more or less. Secondlvj perpendicular suspenders, in length to suit the different parts, of similar stuff and diiiensions with the former. Thirdly, diagonal ^ I ¥ 326 A. D. 1831.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 142. Baird*8 Smpenaion Wooden Bridge. braces, between suspender and roadway stretchers to be of pine, 12 x 2^, placed on the edge. Fifthly, the butts to be of the same dimen- sions and of pine, placed on flat, properly secured by keys ; six cross sleepers for roadway, to be of pine, 16 x 4, secured in the ends, by trenails, properly dovetail-wedged. Seventhly, roadway scantling, to be of pine plank, from two-and-a-half to three inches, the strongest that can be procured ; to be properly trenailed, by one or more trenails to each sleeper. The whole to be erected independently of centres, by comimencing on either side of the river to be crossed, and closing in the centre. To be painted with mineral paint, or coal tar, every two years. NICOL HUGH BAIRD. 12 X dimen- cross ds, by ing, to ongest more tly of 3d, and al tar, RD. A. D. 1831.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 143. A Machine for Thres/mig Grain. LETTERS PATENT to John W. Cleghorne, of Cobourg, District of Newcastle, Innkeeper, for "A Machine for Threshikg Grain." York, dated 13th September, 1831. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The frame may be made of any size, proportionate to the work required to be done, say from three to seven feet long, and from two to three feet wide ; in this frame is a cylinder, the dimensions of which will depend upon the size of the frame, say from two to three feet in length, and in diameter from twelve to twenty-four inches. On the surface of the cylinder are placed beaters, spikes or teeth made either of iron or wood, both have been found to answer. The cylinder revolves in a concave, either under or over it, formed of bars of iron or wood, spikes or pins set in the concave may be advantageous. It is governed by springs placed either under or over, or l)y weights, but neither are essential. The grain which is to be threshed is placed on an inclined plane or table, and conducted to the cylinder between fluted, nicked, or smooth rollers, or by hand without the rollers. In front of the cylinder is placed a revolving rake to carry off the straw when necessary. Below the cylinder is a shaking sieve, through which the grain, when threshed, passes from the cylinder on to an inclined plane or screen below the shaking sieve. Underneath the screen is a box to receive the screenings ; below, a little in front, or behind the cylinder, is a wind wheel to winnow the chatf from the grain as it falls from the screen. JOHN w. CLEGHORNE. i' : H < I 1 \: i 1 A. D. 1832.— (Upper Canada.)—^©. 144. A Machine for Planing and Grooving Flooring. LETTERS PATENT to Zebediah Sisson, of Cobourg, District of Newcastle, Carpenter, for the Invention of "A Machine for Planing and Geooving Plooeing." York, dated 27th June, 1832. w A. D. 1832.— (Upper Canada.)— I^o. 145. A Cooking Stove, called the Hot Air Cooking Stove, LETTERS PATENT to Jonathan G. Hathaway, of the Town of Hamilton, for the Invention of " A Cookinq Stove called the Hot Aie Cooking Stove." York, dated 24th December, 1832. BUIEF DKSCRIPTION. The stove is dwided by a hearth or plat>^, horizontally, which forms two apartments, the one above the other. In the upper apartment the fire is m"Ie, and the lower forms the oven. Two flues are formed by mp'".a8 of plates, in the back and under the oven, through one of ^"^hich the heat and smoke pass down the back end under the oven and return through the other flue to the pipe which carries them off. In the back or fire plate there are two holes or apertures, through the lower of which the heat and smoke pass into the flues when the oven is heating ; this hole may be closed by means of a damper, in which case the smoke passes into the pipe without entering the flues or heat- ing the lower part of the stove. In the front plate below the hearth is a door which opens into flues by which they may be kept clean. There are boiler holes through the top plate. JONATHAN G. HATHAWAY. A. D. 1833.— (UrrEK Canada.)— No. 146. An Improvement in the Steam Enf/ine^ called the lie- acting Engine. LETTERS PATENT to Ambrose Foster, of Kingston, in the Midland District, Engineer, for the Invention of " An Impkovement in THE Steam Engine, called the Re-acting Engine." York, dated 2l8t November, 18:^3. A. D. 1834— (UrpER Canada.)— No. 147. New and useful improveynent in the principle of building Steam Vessels. LETTERS PATENT to Nathan Sandford, of Prescott, in the District of Johnstown, Architect, for the Invention of "A New and use- ful Improvement in the principle of building Steam Vessels. Toronto, dated 23rd May, 1834. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The improvement consists in a steam vessel being constructed and built upon two oval Cylinders or Hulls. NATHAN SANDEORD. A. D. 1834— (Uppee Cai^ada.)— IS"©. 148. A Bevol'ving Flue^ as applied to a Cooking Ap^ paratus^ &c. LETTERS PATENT to Alexander Carpenter, of the Town of Hamil- ton, District of Gore, Merchant, for the Invention of "A He- VOLVING ElUE, as APPLIED TO A CoOKING APPAEATTJS, &0." Toronto, dated l7th Eebruary, 1834. A. D. 1S34.— (Upper Cai^ada )— No. 149. An improved method of building Skips, Boats, and other craft suitable for navigation op, seas, rivers^ lakes and canals, to be propelled with steam or any other power. LETTERS PATENT to Jos. Burlingham of the town of Hamilton, TJ. C, and Thomas Bewley, of Laprairie, L. C, Shipbuilder, for th Invention of "An Improved method op building Ships, Boats, and other Craft, suitable for Navigation on Seas, Rivers, Lakes, and Canals, to be propelled with Steam, oe any other power." Toronto, dated 6th November, 1834. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Firstly, in a new form of building vessels, namely : flat bottomed, and round at both ends, with a peculiar sheer, fore and aft, which raises each end out of still water, about one fourth the whole length, and the whole of the lower hold, being made air tight. Secondly, in a new and improved method of constructing, fixing, and moving the paddles of such vessels, such paddles being intended to be fixed in the centre of the vessel, (or on either side) on two wheels or drums, the aft wheel having iron segments for the purpose of moving three chains, to which the paddles are afiixed ; the said paddles having a horizontal movement. Also another method of constructing, fixing, and moving paddles, by a double crank, revolving with its axle, or 838 A. D. 1834.— (UPPER C..NADA.)— No. 149. BurUngham*8 improved method of building Shijps, BoatSy Sfc. nr 'dng an equally efiionceous stroke, by the alternate motion of the steam engine beam, without revolving, or to any other application of a lever movement, by means of a third crank, connecting it with the rod of a steam engine, or other sufficient power. JOS. BURLINGHAM. A. D. 1834.— (Uppee Canada.)— 1>^o. 150. A new method of Propelling Vessels and Carriages designated by the name of Talbofs Atmospheric Propelling Engine. LETTERS PATENT to Edward AUen Talbot, Township of London, Esquire, for the Invention of " A new method of Peopelling Vessels and Carriages, designated by the name of Talbot's Atmospheric Propelling Engine." Toronto, dated 18th July, 1834. A. D. 1835.— (Uppee Cai^^ada.)— JSTo. 151. A new method of Propelling Vessels navigated by 8team^ &g. liETTERS PATENT to Thomas Graham, Township of Thorold, Dis- trict of Niagara, Yeoman, for the Invention of " A new method OF Propelling Vessels Navigated by Steam," &c. Toronto, dated 25th March, 1835. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Steam vessels constructed upon this plan are to be without the usual heavy wings, guards, and waloi'- wheels, and without water-wheels at all, and are to be propelled by five wooden or metal pins to be fixed on each side of the vessel. THOMAS GUAHAM. ll !!' I. It A. D. 1835.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 152. A certain Apparatus to be attached to Saw Mills. LETTERS PATENT to Martin Rich andWiUiamM. Jackson, of the Town of Kingston, Machinists, for the Invention of " A cestain Apparatus to be attacred to Saw Mills." Toronto, dated 28th April, 1835. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The one to eflfect the fixing or setting of the log by hand, for the purpose of cutting the stuiff truly parallel, without any stump end ; and the other to effect the same purposes, in a more effectual manner, by a self-acting of the log hy a combination of cast iron levers. WM. JACKSON. MARTIN RICH. li ^^HBl HH 1 IH^^HH H^^H ^^^^^^H ^^H^H H^^H M^BH fl^^^^H^^^H ^^^^^^^^^^^^H H ^^^^^^^^^H ^HdlH' ^^^^■fi^^H HHH] MIH IHIul^H DJ^EiBl i^nHUH| WwWB H||Hb wKSm ^^^^^^^^^H^^^^^^^H|% wKUSm ^^H^H^F* 1 ^^|^H;f ^^^^fflfl^n ' ^9DIB*- iSi ^^^^^B' i Mt^^i-M BHhHI: I wBL^.y^.W: ■■H'' iK:l r ^^I^^B ' i A. D. 1835.— (Upper CA]^fADA.)--No. 153. ' ■ '■".■■■ - ■ -■ . ' '■ .Ml-.. JVew improvemept in the Cooking Stove. LETTERS PATENT to Joseph Van Nonnan, of Long Point, District of London, Ironmonger, for the Invention of " A New imfboye- MENT IN THE CoOKING STOVE." Toronto, dated lit June, 1835. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The improvement consists in a different mode of applying heat to the oven, and in letting it off without heating the oven, or making the room in which it is placed too much heated in the summer season. JOS. VAN NORMAN. A. D. 1835.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 154. A Coohlmj Stove upon a new and improved principle. LETTERS PATENT to James Cahill, of the Town of Hamilton, Gentleman, for the Invention of " A Cooking Stove upon a new AND IMPROVED PUINCIPLE." Toronto, dated Ist June, 3835. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Being of a square form or shape, and having the back and bottom pieces of the oven divided on the outside, by dampers, into two parts, the draft passing down the divided back of the oven, hence under the half of the divided bottom of the oven, thence turning at the end of the damper under the other half of the divided bottom of the oven, and thence up the other division of the back of the oven to the stove-pipe. JAMES CAHILL. I A. D. 1835.--(UrPKTt Canada.)--]S'o. 155. A Machine for pla iiKj^ ''nntimj^ grooving^ tongue- ing^ levelling^ rehatw i^ heading, and otherwise preparing for immediate nse Boards^ Plank^ and other descr-nuoyi of timUers. LETTERS PATENT to Samuel Judson, of the Township of Biirges, and Lyman Judson, of the Township of Yonge, ])oth of the County of Leeds, for the Invention of " A Machine foe Plan- ing, Jointing, Grooving, Tongijeing, Bevelling, Rebating, Beading, and otherwise preparing for immediate use Boards, Plank, and other desciuption of Timbers." Toronto, dat^d 25th March, 1835. A. D. 1836.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— IS^o. 156. An improved method of producing Charcoal from wood. LETTERS PATENT to Joseph Van Norman, of Normandale, in the District of London, Iron Founder, for the Invention of "An IMPROVED METHOD OF PRODUCING CHARCOAL FROM WOOD." Toronto, dated 29th January, 1836. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The wood being collected together in the shape of a cone, and metal covering placed over the same, such covering being made of any size or shape, to suit the quantity or extent of business required, the wood is then set on fire and ventUated, as circumstances may require, until the process of charing is complete. JOSEPH VAN NORMAN. A. D. 1836.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 157. A neio improvement in the Cooking Stove, and a new method of carryitig off the sttmn. LETTERS PATENT to Levi R. Brown, of the City of Toronto, Agent, for the Invention of " A new improvement in the Cook- ing Stove, and a new method of carrying off the steam/' Toronto, dated 16th April, 1836. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Which invention consists in placing a draft hole in the centre of the lower part of the back plate of the lower story of the stove, by which means the heat is drawn off through the flue^ under the bottom of the oven, to perform the business of heating, halving or roasting, as the case may be, without contradiction fruni other drafts ; and by inserting a draft hole in the pipe proceeding from the back of the top plate, and fixing a bonnet or cape, as the case may be, the steam proceed ^q from the stove is drawn off. LEVI R. IJKOWN. \1 A. D. 1837.--(Upper Canada.)— IS'o. 168. A new improvement in the Cooking Stove. LETTERS PATENT to James Lorenzo Wilson, of the Town of Ham- ilton, in the District of Gore, Merchant, for the Invention of " A NEW IMPROVEMENT IN THE (JOOKING StOVE." Toronto, dated 26th January, 1837. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The fire place is above the oven, and the fire is made to descend by- closing a damper in the end door and one placed in under the pipe. By opening the damper in the front door the draft of hot air and smoke will descend in the back part of the stove, and pass under the oven, heating all sides equally ; rising in front of the stove and ther passing off into the pipe, which is at the left hand of the stove. JAMES LORENZO WILSON. i * 5 Si i m^ J ^ii'' 1 CJEoHUHlHR I'o MMMi— t^W '•§.* ■d BBwMmwIM 'z. tSa^^^SSsBaSBs a P^wi 1 BB: -; -^-?3^MM< 11 ■l^/^fllfflBll mm I nil ■^ ni H'l H Pw'iiH ] HEf BltlHuHi'yfnH ; .ElnEHuKB ( 1 ■nnij I- H 1^^^ 1 ^■ji 1 ! A. D. 1837.— (tTpPEit Canada.)— ]^o. 159. Neio and useful Machine for removing smut from, wheat. LETTERS PATENT to WiUiam White, of the Township of Hamil- ton, in the Newcastle District, Miller, for the Invention of " A NEW AND USEFUL MACHINE FOR REMOVING SMUT FROM WHEAT." Toronto, dated 23rd February, 1837. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said machine consists of a wooden cylinder, the exterior of which is composed of a cast iron hoop, placed in the centre of the length of the cylinder, which hoop contains a groove, on each edge, to receive a certain number of wrought iron rods. The con of the cylinder is composed of a shaft on which are placed three horizontal arms, the four divisions of the horizontal arm, being at right angles, receive five wrought iron square spiral rods, forming two-thirds of a twist, with a view to retain, which enter the head of the cylinder through an aperture, on which is placed a spout or hopper ; the wheat by the rotation of the spiral con, is projected against the upright iron rods forming the exterior of the cylinder, leaving the clean wheat to pass oflF through an aperture at the bottom of the cylinder, similar to that placed at the head. The size of the machine may be profitably increased to thirty inches in length, and of a proportional spiral con, and diameter of cylinder. WILLIAM WHITE. A.D. 1839.--(UprEif Oajs^ada.)— ISTo. 160. Neiv method of applyini/ a multiplying Lever to the imrlmuf fjear of Saw Mills. LETTERS PATENT to Duncan Serimgcr, of the Township of Dum- fries, District of Gore, Upper Canada, Yeoman, for the Invention of "A NEW METHOD OF APPLYING A MULTIPLYING LeVER TO THE WORKING GEAK OF Sa^V MiLLS." Toronto, dated 10th May, 1839. imiKF UESOllIPTION. This invention consists in the manner of applying the mc^lianical power, termed the lever, in such a way as to render available < force wasted l)y thj present meth d of p-^^ering saw jnills, together m a the multiplying power of tlie lever, to gain an increase of work really equal to three times that now obtained with the same expenditure of force. An advantage is also gained in the method contemplated for propelling the carriage on ' nie principle, that is to say, the multi- plying lever. DUNCAN SCRIMGER. K; I, A. D. 1840.— (Ui>i>ER Caiv ABA.)— No. 161. Certain hnpromnwnU in the Steamboat Paddle, LETTERS PATENT to George Josiali jMackelcan, of Guelph, in the District of Gore, Gentleman, for tlie Invention of " Certain Im- provements IN THE Steamboat Paudll." Toronto, dated 8th February, 1840. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said improvements are attained by giving to each bucket or paddle an axis of its own, and having a crank attached to the end of the axis which is farthest from the boat, which crank revolves between the paddle and guard, and the buckets are maintained in a parallel and perpendicular position by means of a governor, revolving on an axis fixed in the guard, as much higher tban the axis of the paddle as the cranks of the ^>nckets are in length, such arm of the governor being attached to the judull end of the bucket crnrik. The governor is carried round by the nction of the paddle, the purpose of which is to do away with the splashing and resistance of the back water caused by the present paddle. GEORGE JOSIAH MACKELCAN. A. D. 1840.— (UrPER Ca.n'ada.)— IS'o. 102. New method of co7istrudinfj Timber Bridges. LETTERS PATENT to John G. Howard, of the City of Toronto, Architect and Civil Engineer, for the Invention of " A new METHOD OP CONSTRUCTING TiMBEll BRIDGES." Toronto, dated 21th February, 1810. BRIKF DESCRIPTION. Bridges constructed in this manner are particularly adapted to rivers subject to freshets, and large accumulation of ice, as they are capable of being extended several hundred feet in one span, thus superseding the necessity of having either piers or cribs. Each piece of timl)er is to be hewn to the length and size required, according to the span of the bridge, and to have an iron scrow bolt, with a nut and two iron plates at each end, well screwed and rivetted ; it is then to be sawed through, the narrow way, from the centre to within thvee feet of each end, and the upper part cut exactly in the centre, and wedged out from the lower part to the space of two feet at the notch. An oak suspender or key is fitted into the notch. The iron screw bolt, afore- said, passes through the key and the timber of the bridge, with the nut downwards ; an iron screw jack is then applied from above, -with shifting plates underneath, which, by tui'ningthe handle, cambers the under side of the timber to the required curve, and the nut is screwed fast and rivetted. The bridge should commence at the centre of the abutment; and the second timber should be carried over from the ceu- 362 A. D. 184.0.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 162. Howard's Timber Bridges. tre of the first, so as to cause each piece to extend half its length past the other one. When the whole are fixed, a solid compact arch is formed, capable of sustaining an immense weight. This principle can also be applied to the floors of buildings requiring a great space between them. JOHN G. HOWARD. i A. D. 1840.— (Upper Canada.)— IS^o. 163. New improvement in the construction of Piano Fortes^ by means of which their durability is much prolonxjed^ and the tone of the instrument preserved. LETTERS PATENT to John Morgan Thomas, and Alexander Smith,, of the City of Toronto, Piano Forte Makers, for the Invention of "A NEW IMPROVEMENT IN THE CONSTRUCIION OF PlANO FoKTES, BY MEANS or WHICH THEIR DURABILITY TS MUCH PROLONGED, AND TKE TONE OP THE INSTRUMENT PRESERVED." Toronto, dated 23rd March, 1840. BP.IRF DKSORIPTIOK. The block, where the tuning pins arc placed, has a metal plate screwed on it, through which the tuning pins are put, and attached to the common metal plate on Avhich the strings are liitched ; and then, between the two plates, a metal bar is attached that runs parallel with the lowest string on the instrument, which makes a complete metal frame, and takes the pressure entirely off the case. This inven- tion is likewise applicable to every kind of piano. JOHN MORGAN THOMAS, ALEXAiNDER SMITH. A. D. 1840.— (UrPER Canada.)— JS'o. 164 — ■ , ^ ,. — , .. , ■ ,. ■ ■ ■ -^ Further improvement in the Steamboat Paddle [former Patent dated 8th Fehruanj^ 1840.) LETTERS PATENT to George Josiah Mackelcan, of Guelph, in the District of Gore, Gentleman, for the Invention of " A further IMPROVEMENT IN THE STEAMBOAT PaDDLE." Toronto, dated 29th February, 1810. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The improvement is attained by placing the governor inside the paddle, Avhich mil cause the bucket cranks to revolve between the paddle and the boat's side, whereby the shaft of the paddle will pass at once to tlie guard, as in the common paddle. The axis of the governor being a ring bolted against the gunwale of the boat, with the sliaft of the paddle passing through it, the centre of the ring being as much above, or below, the centre of the shaft, as the bucket cranks are in length, from centre to centre. GEORGE JOSIAH MACKELCAN. ;, i .8.? -,; , s , • .. ii^kM A T A. D. 1840.— (UprER CAi^AjyA.)—No, 165. Aimlie^s Clay Slate and Amsliels Clay Slate Machine. LETTERS PATENT to James Ainslie, of the ViUage of Gait, in the District of Gore, Gentlemen, for the Invention of " Ainslie's Clay Slate and Ainslie's Clay Slate Machine." Toronto, dated 21st August, 1840. A. D. 1841.— (UppEii Canada)— No. 166. An hnproved Paddle-wheel for propelling Steam or other vessels. LETTERS PATENT to Richard Dover Chatterton, of the Tovm of Cobourg, in the District of Newcastle, Gentlemen, :or the Inven- tion of *• An improved Paddle-wheel for propelling Steam OR OTHER VESSELS. Kingston, dated 22nd June, 1841. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists of a shaft and three rows of arms as in the common paddle-wheel, the distinction of the supposed in^provement being in the position of the floats or buckets, which, instead of extending the whole width of the wheel at right angles with the periphery, as here- tofore, are divided into two longer halves and fastened obliquely to each alternate arm, whereby the floats are made to cover each other and a continuous and even pressure is maintained, and the downward jar and hauls lift are removed and the swell caused by the common wheel avoided. RICHARD DOVER CHATTERTON. A. D. 1841.— (Uppek- Canada.)— N"o. 167. Improved Water-wheel called the Submerged An- fractuous Water-icheel. LETTERS PATENT to Harvey Tripp, of the Township of Haldimand, in the Newcastle District, Turner in wood, for the Invention of an Improved Water-wheel called *« The Submerged Anfractu- ous Water-wheel." Kingston, dated 1st September, 1841. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Saif^ vvater-wheel is not in any way impeded by back water. It can be applied either perpendicularly, horizontally, or raised or depressed to any &,ngle in the range of ninety degrees, and it may be altogether immersed. It can also be double, in the form of a cylinder, where great power is required with a small supply of water, which latter method is applicable to the use of saw mills. The water acting below the wiieel, entirely lightens the friction. HARVEY TRIPP. 1841.— (Upper Canada.) 'K ^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V # WJ^r :/. f/. 1.0 I.I II" 11.25 111.4 12.0 1.6 1^ m % V) ^;j y Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 m m. i \ vV ^ i ■ . 1 A. D. 1842.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— ISTo. 169. An Improved. Guard Propeller. LETTERS PATENT to Nelson Walker, of the City of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Inventivin of " An Improved Guard Peo- PEIiLER. Kingston, dated 15th January, 1 812. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. To a flange, or centre, of cast or wrought iron, fitting the sliaft, are to be bolted six or more arms, or leaves, of iron boiler or plate, radia- ting from the centre to its circumference, forming an angle of forty-five degrees at centre, and fifty degrees at its circumference, the whole sur- mounted by two or more wrought iron rings, of suitable strength, acting in the double capacity of a support to the outer ends of the leaves, and a guard against drift wood, or any floating substance, and giving the improved propeller superior advantages over the one now in use, from its increased power and combined strength. NELSON WALKER. A. D. 1842.— (Upper Canada.)— ]S"o. 170. An improved method of giving motion and efficacy to the Propeller in Steam Boats and other vessels. LETTERS PATENT to Charles Maitland Tate, of the Town of Kingston, Civil Engineer, for the Invention of " An impeoved METHOD OF GIVING MOTION AND EFFICACY TO THE PROPELLER IN Steam Boats and other vessels." Kingston, dated 13th of January, 184i2. BRIEF DESCKIPTION. Two cylinders are fixed in corresponding situations, on each side of a frame, made of wood or iron, placed at an angle best adapted to the boat, or vessel, it is intended for. On the upper part of this frame, are plumber blocks, for carrying a crank shaft, which is connected to the piston of each cylinder by connecting rods, from which it receives motion, one rod being favourably situated for giving power, whilst the other is least effective. On the shaft is fixed a drum, or spur wheel, from which motion is transmitted to the propellers, by straps or belts passing mutually round the drum and pullies, or pinions, as the case may be, which are fixed on the shafts or spindles of the propellers. By the two engines acting upon one crank, a continuous rotary motion is communicated to the shaft, and consequently to the drum, and by z 377 A. D. 1842.— (UPPEIl CANAPA.)— No. 170. Tat^a Propeller in Steamhoata. it to the propellers. The diameter of the drum being much larger than that of the puUies, a greater velocity can be obtained than by driving the propellers in the way hitherto practised. CHARLES MAIiLAND TATE. A. D. 1842.— (Upper Can^ada.)— ]^o. 171. An improved metliod of constructing Camhsfor the purpose of opening the cut-off^ or other valves of Steam Engines, LETTERS PATENT to Charles Maitland Tate, of Kingston, Civil Engineer, for the Invention of "An improved method ow CONSTRUCTING CaMBS FOR THE PURPOSE OP OPENING THE CUT-OFF, OR OTHER VALVES OF. StEAM E>TGINE.S." Kingston, dated 21st January, 1842. A. D. 1842.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 172. A new method of Tannimj Hides or Skins. LETTERS PATENT to Charles Maitland Tate, of Kingston, CivD Engineer, for the Invention of " A new method of Tanning Hides or Skins. Kingston, dated 27th January, 1P42. imiEF description. By this new and improved method, the tanning principle, extracted from bark, is caused to enter more rapidly into skins or hides than has hitherto been eflfected. The process being as follows : — The tanning principle, or liquor, being extracted from bark by means of heat, the steam gen. v/edis allowed to rush through a pipe, into a condenser which has been filled with skins, or hides, already deprived of hair, and soaked in weak liquor or leech, and wrapped round basket, or wicker work, so that no two come in contact. When this has been continued for some little time the steam is cut oflf, and the liquor itself allowed to flow into the condenser, from a reservoir, which causes a partial vacuum, then the atmosphere excites a pressure on the surface of the liquor in the reservoir, and consequently in the condenser, the liquor filling the space previously occupied by the steam, thereby causing the tanning principle to penetrate the hides, or skins, more eifectually. CHARLES MAITLAND TATE. A. D. 1842.— (Upt'er Caiiada.)— ^"0. 173. A new method of extractlnf/ the Tannin from Bark. LETTERS PATENT to Charles Maitland Tate, of Kinf^stoii, Civil Engineer, for the Invention of "A new and improved methoo of EXTRACTING THE TaNNIN FROM BaRK." Kingston, dated 27th January, 1812. IIRIEF UESCRIl'TION. By this method a greater quantity of Tannin is extracted from a given quantity of Bark, than has liithcrto been obtained, by causing a rapid and continued circulation of water through it, by means of heat. The operation is as follows : — A vessel, called a digester, connected with a Feeder, is constructed, having a pipe attached close to the bot- tom, projecting horizontally from it, and entering a fire box, when it is turned or bent, so as to form a spiral or worm, running up to the top of the fire box and then entering the digester horizontally. A Tray, or Sieve, perforated with holes, with a cover, and filled with ground or broken bark, is suspended half way down the inside of the digester, the lid of which is then bolted down ; The digester and Feed- er being then filled with water, a fire is kindled in the fire box, and the property of liquids, when subjected to heat applied to the bottom of the vessel containing them, being for the lower portions to rise up and displace the upper parts, a constant circulation is produced through the spiral or worm and the digester, its rapidity or speed being in- creased so long as the fire its kept up, and the liquid, constantly passing through the bark in the Tray, extracts the Tannin principle therefrom. CHARLES MAITLAND TATE. I ' A. D. 1842.— (UrrER Canada.)— No. 174 A Paddle Wheel for propelling vessels by Steam, LETTERS PATENT to Peter Fleming, of the City of Montreal, Civil Engineer, lor the Invention of a " Paddle Wheel for PROPELLING VESSELS BY StEAM." Kingston, dated 7th March, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The chief object of this is its Avorkii;^ under the surface of the water, and at any desired depth, to be of such construction as not to require any projecting parts beyond the proper sides, or bottom of the vessel, and consequently capable of being adapted to every vessel,, built for sailiuL' only, with little or no alteration in her figure and construction, and to aflPord the greatest attainable speed in sailing by steam power. It may be said to consist of three parts, the drum, the flanges of the drum, and paddies suspended or hinged thereto, either by single or double hinges, and the case or box enclosing the drum and paddles, the inner side or circumference of which is to be a circle^ or curve of osculation, to the circumference of the drum which re- volves in it. PETER FLEMING. A. D. 1842. -(Upper Canada.)— No. 17.\ A new and useful description of Threshing Mills. LETTERS PATENT to Mahlon Beach, of the Township of Oxford, Yeoman, for the Invention of " A new and useful description OF THRESTiINa MiLLS." Kingston, dated 27th April, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Two horses are attached to lev^ers passing through an upright shaft, and having a driven drum fixed to it ; a band goes round the latter, which runs between two friction rollers round a wheel attached to one end of a horizontal shaft, a drum is fixed'to the other end of this, round which a band also runs, extending to a second whirl, fixed, together with a drum, on an iron axle — a band is carried from this last to a third whirl, which is attached to a cylinder constructed similar to those at present in use. MAHLON BEACH. A. D. 1842.— (Upper Oai^ada.)— ]^o. 176. A new and useful description of Paddle Wheel LETTERS PATENT to Nichol Hugh Baird, Town of Cobourg, Civil Engineer, for the Invention of a " New and useful description OF Paddle Wheel." Kingston, dated .I2th January, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The paddles of this wheel are to resemble, in shape and form, what is known as the Indian Paddle, and to be placed on any number of arms of the wheel, so that they may enter the water and come out ob- liquely at the angle that may be found most advisable with reference to the draft of the vessel. The paddles may go within one foot of the bottom of the keel, or under the same. The advantages of the above being as follows ; the inconvenience of the breadth of the present pad- dles is obviated, the resistance being acquired from the depth, — the power lost by back water is saved, — the increased speed is gained by increase of diameter, without the inconvenience of higher paddle boxes, — in a heavy sea, the Paddles are always suificiently in the water to steady the vessel, and they are not so liable to be injured from present- ing an oblique face to obstructions. NICHOL HUGH BAIRD. A. D. 1842.— (Upper Canada.)— JVTo. 177. A new and improved method of laying down Marine Railways. LETTERS PATENT to Thomas Dissett and James Smith, of Ports- mouth Harbour, Kingston, Shipwrights, for the Invention of a "New anb improved method of laying down Marine Rail- ways. Kingston, dated 16th May, 184i2. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists in having Iron Rollers placed at the requisite distances from each other, resting upon rails, and kept in their places by bolts passing through the axis, and fastened in the parallel planks, or beams, forming the carriage, the lower parts or under sides of the said beams embracing the rail, and the upper ones being placed on each side of the beams of the cradle, on Avhich the vessel rests when drawn out of the water, thereby preventing the cradle from going off the rails. The whole weight of the cradle, and vessel placed thereon, rests on the circumference surface of the rollers, instead of on the axles of wheels, in the usual mode, by which a greatly increased facility of locomotion is acquired, and friction is entirely avoided. THOMAS DISSETT. JAMES SMITH. A. D. 1842.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 178. A new and useful description of " Shower BathP LETTERS PATENT to William Hallowell, of the Town of Kingston, Physician, for the Invention of " A new and useful descrip- tion OF "SuowEK Bath." Kingston, dated 16th July, 1842. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists in the arrangement of a system of cisterns, tubes, valves, and stop cocks, so contrived and placed, that a person using the apparatus can, at pleasure, direct a number of jets of fluid against one part or many parts of his body, and thus obtain the advantage of a tropical or general bath, as may be deemed best. The whole con- trivance being enclosed in a light case, and capable of being easily taken to pieces, and again put together, and tlius made readily porta- ble, while the parts are so arranged, that m case of any medicated, or valuable fluid being employed, it can be used twice, or oftener if necessary. WILLIAM HALLOWELL. AA A. D. 1842.— (Upper Canada.)— IS'o. 179. An improvement in the construction of Penstocks and Water-wheels, LETTEKS PATENT to Jacob Baker, Township of Vaughan, Home District, Millwright, for the Invention of " An improvement in THE CONSTRUCTION OF PENSTOCKS AND WaTER-WUEELS. Kingston, dated 20th Sept., 1842. IJRIKF DKSORIPTION. This improvement can be used in Saw, Grist or any other kind of miU propelled by water. The throat of the penstock, being inclined from the bulk-head of the flimic to the edge of the buckets next the concave, in such a manner, and at such an angle with reference to the size of the wheel and the head of water, that the whole force of the water shall be directed to the outer point of each bucket and contained there until it escapes at the tail race. JA.COB BAKER. A. D. 1842.— (UrPEu Cax\at)a.)~No. 180. A new and useful description of Water-wheel, LETTERS PATENT to John Lamb, Township of Hawkesbury, Mill- wright, for the Invention of " A new anjj useful description OP "Water-wheel." Kingston, dated 3rd October, 1842. BRIKF DKSOltlPTION. The said wlieel is propelled by the water being forced through oblique orifices placed round its circumference, and having one portion of each float parallel with the shaft on which the wheel revolves, and the other inclined against the direction of the water as it passes through the said orifices. The water thus acting, first upon the par- allel portion of the float, and afterwards upon the inclined part as it leaves the wheel. The wheel has circular gates round the orifices for admitting the water at pleasure, and is enclosed in a cistern having flood gates, and when it is in motion the whole head of water is raised in the cistern for the purpose of pressing the water through the said orifices, and the wheel-house is capable of being made frost proof, as it is not affected by being immersed entirely in the water. .JOHN LAMB. aas A. D. 1842.— (ITppETi Oavada.)— No. 181. An improvetl method of Br< ^Iny Ale^ B er^ Porter and other Mai hiqcors. LETTERS PATENT to George lliley. * the town of Kingston, Brewer, fm- the Invention of "An iN' jved metuod op brewino Ale, BkEK Portkr and otufu mal iquous." Kingston, dated (3th July, 184i2. HRIKF D^SOUIPTION Firstly by the addition of cut straw or it if, for the purpose of causing the the \ ort to run more freely )m the malt or grain. Secondly, by a ne^\ kind of Refrigerator, or 1 tnnperator, fixed in the quill tuns, by whi< h the worts may be cooled 'own to any required heat, and then run nto the said quill tuns for \ purpose of fermen- tation ; which temp« ratoror cooler may be also applied to the purpose of cooling distillers nash, or any other liquid for which it may be required. Thirdly, y a new method of connecting the quill tuns together for the purp se of conveying the carbonic acid gas generated in one tun to another by which means the liquor is prevented from imbibing oxygen from the atmosphere and thereby becoming acid. GEORGE RILEY. A u Ki A. D. 1843.— (Uppek Canada.)— No. 182. An improvement upon a neioltj constructed Suction and Forcing Pump. LETTERS PATENT to Asa H. Hough, of the Town of Kingston, Gentleman, for the Invention of an " Improvement upon a new- ly CONSTRUCTED SUCTION AND FORCING PUMP." Kingston, dated 20 February, 1843. A. D. 1843.— (ITppEu Canada.)— IS'o. 183. An improvement in the Rotanj Stemn Engine^ Jiere- tofore in use. LETTERS ]'ATENT to William Cicighton, of the Town of Niagara, Engineer, for the Invention of "An Improvement in the Ro- tary Steam Engine, heretofore in use." Kingston, dated 3ist March, 1848. BRIEF DKSClllPTION. IHrstly, the Piston is divided into steam compartments, made to counterbalance each other. Secondly, the steam is let in, and ex- hausted in an improved manner, that is, through the cover into the piston, thence through the wings or teeth of the piston, to the space in the cylinder, unoccupied by th(? piston, through which the wings or teeth travel, and wliere it acts thereon, thence acting on the opposite sides and ends of the wings or teeth, and passing through the opposite cover, escapes either into the atmosi)here, or a condenser. Thirdly, the metallic rings or packing, are cut angular wise, so that the springs underneath press the one half inwards to the centre, and the other half outwards, making them steam-tight at their internal and external circumferences, as well as at the ends of the piston, and rollers. And lastly, the friction is greatly reduced, and a continuous action of the piston obtained, with increased power, by th(? economy of steam. WILLIAM CREIGHTON. A. D. 1843.~(IT]'i>Eij Canada.)— No. 184 Certain Improved IVusses. LETTERS PATENT to John O. Brown, of the Town of Kingston, in the Midland District, Gentleman, for the Invention of " Certain Improved Trusses." Kingston, dated 5th July, 1843. BRIEF DKSORIPTION. The Trusses are composed of Block Pads, covered so as not to chafe the skin, tlie inner surfaces of which, to be something similar to the oval of an egg, but thicker at the lower edge. Plates of iron, or otlier material, are sunk to tlie sui'face at the back of the pads, having two screw holes to attach tiiem to necks or yokes descending from the ends of springs ; in these necks or yokes, long square openings are left, to raise or debase the pads, as required. Soft pliable pads with straps to admit of their sliding easily on the backs of the springs, are attached. The springs are formed of the best refined steel, to be covered with some soft material ; and are to be worn from two-thirds to three-fourths round the body, having straps attached, to be carried round the remaining portion, and fastened to a button or screw on the springs. JOHN O. BBOV/N. ■' A. D. 1843.— (Upper Caj^^ada.)— N"o. 185. Improved Washing Machine. LETTERS PATENT to Peter R. Lamb, of the City of Toronto, Store- keeper, for the Invention of ''An improved Washing Machine." Kingaton, dated 7th July, 1843. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It is composed of an oblong trougli to contain the water and clothes to be washed. A dasli board is placed within the trough, having various perforations through which the water passes, and on the interior of the trough are several prolusions, against which the clothes are pressed and rubbed when the Kiachine is put in motion. The motion to the dash board is communicated by two journals worked by a lever. The dash board can be removed at pleasure, by the withdrawal of certain pegs, and the water drained from the trough, by means of a spigot. PETER R. LAMB. A A. D. 1843.— (U]'PEL> Canada.)— No. 186. A Compositicn for preventing and extinguishing Fires. LETTERS PATENT to John Montgomery, of the the Township of Pittsburgh, Midland District, Canteen Keeper, for the Invention of "A Composition for preventing and extinguisiling Pires.** Kingston, dated 9th August, 1843. imiEF DESCRIPTION. It consists, firstly, of a ley formed of wood ashes and lime, reduced by boiling to a strong consistency. And secondly, of urine passed through the ashes first used, then boiled down, and mixed with first ley, and the whole is rendered fit for use, by a further reduction in boiling. To extinguish fire, the mixture must be thrown by a fire- engine, against the greatest body of fire, which it will entirely over- come. To render wood fire-proof, two coats of the mixture must be applied hot, or the wood must be well saturated therein, in a vat, and be well dried afterwards. • JOHN MONTGOMERY. BB A. D. 1848.— (Upi'EJi Canada)— No. 187. Machine fo?' propelling vessels^ or other floating hodien^ by the action of heated air^ gases^ steam^ or other expansive^ or explosive materials, on the fl\dd in which they are intended to act. LETTERS PATENT to Isaac Gouverneur Ogden, of Three Rivers, Esquire, for the Invention of "A Machine foh phopellino VESSELS, OR OTHER FLOATING BODIES, BY THE ACTION OF HEATED AIR, GASKS, STEAM, OR OTHER KXPANSIVE OR EXPLOSIVE MATE- RIALS, ON THE FLUID IN WHICH THEY ARIO INTENDED TO ACT." Kingston, dated 14th August, 1848. HHIBF DKSCKIPTION. It consists of a forcing air pump, with tubes leading therefrom, to convey the atmospheric air, gases, steam, or other matter to a fur- nace ; and a conduit pipe or pipes to carry them, when heated, from the furnace to the outside of the vessel. The conduit pipe or pipes being so bent, that from the outward end, the air, gasos, or steam, shall be discharged under water, and in a direction opposite to that in which it is intended to propel the \essel or floating body ; the force of the discharge of the expansive matter driving the vessel ahead. There may also be conduit tubes leading in a reverse direction, to be used when it is required to l)ack water. ISAAC GOUVERNEUR. A A. D. 184;i.--(Ui'i'Eu Ca^^ada.)— No. Inn. A Revolvhuj Drtjinc/ Kiln ^ for the. purpost oj dnjinij Wheatj or ot/ier Gram. LETTERS PATENT to Hiram Bigolow, of the Township of Tc^cum- seth, in the District of Simeoe, Miller, for the Invoiitiou of "A Revolving Drying Kiln, poti the pukposk of drying Wiikat, OR OTHER Grain," Kingston, dated 29th September, 1813. imiblF DESCUII'TION. It is composed of a cylinder niudc of cast iron, having an iron shaft passing througli the centre on which it revolves ; the said shaft being driven by a pulley or wheel attached to one end of itj this cylinder is placed in an oblique position, having about eighteen inches fall, from the upper to tlu? lower end, and is enclosed either in another metal cylind(5r, or in a brick arch, thus leaving a space between the two cylinders or arch, all round, through which space the tire is con- ducted from a fire place or gr;ito, at the lower end, and passes out by a cliimney at the upper end. The grain, or whatever is required to be dried, is conducted by a tube, into the upp(?r end of the inner cylinder, and is discharged by another tubt; at the lower end, and when cool, will be found to bo completely dry. The cylinders may be made of greater or less dimensions, in proi)ortion to the cpiautity of work proposed to be done. HIRAM BIGELOW. i di 'i ?ll A LI Ki fac of mi th( ab un an th: is dr tAV ob ad wi he A. D, 1843.— (Upper Canada.)— IS'o. 189. A new mode of apjAyirnj heat^ in the process of Cooking ivith Stoves^ by niemis of a horizontal and perpetidicular return flue. LETTERS PATENT to Alexander Carpenter, of Hamilton, District of Gore, Stove-dealer, for the Invention of "A new mode of APPLYING HEAT, TN THE PROCESS OF CoOKING WITH STOVES, BY MEANS OF A HORIZONTAL AND PERPENDICULAR RETURN FLUE." Kingston, dated 10th October, 1843. BRIEF DESCRIl'TION. It consists in the uniformity of lieat imparted to the oven, the facility of roasting, and the superior durability and general convenience of the stove. The uniformity of heat is thus attained : the fire is made in the front part of the stove ; from the back of the part in which the fire is placed, the bottom vises abruptly, and the oven is elevated above the general surface of tlie stnve ; the heated air is introduced underneath the bottom of the oven, ascends through two side flues, and passing over the top of the oven from the rear to the front, escapes through the pipe which issues from the front ; at the root of this pipe is placed a damper, which has the effect of completely stopping the draft, and diminishing the consumption of the fuel ; there are also two other dampers to close the side flues ; tlie elevation of the bottom obviates the use of those plates known as Are plates, which ensures additional durability; and its peculiar shape, being at right angles with the back of the fire-place, exposes two sides of the roaster to the lieat at the same time. ALEXANDER CARPENTER. A. D. 1843.— (Upper C ax aba.)— No. 190. A new constnictio7i of Mamjle^for mcmrjling Clothes. LETTERS PATENT to George J. Mcckelcan, of Guelph, District of Wellington, Gentleman, for the Invention of " A new con- struction OF Mangle tor mangling Clothes." Kingston, dated 24tli November, 184.3. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists of a strong frame of hard wood, well put together with mortise and tenon, of one or more powerful levers, and three rollers ; the ends of the upper roller are tixed in upright slides, and it is moved by a winch handle, or pinion, worked in a cogged wheel ; the two lower rollers work in the side frame of the mangle, moving either by friction or wheels, and are enveloped by canvass, tightly sewn round them. The upper roller is pressed down upon the lower, by the levers which rest on a cross bar of tlie two slides. The short end of the levers are under a fixed fulcrum, and the long ends carry a loaded box, made moveable, to produce greater or lesser pressure at pleasure ; the mangle has n plain table attached, resting on transverse stays, and the articles to be mangled pass between the upper and lower rollers, and descend over the inclined plane bevond. GEO. J. Mi:CKELCAN, A. D. 1848.— (Upper Caj^ada.)— No. 191. A new mode of Distilling mid llectifying Spirituous Liquors, LETTERS PATENT to George lliley, of Toronto, Distiller, for the Invention of " A new modk of Distilling and Rectifying SpiniTUouis Liquors." Kingston, dated 15th Deceniher, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It corsists in the admission of steam through a body of coal, char- coal, small stones, pebbles, broken glass, or any similar substance im- pregnated, or wetted, with alchohol or any substance containing it, for the purpose of Distillation or Rectification ; this is done by means of a steam tight vessel, called the Rectifier, made either of wood or metal, having at the bottom a stop cock for letting off' the spent wash. A little above the bottom is a pipe for admitting steam, and near the top a funnel-shaped pipe ; in the funnel is a moveable plate pierced fu - of holes, for distributing the spirit equally, and a little above this plate is a pipe, regulated by a stop cock, for letting in the liquor to be distilled or rectified ; a stream of the spirit or wash being admitted at the top and a body of steam at the bottom, the latter, ^s it rises through the coal, or other substance with which the rectifier is filled, meets the former in its descent and boils it, and the vapour passes off' into a worm to which the machine has been previously attached. GEORGE RILEx. A. D. 1844.— (UiM'ER Cai^ada.)— IS'o. 192. A Machine called a Self-propelling GaU, LETTERS PATENT to Frcdorick Ilutt, Township of Stamford, yeoman, for the Invention of " A Machine called a Self- propelling Gate." Kingston, dated 27th January, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION It is constructed upon such ?i principle as to admit of its application to crates of every description, as also to carriage, house, and other doors, 'i he great advantage which it possesses being the power of opening and shutting itself, by means of weights and puUies placed underneath a platform, in such a manner as to occupy little space and not liable to get out of order. The Gate consists of two divisions, each division runs back in a horizontal direction upon two friction rollers, and closes again by means of the weights and puUies. The power applied to open the gate is merely the weight upon the plat- form of what is passing through, which platform acting upon the machinery below gradually settles doAvn in a horizontal position, and again rises to its former place after the passing is effected, and the gates closed ; all of which is acconiplished, if by a carriage, without the driver leaving his seat, l^o prevent the gate opening at ordinary times, a horizontal spring is placed under the platform, which, on being slightly shifted by means of a cord attached to the end of a 422 A. D. 1841.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 192. HutCs Self'jjropelliny Oate. small lever, prevents the platform from yielding. This cord extends to the top of a post on the right hand, as the gate is passed through, runs over a small pulley and can be easily reached by the hand. See Drawing, No. 192. FilEDERTCK HUTT. A. D. 1844.— (Upper Canada.)— JS'o. 193. A moda by ichich power ^ to he derived from the use of the loheel and screw^ may he applied to any kind of Machinery. LETTERS PATENT to William McCall, of Dumfries, District of Gore, Millwright, for the Invention of " A mode by which power, TO BE DERIVED FROM THE USE OF TIIK WHEEL AND SCREW, MAY BE APPLIED TO ANY KIND OF MACHINERY." Kingston, dated JiOth May, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. ThiiLi power may be applied to almost any kind of machinery in mills or manufpctories, in place of gearing and straps ; the advantages of which are, a steady motion and avoidance of vibration or check, a great velocity acquired from the first mover, whereby less space is occupied and intermediate gearing prevented. Tlie motion may be reversed without change of position of wheels or shafts, and any angle of shaft- ing may be taken, or a horizontal shaft may be taken either from a horizontal or vertical wheel. WILLIAM McCALL. A. D. 1844— (LowEK Caxada.)— No. 194. An i77iprovGment in the mamifacture of Cooking Stoves. LETTEKS PATENT to William Langmead Distin, Town of Hamil- ton, Tinsmith, for the Invention of " An improvement in the MANUFACTURE OF COOKING StOVES. Montreal, dated 29th June, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists, firstly in the fire being above the oven and, by means of two descending flues, being equally distributed to every part thereof ; secondly, in the oven being of twice the dimensions obtained in other stoves of the (^ame size, when the fire is below ; thirdly, in there being flues in the oven which carry off all the steam generated as also all smeli, the meat thereby retaining the same flavour as if roasted before an open fire ; fourthly, in the top plate of the stove projecting over the side and moi'e space thereby allowed for boiling ; fifthly, in the fire coming in immediate contact witli the boiler, the operation of cooking being thus facilitated ; and lastly, in the heat being retained a longer time by passing all round the stove before escaping by the centre flue, which saves fuel. W. L. DISTIN. CO for A. D. 1844 — (LowEK Canada.) — No. 195. An improved Fnfjlne Pump^ or Fire Emjine. LETTERS PATENT to John Uearle, of Gait, in the District of Gore, Engineer, for the Invention, of " An imphoved Engine Pump, OR Fire Engine." Montreal, dated 29th June, 18 A4. s BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It is applicable to every purpose for which a pump may be Avanted, can in a few minutes be removed from a well or tank, in the event of fire, or for any purpose re(piiring water to be discharged to a distance, and demands only two thirds of the labour to work it, from the reduc- tion of friction and substituting a drawing box in lieu of the solid plunger, that the forcing engine does, of the same sized cylinder now generally used, and which, from the internal arrangements of its parts. Avill at all times, in the severest frost, be found in a fit state for use ; this machine is composed of an air vessel with a pump fixed in it, the water is discharged through an aperture, at the upper part of the cylinder, down a descending i)ii)e into the air vessel, a valve at the bottom closing on the descent of the piston, and preventing the leturn of the water into the pump. The bed ef the pump is screwed to the bottom llange of the air vessel for attaching the pipe or hose to a screw for a supply of Avater. The cover of the pump and air vessel is screwed dow r<- « 1^ '\ /%1» 1^ iX. UXJ. C*J JLUCiVl \J3L \c\\% "tir. titjXlCir* iIa t-Vif and the piston rod works 428 A. D. 1844.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 195. Hearle's Engine Pump or Fire Engine. through a stuffing box also made air tight. Two pumps may be also attached by a junction pipe, and will form a powerful engine. There is also a screw for admitting hot water in case of frost, and a valve for discharging the water from the cylinder of the pump. See Drawing No. 196. JOHN HEARLE. A. D. 1844— (Lower Canada.)— ISTo. 196. Portable Fire Extinguishing Machine. LETTERS PATENT to William Armstrong, of the Town of Niagara, Tinsmith, for the Invention of a " Portable FiRjb Extinguishing Machine." Montreal, dated 3rd September, 1844. BRIEF DESCRIPRION. Firstly, it consists of a strong portable wooden ease, forming a res- ervoir for the water. Firmly bolted to the bottom of the case are two working barrels, or pumps, with a lifting valve in each, and having their bottoms perforated with small holes to admit the water. From each barrel two tubes, having flap valves, project and connect the pumps with a strong metallic air chamber of an oval or other shape. By means of two solid pistons, Avith iron rods worked by a lever, which is supported by iron standards, the water is forced into the air chamber and projected through an ejection pipe at the top, having a leather hose attached, and at the bottom of the air chamber is a cock by which the water is let off. WILLIAM ARMSTRONG. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Canada.) — l^o. 197. A neio method of constructing Counter Balance Machines^ for raising and loicering casks o^ other weights. LETTERS PATENT to Ebenezer E. Gilbert, city of Montreal, Gentleman, for the Invention of " A new method or construct- ing Counter Balance Machines, for raising and lowering CASKS OR other WEIGHTS." Montreal, dated 26th June, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The said machine applies to practical purposes, in raising and lowering casks, the well known principle of the accumulation of force obtained by a person ascending a ladder, or inclined plane; and expending the power thus accumulated in descending and raising the weight to be lifted. The machine consists of a ladder firmly attached to two skids, or guides, between which a carriage passes in which the operator descends, after having mounted to the top of the ladder. At the upper end of the ladder is a gin or wheel, over which passes a rope, attached at one end to the carriage above alluded to, and at the other to two ropes, which are connected with the two ends of the stretcher, or bar, of wood or iron : — This bar passes through a hem, or tabling, in an apron of canvass. The cask to be raised is rolled over the bap or stretcher into the apron ; the operator, having descended the ladder. 432 A. D. 1845.— (liOWER CANADA.)— No. 197. Gilheri's Counter Balance Machines. places biiiiseir in the carriage, and by his vveight in descending raises the casks to the required elevation, when it rolls off; the operator leaves the carriage, the apron descends and is ready for repeating the operation. For lowering casks, a counterpoise is attached to the carriage, causing it to descend and elevating the apron. The gin or wheel to increase friction, is prevented from turning. The cask is rolled against the apron, descends to the iloor, and rolling over the bar, permits the apron to re-ascend EBENEZER E. GILBERT. I raises perator ng the to the gin or cask is he bar, SRT. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Canada.) — ]^o. 198. An improvement in the Riding Saddle. LETTERS PATENT to John Griffiths, City of Toronto, Saddler, for the Invention of " An improvement in the Riding Saddle." Montreal, dated 14th July, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This saddle differs from the ordinary one, inasmuch as the front part of it, to a certain extent, is elastic, being composed of steel, so that the point of the saddle-tree expands or comp^ .sses just as the formation of the horses back may require ; this invention is more particularly adapted for giving perfect ease to the horse than the rider, as the front part, or commonly called point, of the saddle, comes in contact with the action of the horse's shoulder and the elastic part of the same acting with the animal when performing its duty. JOHN GRIEFITHS. Im, LEI Moi use, run app toll of < the act, add app the be nui of — -5u^ A. D. 1845. — (Lower Cai^ada) — No. 199. Improved Capstan for loading or unloading mer- chandisG^ or timber^ from vessel s^ denominated " Ives' connected CapstanP LETTERS PATENT to Lewis Ives, of the Town of Kingston, Ship builder, for the Invention of " An improveu Oapstan for loading OR unloading merchandise, or timber, F^> I VESSELS, DENOMI- NATED *IVES' CONNECTED CAPSTAN.'" Montreal, dated 16th July, 1845. I ^i BRIEF DESCRIPTION. To a piece of wood or iron in the shape of the capstan at present in use, or any other more convenient shape, is affixed a cog-wheel running horizontally, (the capstan acting as the axle,) of a diameter applica])le to the power required. At a distance from this, sufficient to bring the wheels in connection, are placed any additional number of capstans with wheels affixed to them, in tlie same manner as upon the main capstan, and upon which the cogs of the main capstan wheel act, so that the power by which the mam capstan is conveyed to the additional capstan by meuns of the cog-wheel. This power may be applied, either by horses or manual labour, to a bar passing through the head of the main capstan, which is higher than those intended to be added. The use of this application of wheels is to increase the number of moving powers with tlie same outlay of labor, or application of propelling force, as is required in the single capstan, and, in the 436 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 199. Ivei connected Capstan. event of being applied to a vessel, it may be made to pass tlirough tlie deck with the head of the capstan above deck and the lower part resting on a pivot on the beams or lower timbers of the vessel — the additional capstan being placed in a line, or at an angle, or circularly, as most convenient. The whole being guarded from injury by contact with the loading bj' sills placed so as to enclose the capstans, LEWIS IVES. A. D. 1845. — (Lower Caivtada.) — No. 200. Improved method of loadinr/ and unloading timber vessels, denominated ^^ Ives'' improved metliod of Loading and Unloading VesselsP LETTERS PATENT to Lewis Ives, of the Town of Kingston, Ship- builder, for the Invention of " An improved method of loading AND UNLOADING TIMBEll VESSELS, DENOMINATED * IVES' IMPROVED METHOD OF LOADING AND UNLOADING VESSELS. Montreal, dated, 19tli July, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. In the stern of the vessel below the taffrail, or in the bow, one or more port holes are made, over each of which arc inserted blocks or pulley Avheels ; at the bow or stern of the vessel, as one or other is to he used, is placed either a simple capstan, or Ives' connected capstan where two or more pieces of timber are to be drawn on board at the same time, to which is attached, or passed round, a chain or cable with clips, or a dog, as it is termed, at the end thereof, which chain or cable is passed along the vessel and through the block or pulley wheel. There is also a second chain or cable passed round, or attached to the capstan with a clip or dog at the end, which passes along the vessel and through the port. "When in the act of loading, the first mentioned clip or dog, passing through the block or pulley wheel, is fastened to the piece of timber intended to be drawn on board at the nearest end of the vessel, and the power attached to the capstan or J!! fl 438 A. D. 1815.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 200. Ive^ method of Loading and Unloading Teasels. intended to draw the timber on board, is put in motion ; when, by the drawing in of the chain or cable, the piece of timber is raised to or nearly to the port, the clip or dog attached to the chain or cable passing through that port is to be fastened to it, the other end having length enough to be expended on the capstan while the first mentioned chain or cable is raising the timber to the port, and the first mentioned chain or cable l)eing detached from the capstan or other moving power, the revolutions of that capstan, or continuance of the other moving power, haul the timber on board and the clip o; dog is then detached, and the chain or cable run out for another piece. The two chains or cables may be otherwise attached to the capstan, or other moving poyer, in opposite directions, so thai the capstan while revolving, the first mentioned chain or cable winding in one direction so as to raise the timber to the j)ort, may unwind the second chain or cable which may at the same time be dra^^ n towards the port through which the timber is to be received. LEWIS IVES. \, A. D. 1845.~(LowEK Canada.)--]S'o. 201. Improved method of constructing instruments for digging potatoes^ called " Potato Diggers? LETTERS PATENT to William Watts, of the ToAvn of Cornwall, Nursery and Seedsman, for the Invention of "An improved METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING INSTRUMENTS FOR DIGGING POTATOES, CALLED ' Potato Diggers.' " Montreal, dated 19th July, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists, in the first place, of a beam of size and shape similar to that of a common plough with two handles ; at the forward end of this beam are two east-iron wheels connected '>y a curved axle; the beam rests upon the centre of tliis and is "secured by a bolt. The purpose of these wheels is to run on each side of the potato drill, and thereby to keep it steady. The digger which removes the potatoes consists of nine iron prongs; the centre or main one, being the longest, is gradually reduced in thickness towards the bottom, and ends in a flat steel point ; the other end is made like the shank of a colter of a com- mon plough, and runs through a mortice in the beam, where it is held by a pin. This may bo raised or loAvered, by means of holes, as required ; the other prongs are placed ibur on each side of the centre one, and decrease in length according to their distance from the centre. They have vacant spaces between to prevent the digger from choking, and arc held toj^cther bv tv/o cross iron bars. The outside bar on i 4A0 A. D. 1845.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 201. fFatts* Potato Digger. each side is turned up nearly at right angles, forming sides or edges to the digger. The bars are all bevelled, giving the digger an arched appearance, and are curved lengthwise. The digger, when adjusted, passes through the drills under the potatoes, thus lifting both earth and potatoes into it, and the earth being broken is separated, and fails through the spaces, while the potatoes are forced up and discharged over the prongs behind. Just behind the digger is a small iron wheel, running in an iron shank, which passes through the beam above, and may be raised or lowered by holes and a pin. The wheel is to support and adjust the back part of the beam. Behind tliis wheel is placed a small rake or harrow, the handle passing through the beam, which mu^, be also raised or lowered, and may be used in stiff or olayey soils for breaking it up, and discovering the potatoes, which might other- wise })e concealed. The machine is drawn by two horses attached to the beam, in the same manner as an ordinary plough. ^ WILLIAM WATTS. % A. D. 1845.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 202. Mevolvmg Horse Bake. LETTERS PATENT .> John Harris, of Mount Pleasant, in the Gore District, Yeoman, for the Invention of "A Eevolving Horse E^* k-l. ' Montreal, dated 4th August, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists of the head, which is square and tapered from near the centre to each extremity, except at fou" places made round by turning, two near each end, and at two equal distances from the centre, and having mortises made through it for the reception of the teeth. The tee^b are pointed at the ends and pass through the head to their cer ; f •. The four middle teeth are of the same length, the remainder on each side are decreased gradually. Two handles, having their ends hollowed out, are fitted to the two centre roimd places in the head, and are fastened by bands passing round, receiving the handles between their ends, and strongly rivetted, but sufficiently loose to allow the head to revolve and the handles to have play. A dove-tail is cut upon the inside of the handles, one foot from the head, to receive catches placed perpendicularly, as across the tooth, but in an angular direction, as across the handle ; the handles are tapered to their upper ends, which are bent for the convenience of holding ; the catches have a notch ov the Inside, to receive a tooth in each ; the arms, by which DD 442 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANABA.)--No. 202. Harris* Bevolving Horse Bake. the rake is drawn, are fitted on to the two ends of the head in the same manner as the handles are. The rake can he drawn by one horse harnessed to the two arms by ropes or traces ; the handles are pressed towards each other so as to keep the catches on the teeth imtil sufficient hay is gathered, then, by raising the hindermost part, by the handles, upon the points of the teeth, and when they catch the earth separat- ing the hands so as to throw the catches from the teeth, the rake will revolve and leave the hay in winnow ; and, by bringing the hands together again, the rake is caught as before. See Drawing, No. 202. JOHN HARRIS. A. D. 1845.— (Lower Canada.)— JS"©. 203. New principle of Distillation and Rectification^ by means of a new Still condenser and Rectifier. LETTERS PATENT to John Maitland, of the City of Toronto, Distiller, for the Invention of " A New principle of Distilla- tion AND Rectification, by means of a new Still Condenser AND Rectifier." Montreal, dated 12th August, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The still, or percolator, is proposed to contain either perforated plates of metal, glass, earthenware or wood, or balls of glass, metal, earthenware, wood or bone, interstitially arranged; into which is introduced near, or at the top, or* near, or at the bottom, steam or heated air, or steam tubes, by which the wash is brought up to the required temperature, it having about the same time been admitted near the top ; tiie offal falling down, leaves the percolator near the bottom, the spirit escaping near, or at the head, into the vessel or con- denser, having pipes supplied with water, also interstitially arranged ; which spirit is so far condensed, that, being the weaker, it returns back by a syphon to the still or percolator, the stronger part not condensed, passing on to the rectifier, whore it is rectified, and passing through the worm, is finally condensed, flowing out at the end a pure and flavourless spirit. See Drawing, No. 203. JOHN MAITLAND. I A. D. 1845. — (Lower Cai^ada.) — No. 204. New and useful Machine^ termed a Metallic Coil Spring-tooth Horse Rake^ for making hay and grain. LETTERS PATENT to Albert Young, Township of Stanstead, District of St. Prancis, Carpenter, for the Invention of " A new and useful machine, termed a metallic coil spring-tooth Horse Rake, for raking hay and grain." Montreal, dated 16th August, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It is composed of teeth, made of elastic steel wire, passing through, or firmly screwed into, a transverse wooden beam ; the wire or tooth runs out horizontally for a short distance, and is then coiled twice round a bar of wood parallel with the said beom, to which the bar is firmly fastened by iron roJs at the centre and e ^ith screws so as to prevent motion. The wire, or tooth, then continu' izontally from the coil for a short distance, and then makes p. ^^aaual bend down- wards, and is at right angles with the ground when the rake is in operation; the shafts for the horse are fixed to the beam. The peculiarity of the said rake is, that the elasticity of the teeth causes such of them as may come into contact with stones, or irregularities, to spring back, while the others will rake up all the hay or grain that comes in their way, thus rendering the machine available on the roughest ground as well as on the smoothest. Bee Drawing, No. 204. ALBERT YOUNG. .M A. D. 1845. — (Lower Can^ada.) — "No, 205. j^ew principle in the construction of a Still for the distillation and rectifying of spirituous liquors^ called a Combination Still. LETTERS PATENT to James Cull, juur., and Charles Cull, of Bath, Midland District, for the Invention of " A new principle in the CONSTRUCTION OF A StILL FOR THE DISTILLATION AND RECTIFYING OF SPIRITUOUS LIQUORS, CALLED A COMBINATION StILL. Montreal, dated 29th November, 1845. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists of one or more wooden or metal vessels, either larger at the bottom than at the top or not, and divided into a number of compartments; each compartment communicates with the other by tubes of wood, copper, or some other metal ; one series of which are bent ^'r the form of syphons, or in an angular shape, and the others are iiliaight. The beer for distillation is admitted at the top and descends through a pipe tUl it reaches within an inch of the bottom of the first compartment, in which it again rises to the height of t mo other descending pipes, through one of which it passes into the second compartment, and through the other into ' o third compartment, where it again r' ;■£• to a certain height, an > i^in descends in the same manner inti; :dl the low er compartments successively, until it reaches a discharge pipe f\l the bottom of th'> still. Steam ir admitted into the bottom compari, v. nt of the stili ;>^v u pipe, and risjo turough 'm m 448 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 205. CuU'a Combination Still. the ascending syphons or bent pipes, boiling the beer in each compart- ment till the jpirit ax-Jses at the top, where it passes out by a pipe direct to tl-o vvormj from \\ hence it is delivered in the usual manner. The adyanivjjeH i the baid snli being, '^hat spirit is generated much quiclor, am) the i}.ia?iy the shortness and smaller size of the cylinders, thus adding to the power. And also in the use of the revolving cylinder, and its adaption to two difforont reservoirs nt once. The crank, or brake, to which the piston rods are attached, is so constructed that one or more pistons ascend while the otlu'rs descend. ::ee Drawing, No. 207. ALBERT YOUNG. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 208. New method of making Presses for the purpose of pressing day^ and other dxictile substances^ into any form^ such as Bricks^ Tiles ^ &c. LETTEKS PATENT to George Kirk Burrows, of Toronto, Joiner, for the Invention of " A new method of making Presses for the PURPOSE OF PRESSING CLAY, AND OTHER DUCTILE SUBSTANCES, INTO ANY FORM, SUCH AS BrICKS, TiLES, &C." Montreal, dated 27tli February, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The ductile substance is first worked in the usual way, and when partly dry, is placed in the box of the press ; a cast-iron cover, one end forming a piston, turned and polished, which passes through steps or boxes, moving in a steady horizontal position, and lubricated with oil from a resenoir, is then moved forward. Cams or excentrices, fixed upon pivots, ure brought to bear on the under side of the bottom of the box, within one inch of the brick, wliich is then compressed with a powerful lever of wrought iron, fixed in a wooden handle, and bolted on to the cam or exeentric. The lever is then moved backwards, and the foot is placed upon a treadle, which raises the bottom of the box, with the brick on it, to the surface, when it is carried off and placed ready for burning. Bricks, or mouldings of any shape, can be pressed, as by turning some capstan-headed screws the mould can be taken out, 464 A. D. 1P:«.— rLOWER CANADA.)— No. 208. Bnrrowa* Preanefi/or pressing Bricks, Tiles, Sfc. and others substituted, and made Ut for use, by tightening the screws. The inside of tlio box is cast- steel, polished to form an even surface, and the top has a raised panel in the centre, making an indent in the brick, and thereby rendering it immovable when set. See Drawing, No. 208. GEORGE KIRK BURROWS. . I A. D. 1846.— (LovvEit Ca^^ada.)— No. 209. Improvement in IIorse-thres/dn(j Machines. LETTERS PATENT to Williim iMcKinlay, 'J'ownsliip of West Flamboro', District of Gore, Iron rounder, for the Invention of "An improvement in IIouse-tureshing Machines." Montreal, dated 27tli February, 1840. BRIEF DESCniPTION. A largo main wheel, for horse power, turns on a male gudgeon fastened to the upper frame of the machine, there being a hole in the centre of the wheel to receive it. Cogs are on the under side, which extend within one mch of tlie inside of th(; rim, which is left plain to receive three small balance wheels that are fastened on three arms of the upper frame ; — there is a large pinion on the other arm, and to secure the wheel in its place there are two pulley stands fastened on the long arm ; a lever box is fastened on the centre of the wheel with four bolts ; on the other end of the large pinion shaft is a spur wheel, which drives a smail pinion ; on the end of the small pinion shaft, is a coupling that turns tlie travelling rod, on the end of which is hung a band wheel, which drives a cylinder Avitli a leather belt. The cylinder consists of a wrought iron shaft with two heads and pulley, of cast iron, kevcd on it ; the beaters of the machine are faced with iroYi and bolted on the heads ; the concave consists of eight bars Avith two rows of teeth in each bar ; tlie bars are reversed, having an open space between each for the threshed grain to pass through, and there are three I H l! 4.66 A. D. 1846.~(LOWER CANADA.)— No. 209. McKmlay*8 Horse'thretUng Machme. bars on the back side for strengtheuers. This concave, which is one piece of casting only, is far superior to the close concave ; as the grain passes through it, the wind firomthe cylinder blows a great part of the chaflf out with the straw. See Drawing, No. 209. WILLIAM McKINLAY. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Oakada.)— I^o. 210. Hot-air Furnace, LETTEES PATENT to Henry Ruttan, of the Town of Cobourg, Sheriff, for " A Furnace by which Houses and other Build- ings MAT BE Heated by Hot Air." Montreal, 2nd May, 1846. I t (Surrendered 29th November, 186P \ E E Imp P m LETG I Mont A ( propo which the st stone stone, and ti admit act of See A. D. 1846.— (Lower Cai^ada)—No. 211. Improved method of making Mill Stones, for the purpose of grinding grain^ without heating the meal so much as imth the ordinary Mill Stone. LETTERS PATENT to Kiehard Hawkins Gates, of the City of Toronto, Founder and Mill Stone Maker, for the Invention oi " An improved method of making Mill Stones, for the pur- pose or GRINDINti grain, WITHOUT HEATING THE MEAL SO MUCH AS WITH THE ORDINARY MiLL StONE." Montreal, dated 25th April, 1846. URIEF DESCRIPTION. A certain uninber of holes are made in the mill stone, of a size proportioned to the dimensions of the stone and the rapidity with which it runs. The holes are broader at the back than on the face oi the stone, and are placed lit an angle leaning against the course the stone runs ; this angle must be vari. \ according to the speed of the stone. The holes are made at any part of the stone between the eye and the run, but the centre between these points is the best, and they adoiit the air for the purpose of keeping the meal cool, while in the act of grinding. See Drawing, No. 211. RICHARD HAWKINS GATES. LETT Si (( Montr Ala wheel where arrang flcientl so arr£ moulds stand \ the elj pressec mould by a ro attache which be carr with ai filling supply See] A. D. 1846.— (Lower Caisada.)— No. 212. Improved Machine for making Brick. LETTERS PATENT to David Jacob Ellis, of the Township of Southwold, in the London District, Yeoman, for the Invention of " An improved Machine for making Brick." Montreal, dated 25th April, 1816. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A large wheel, v^orked by horse power, communicates with a small wheel having an upright shaft, the lower end being fitted into the mill where the clay is ground, and supplied with knives to grind it, and so arranged as to j ess the clay out of an orifice ; the mill should be suf- ficiently low to allow a man with ease to pitch in the clay, or it can be so arranged as t^- supply itself by means of the horse power. The moulds for the brick are carried by a slide moving in grooves in the stand under the mill, by means of a crank, when a stop is raised and the clay immediately fills the moulds. A packer or presser is then pressed down by the left hand, the crank turned by the right, and the mould withdrawn from ander the presser, it is then thoroughly packed by a roller attached to it, and levelled and cleaned off by a scraper, also attached to the presser, out upon a table placed between the stand to which the presser is fixed and the roller, and the moulds are ready to be carried to the yard. The crank then being left to itself, the slide, with an empty mould, immediately returns under the mill ready for filling by means of a strong spring at the back of the mill. The supply of clay at the orifice is regulated by the stop. See DrawinD' No. 212* DAVID JACOB ELLIS. l-'M' LET Mom Th shaft lowei extre iron disch the p This be pi shot, Se A. D. 1846.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— JS'o. 213. Jlevolving Battery. LETTERS PATENT to William McLean, of the City of Toronto, Millwright and Engineer, for the Invention of " A Revolving Battetly." Montreal, daied 26th May, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The Revolving l^attery, which is circular, is supported by an upright shaft of cast or wrought iron, or wooa , having a bevel wheel on its lower end, and which is driven by two pinions and cranks. At the extremity of the circle, there are rollers revolving on a plate of cast iron under each gun, to keep it steady ; while the gun in front is being discharged, those in the rear can be sponged by the artillerymen on the platform, and a continued and steady fire can thus be maintained. This battery can be erected either on board ship or on shore. It can be placed three or four feet below ground, out of reach of an enemy's shot, and the guns can be discharged in any direction. See Drawing, No. 213. ■■•"v;'4 WILLIAM McLEAN. 'iS>\ A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— ]N*o. 214. An improved Cookimj Stove. LETTERS PATENT to Samuel S. Jones, of Hamilton, in the Gore District, Clock and Watch maker, for the invention of '• An IMPROVED Cooking Stove." Montreal, dated 13th June, 18 16. BRIEF DKSCHIPTION. The form of the stove is an oblong box, the front section of which is little more than half the height of the back of the depth of the fire chamber. In this part are two boiler holes on top, and a double door in front, under which the hearth projects, as in ordinary stoves, for the same purpose, and the inside of the fire chamber is furnished with a grate. If coal is to be used as fuel, the back plate of the fire chamber is pierced with holes near the centre, at which point it projects a little. The row of holes extend horizontally across from side to side. The upper edge of the plate curves back till it touches the front upper edge of the oven, which is situated just behind and on a level '.vith the fire chamber, and is surrounded by a flue. Above the top plate of the oven and the top of the fire chamber there is flue space ; the said top plate extends through to the back of the stove, and has an aperture at its back edge ; in the centre, above this plate, is another flue and above that another oven which is also surrounded, on the front, top and back, by a continuation of the flues ; at the back of the plate over the oven, last named, is the opening for the smoke pipe. A damp- er, WiiiCii revOiVes, is placed just along the upper euge oi the bacK 466 A. D. 1846.— (liOWER CANADA.)— No. 214. Jones Cooking Stove. plato of the f v ihamber and is for the: purposo of cloaing the fluo at that point, t'.ut. turns tho ftro through the back plato and down undor thu lower over and up the back. At tho uppci' back edge of the upper oven another damper is put, wlicn this is turned down it pre- vents the heat from passing up behind the upper oven into the smok pipe, but turns it down round tlie front of the oven and up over the top. By the above arranLrement of flues a more equal distribution of heat is effected, and a consequent economy of fuel and efficiency of operation is obtained. SAMUEL S. JONES. 3 at idor the pro- lok^ the n of of A. D. 184().— (LowE' r; V ADA.)— No. 215. Improved Ilolstim/ Machine. LETTEllS PATENT to Gordon Warren Jolmson, of Williamstown, in the Countv of GUm"arrv, Gentlemen, for the Invention of 'An IMPROVED Hoisting Mac n ink." Montreal, dated 26th June, 1840. BRIEF' DESCUIl'TION. This machine is capable of raising two thousand ba rels of flour, in one regular day's working time, with four labourers, and can be applied to any store. In the hatchway of a store are erected wooden shears or uprights, faced with iron, with a groove in the centre of each as a vertical guide for the machine, which consists of a series of iron radius bars acting from their own centres connected as links with iron pins projecting on each side sufficient to enter the grooves and cause a ver- tical motion, when put in action. The levers of the bottom and top act upon fixed pivots ; the extending bars of the second and third floors are connected with radius bars, half their length, which will cause the motion to be reversed, one extending and the other depressing, alternately, Avhen the machine is in work, the hoisting rope, running over a wheel or large pulley, is fastened to the centre of the extending bars and the stretchers of the apron or parbuckle which is also secured to the upper floor. When the machine is to bo put to work the apron or parbuckle is lowered to the floor, then the barrel is rolled into the apron, and the men placed at the ropes begin lioisting, and the levers, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) Ais V. 4?n i/.A I/. 1.0 I.I 1.25 liM IIIIIM li: lis iio 1.4 1.6 V] > >^ ^. /: °% \> /^ w '/ £ Photographi! Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. \AStO (716) 872-4503 4^ i? Z 468 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 216. ■X JohnaofCa Hoiiting Mcichine. aoting upon the extending bars, close or raise them, the hoisting rope being attached to them and the apron thus lifting the barrel in its lap and depositing in on the floor above ; in lowering a barrel the same action takes place but reversed. In hoisting to the third and fourth floors it is necessary to use cant hooks instead of the parbuckle. See Drawing, No. 215. GORDON' WARUEN JOHNSON. ..<, ^l V- f'il ' « ■' i if' '-.J ■.-• ^-l/-t /• J- >*?*■ / A. D. 1846.--(LowER Cai^ada.)— ISTo. 216. Improved method of Generating and Distributing Heated Air. LETTERS PATEI^T to John Mills, of the Town of St. Catharines, in the Niagara District- Gentleman, for the Invention of " An IMPEOVED MBTtlOD OF GENERATING AND DISTRIBUTING HeATED Air." Montreal, dated 1st September, 1816. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. An air-tight furnace, or stove, may be made of any size, shape or dimensions required, and coal or wood used for fuel. At the back part of the top, two apertures, with a collar on each, are made to receive upright pipes, through which the smoke and heat are introduced into cross pipes, placed over each other, and having a strong draft passing from one to the next in succession. The end of the upper one is con- nected with a chimney flue or pipe to carry off the smoke. The bottom cross pipe should be made of larger diameter than the others, that the fine ashes and other particles which may accompany the smoke may settle therein, and the upper tier not be obstructed. There are holes in the upright pipes opposite the ends of the large cross pipes through which the particles deposited may be removed. Through the front of the furnace are apertures, with moveable plates to close them air tight, or to admit more or less air, and attached to the plates is a rod, to be carried by joints and sections to any room, that the air may be 470 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 216. MilU^ method of Oeneratmg and DktrihuUng Heated Air. increased or diminished by any person in such room without varying the fuel or going to the furnace. The furnace and pipes are enclosed in a brick or fire-proof air-tight chamber, having inside and outside walls, with spaces between them as well as the furnace. The cold air is admitted by holes at the bottom of the walls. Near the top of the hot air chamber are inserted pipes or flues to receive the heated air, which pipes or flues are so branched and arranged as to conduct the hot air to the various apartments of the building. At the end of each of the pipes or flues in each apartment, are ventilators, which will either admit or entirely exclude the hot air. See Drawing, No. 216. JOHN MILLS. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Caj^ada.)— No. 217. Improv^.d description of Tne Iron to he used in BlacJc smith'' s Forges. LETTEKS PATENT to William T. Barnes, of the Town of Hamilton, in the District of Gore, Blacksmith, for the Invention of " An IMPROVED DESCKIPTION OF TUE IkON TO BE USKD IN BlaCKSMITH's Forges." Montreal, dated 2 1st October, 184.6. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It consists of a receiver connected with the tube through which the wind, or blast, from the bellows passes. On the top of the receiver a grate is fastened through which the bhist passes into the fire. At the bottom of the receiver is a flange or neck of a tube to discharge any dust or other matter falling in the receiver through the grate, as well as to serve the purpose of an air furnace ; to this flange or neck a tube is fixed which may either be stopped at the end by a plug or by a valve placed in any part of it. The said improvement does not require so strong a blast and makes it act more regularly upon the fire, and it also causes a saving of fuel, and produces heat sooner, in consequence of the constant supply of hot air in the receiver and tube, thereby, causing a more rapid expansion of air entering from the bellows. The machine is made of iron and of any convenient size and being properly embedded in a forge never becomes red, the cold air from the bellows keeping it cool, so that its durability is ensured. See Drawing, No. 217. WILLIAM T. BARNES. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 218. Bevolmng Joint-tooth Horse Rake. LETTERS PATENT to Joseph Paradee, of the Town of Barrie, in the District of Simcoe, Machinist, for the Invention of "A Revolving Joint-tooth Horse Rake." Montreal, dated 24th Decemher, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This rake has usually nineteen teeth, placed five inches apart on the beam, each tooth having two arras connected by a joint, the lower arm being much longer than the upper. It is drawn by a horse, and has a bent spring lever, one end of which, at its fulcr^im, is fastened and bolted to the tooth beam, by the staple or upper arm of the tooth on the back part of the tooth beam or roller. This spring passes roimd, the roller, which revolves on its own axes, in two cast iron collars, with edged flanges driven on, and fastened to the roller by iron bearings or straps, which are fastened to or upon the ends of the shafts. The edged flanges play or revolve in the iron bearings, and thus prevent any lateral motion of the beam. Through a series of holes in the other end of the bent springs, which have been passed through a staple, the size of the spring on the lower side of the beam to prevent any lateral motion of it, passes a series of teeth below the joints of the lower arm, and thus, when any of the teeth meet any obstruction or irregularity of the ground, such tooth moves back on its joint, and slips on a small slide or roller, through the said hole in the spring, p F 474 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 218. Faradee*8 Horse Bake. straining the spring towards the beam, until the tooth is free, when the spring brings it to its natural position, while, at the same time, by joining the tooth to the beam, and applying to each tooth and beam, such spring and staple acting in combination, the teeth are thereby preserved in their true position to each other, and to the beams. From the cross bar attached to the shafts, at right angles to it, passes a lever to another cross bar near the handles. In this lever, over the tooth beam or roller, is a break or catch against which falls, on every revolu- tion of the beam, an iron rod or secondary tooth, driven or secured at one end into the top of the tooth beam, and thus prevents it from revolving. The upper end of the lever is supported by a staple, fixed in the under side of the cross bar near the handles ; on the outside of the lever, below the said staple at its fulcrum, is fixed a bent spring, whose other end rests against and plays upon the said staple. By pressing the bar outward and upon the said spring the brake is forced from the secondary tooth, and the traction of the rake causes the beam and teeth to make a complete revolution being aided, and the rake supported, by another secondary tooth about a foot long, fixed in the centre of the tooth beam, parallel to the shafts, coming in contact with the ground. The hand being removed from the lever, the lever spring forces it, and the break or catch, back into its former position at right angles with the cross bars, and thus the operation is again continued at pleasure. By means of its revolution the hay or grain is discharged from the rake, or the teeth raised at pleasure, while the rake is thus > made available, and its perfect working secured on the roughest as well as on the smoothest ground. JOSEPH PABADEE. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Cai^ada.)— I^o. 219. A new description of Water Wheel. LETTEE8 PATENT to John Livingston, of Cavan, Newcastle Dictrict, Carpenter, for the Invention of "A new desceiption OF Water Wheel." Montreal, dated 14th December, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Bound the wheel a band, having buckets or flying plates to catch the water, revolves in a band race, having a half circle at the lower end, with a screw for pulling it out. The water is let on to the wheel in ihree places or spouts, one spout is for opening the buckets or flying plates, and the other two are for giving the power to the wheel ; these spouts are supplied from a floom. The wheel stands with rather a slanting upright shaft, causing level wheels to be used instead of spur wheels, which will throw the round of the band to have all the fall of water. On the rim of the wheel are two cogs to catch each bucket as it comes round. The band is composed of boards or iron plates, hinged between each bucket, and each bucket is hinged to the centre of the plate of the band. The band will be made long enough to go round the wheel and the band races. The buckets will lie close to the band going up against the stream, and fall out square coming down. Each plate of the band will run on rollers through the band race, and the screw will draw out the half circle to lighten the plates on the cogs 476 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 219. Living8toti*8 Water Wheel. of the wheel. At the first or lower spout is a board stopping up the band race and water, and leaving only space enough for the plates on the band to pass through when shut. Each bucket has a mitre on its outer end to catch the water from the lower or first spout, und open it out square with the band to be ready for the water from the other two spouts. JOHN LIVINGSTON. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— I^o. 220. Steamboat Eeyulator. LETTERS PATENT to William McLean, of Toronto, Millwright and Engineer, for the Invention of " A Steamboat Regulator." Montreal, dated 17th December, 1846. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This self-acting of the regulator or trimmer is, firstly, put in motion by the list of the boat ; secondly, by the laws of gravity ; and thirdly, by the mechanical levers of the first and second order. A brass tube, that works in an under case, contains a quantity of mercury, and by its running leeward with the assistance of the above mentioned levers, will counteract a larger quantity in a top case hard to the weather side. In the top case this trimmer will not occupy much of the boat, as it stands under the main deck from starboard to larboard. It will not require more than from two to three feet ; it can either be worked by mercury or a small portion of steam from the boiler, or by water or any other fluid, and it will act as a great preserver of life and property. Admitting there was an eighty or a one hundred horse- power engine driving one boat, and this boat to list either to starboard or larboard, the full force of this engine must then act upon one wheel, consequently some part of the engine must giro, providing the draftsman has not made calculations to allow every working part the ultimate cohesive rule to guard against those dangers. This trimmer would also be of service in war steamers, in order to keep them steady ; tt78 A. D. 1846.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 220. McLeatCa Steamboat Regulator, in oaso of a rush of men to either side, the regulator would guard against all disorders of trim. Three hundred weight in the under cose will counteract thirty hundred weight hard to the weather side in the top case. The upper case is concave, to admit as much ir trcury in it with the weight of the iron case, as will trim the hoat^ in proportion to its weight or tonnage. WILLIAM McLEAN. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Canada.)— No. 221. NeiK) Oas Oeneratoi' LETTERS PATENT to Harrison Colby, of Lancaster, in the Eastern District, Yeoman, for the Invention of "A New Gas Gevera.- TOR. Montreal, dated 12th December, 1846. BRIEF DE80RIPTI0N. It consists of a stove or furnace which is so constructed that the fuel which is used for culinary purposes, or for heatinp, will serve the purpose of generating gas, either for lighting the building in which it is prepared, or it may be conveyed to other buildings by means of a conducting pipe ; a retort is placed directly over the fire, or in such •}. manner as may be most convenient for heating the same. A separator is so constructed that it may sit in the same apartment with the stove or furnace, or it may be placed in any other apartment more conve- nient for the purpose, by having a conducting pipe from the stove or furnace to such apartment. The separator and the receiver for holding the gas may be made of wood, tin, copper or sheet iron. There are simply three tubes or vessels, two of these vessels are so placed that one of them stands inside of the other, having a space between them of about six inches, which is to be filled with water to make it air tight. The receiver is simply a tube turned with the mouth down, and placed in the space between the other two. See Drawing, No. 221. HAERISON COLBY. A. D. 1846.— (Lower Oai^ada.)— ITo. 222. Metal Heater for houses^ cfec, and a Cooking Range and Hot Air and Vapour Generator. LETTERS PATENT to Henry Ruttan, of Oobourg, Esquire, for the Invention of "A Metal Heater for Houses, &c., and a Cooking-range and Hot Air and Vapour Generator." Montreal, dated 12th December, 1846. (Surrendered 29th November, 1868.) A. D. 1847.— (Lower Canada.)— IS'o. 223. Stump Extractor. LETTERS PATENT to John McLaren, Township of Nelson, Gore District, Yeoman, for the Invention of "An impeoved Stump Extractor." Montreal, dated 11th January, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The base is formed of two timbers joined at an angle, the under sides rounding, upon which are erected three upright timbers, joined at the top, and upon which is fastened a circular iron bound block of wood, having on the top surface a groove of iron, or worker with a flange near the outside rim. Through its perpendicular centre passes a wooden screw, and upon it is a square wooden iron-bound nut of wood, through which the same screw works, and fixed to one side of this nut is the end of a long piece of timber, running horizontally by means of two staples of iron, one of which is broad, so that the pro- jecting end may rise and fall, at which end is placed the horse-power which moves in a circular direction, and rises the screw. At the lower end of this screw is appended an iron chain, or two pieces of timber looselv attached at their ends. JOHN McLaren. t \* ■■i- A. D. 1847. — (Lower Cak^ada.) — 'No, 224. A new method of setting Boilers and arranging the Flues for a^jplying heat to the same^ for Steam Engines. LETTERS PATENT to Daniel Cleal, City of Toronto, Baker and Miller, for the Invention of " A new mode of setting Boilers, AND ARRANGING THE FlUES FOR APPLYING HEAT TO THE SAME, FOR Steam Engines." Montreal, dated 23rd January, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The boilers may be made of various lengths and diameters, with two iron flues passing through the centre. The far end is set in solid brick, and the front end is placed on iron columns, thus exposing a surface to the action of the fire. The fuel is put into a box or furnace, so placed as to cause the flame to strike upon the boiler one-third up the side, then following to the far brickwork, which it strikes, and returning back in the face of the flame, thereby burning the smoke; it enters the two iron flues at the front of the boiler, pursues its course through them, and enters the mouth of a register at the far end, which is regulated by a damper on slides, and from thence passes up the chimney, by which time the whole heat is consumed. A hollow box, or chamber, is made round the sides and on the top of the furnace where the fuel is consumed, to save the inside of which from burning 486 A. D. 1847.— (IX)WER CANADA.)— No. 224. CleaVs method of setting Boilers. out, the first supply of water is made to flow into it, and the main boiler afterwards supplied there&om. Th i whole is cased in brickwork, with a cold water supply pipe from without. See Drawing, No. 224. DANIEL CLEAL. A. D. 1847. — (LowEE Cai^ada.)— N^o. 225. Cooking Range and Hot-air Vapour Generator. LETTERS PATENT to Henry Ruttan, of Cobourg, in the District of Newcastle, Esquire, for the Invention of " An improved Oook- ING Range and Hot-air Vapour Generator." Montreal, dated 27th January, 1847. (Surrendered 29th November, 1858.) A. D. 1847.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— No. 226. Improved Portable Lamp Fluid LETTEBS PATENT to Horace H. Davison, of the Township of Sidney, in the District of Victoria, Mechanic, for the Invention of " An IMFBOVED Portable Lamp Fluid." Montreal, dated 10th April, 184i7. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It is composed as follows : To one gallon of alcohol, worth eighty- five per cent, add two drachms of nitre, one fourth of an ounce of olive oil, three fourths of an ounce of gum camphor, two ounces of spirits of turpentine, one pint and a half of camphene, and if the alcohol should be stronger than eighty-five it will hear more camphene, the whole must be well shaken together, and when clear the composition is fit for use. It must be corked tight and used in air tight lamps, and when not burning the tube through which the wick passes must be covered with an extinguisher to prevent the evaporation of the fluid. The fluid may also be burned in the form of gas, and when burning is free from smoke and smell. HORACE H. DAVISON. Mr Mr I 1 s c a s s c f t £ A. D. 1847.— (Upper Canada.)— N"o. 227. Improved Heel Uing for fastening the Scythe to the snath. LETTERS PATENT to Horace H. Davison, of the Township of Sidney, in the District of Victoria, Mechanic, for the Invention of " An Impboved Heel Ring for fastening the Scythe to the snath. Montreal, dated 10th April, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. Make a ring either of wrought or malleable cast iron of the right size for the lower end of the snath, and with that part of the ring which bears on the crow of the scythe flat, and the flat spot should be at least one inch and a quarter on the inside of the ring so that the scythe may be moved out or in without coming in contact with the circle of the ring. Next let a block of cast iron, about seven-eighths of an inch in diameter, be let into the snath on the upper side under where the heel ring passes, a hole being bored for the purpose in the snath, with a centre bit, and the block of iron that is to fit it being flat on the bottom, to make a solid bearing, and the sides a little bevelling so that it shall drive snug, and the top or outside of it of the same circular form as the snath, that it may be even with the wood, and fitting the hole accurately. The heel ring is to be a little heavier on the top of the snath, being that part of the ring that sits immediately over the block of iron let in the snath, as before described, and a screw passes through that part of the ring, so that when the scythe is to be fastened the screw is turned with a small wrench made for the purpose. 492 A. D. 1847.~(UPPER CANADA.)— No. 227. Davison* 8 Heel Mng for fastening the Scythe to the '■U}nth, Tlio point of tho 8cro\v comes in contact with the l)iock of iiun on the top of tho snath, which is pressed downwards, and the rmg is drn^/n upwards, whiou motion fastens the scythe on tho bottom oi' the snath by tho flat part of tho ring pressing tho crow of tho scythe agaiusf tho snath. To adjust the scythe a screw passes through tho ring just back of the crow of tho scythe, by turning which it allows it to move in or out and keeps it fixed in one pop i Hon. HORACE H. DAVISON. A. D. 1847.— (^^M>Eii Canada.)— No. 22S. Improved Double /Avertable FUie Steam Generator and Boiler for L 'omotwes^ Steamboats^ and other purposes. LETTEKS PATENT to V ace H. Davison, of the Township of Sidney, in the District < ctoria. Mechanic, for the Invention of "An IMPROVED DOUBLK LBVEHTABLE FlUkStEAM GENERATOR AND BOTLER FOR LoCOM fVfiS, STEAMBOATS, \ND OTHER PUR- POSES. n Montreal, dated 10th April, 184 ' BRIEF 1 MCRIPTION. The boiler, which is cylindrical, xaay be made of either tin, copper, or boile iron, and of any size suita^ to the purposes for which it is designed. The fire rests on grates or bars at the bottom of the boiler, which di ops down so as to form an air feeder beneath them, through its wholt length, and a receiver for the ashes that drop through. To save the leat of the fire, two cylinders are made of the same shape, but differing .a diameter, place one inside the other so as to have the space between them equal at all parts, which space is to be covered by a narrow head on the front end of the boiler, but on the back the head shall be entire. A smoke pipe is made oval at the bottom, with a flange roun d it to contain the oil of the smoke as it condenses. In the boiler are pipes or water flues, made a little oval, and extending its whole length, with spaces between each, the bottom one having more capacity for holding water than the next, and so on in decreased pro- 494 A. D. 1847.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 228. BavmrCi Double Bevertahle Flue Steam Oenerator, portion to the top one, the whole being closed at the ends with heads made for the purpose. The fire ascends through the alternate spaces, and battens against the different flues till it rises to the smoke pipei when its heat is entirely exhausted. Behind, and attached to the boiler, stands a reservoir extending from the bottom of the boiler to some distance above it, which reservoir is closed with a cone-formed cover, having a wide flange to shut inside of the reservoir, which» when used for engine purposes, must be a packed joint formed by another flange fastened to the inside of the reservoir, so as to allow that on the cover to pass inside and be tight. The cover is shut with a strap and eye, and a key passing through the eye holds the strap. At the upper end of the reservoir is a feeding tube for cold water, funnel-shaped at the top, and extending to the bottom, where the heat is greatest, and from the centre of the cover projects a steam pipe bent to conduct the steam from the boiler to any place required. Prom the reservoir tubes pass and convey the water into the pipes or water flues in the boiler, and also into the space between the two cylinders which f<»m it, which is returned back as steam. The front end of the boiler may be covered by a head made of a sheet of iron or copper turned up at the edge, which can be fastened by straps in the same way as the cover of the reservoir. Opposite the fire is a door with an air flue, as well as opposite the ash receiver. The boiler and reservoir may be placed on a wooden frame with long handles, that they may be carried about if required. See Drawing, No. 228. HORACE H. DAVISON. A. D. 1847.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— No. 229. Improved Machine for cutting Shingles^ Staves^ Veneers^ &c. LETTERS PATENT to Jason C. GUlett, of the Township of Sandwich, in the Western District, Millwright, for the invention of " An Improved Machine for cutting Shingles, Staves, Veneers, &o. Montreal, dated 1st May, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The machine is composed of a frame within which revolves a table which is furnished with two knives. The frame consists of four posts connected below the table by two cross pieces, and above it by four, the latter forming boxes for the reception of the blocks or bolts to be cut. The table is propelled by the action of a band on the circumfe- rence, or in any other way suited to the power employed. The shaffc of the table has its lower end running in a box fixed to the centre of the lower cross pieces, and its upper one in a box formed by the inter- section of the four upper cross pieces. The two knives or cutters are so let into the table that their edges are even with its surface, a portion of the sides of the knives are bevelled, and the lower one is slightly concave, and they are so arranged that one of them only shall be in action at a time, which is effected by the particular angle at which they are placed, as also their action for cutting, which is diagonally from corner to corner of the block, their surfaces coinciding with that of the table ; the shape of the shingle, or article to be cut, is of coursiSi formed in the table, by lowering its surface, the maimer of doing 406 A. D. 1847.— (UPPER CANADA.)-~No. 229. CRlletfa Machine for cutting Shmgles^ Staves^ Sfc. which is, to commence near the back of each knife and gradually re- duce the surface of the table around to the edge of the other, where it is to be so much lowered that the throat of each knife shall exactly correspond to the form of the shingle, or article to be cut. Cast iron plates are let into the surface of the table, after it is lowered, before each knife, to preserve the throat of the knife or shape of the shingle, and are to be raised and lowered by a screw, so as to vary the thick- ness of the article to be cut. Levers are attached to the posts by a joint at their outer ends allowing them to rise and fall freely over each box. They are made with an arm or dog to bear on the blocks, and are so weighted as that their pressure shall increase as the block to be cut diminishes. Slides can also be let into the boxes to vary the width of the articles to be cut, and any number of the boxes may be formed for the blocks, and the knife cuts the article in each at every revolution. i See Drawing No. 229. JASON C. GILLETT. ! V .Sr ■ ■ - . -« • fe 1 ^ 1 kSP^^w ffi i A. D. 1847.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— ]^o. 230. The original Inventor of a Machine usually known hy the name of Bellows, LETTERS PATENT to Joseph Westman, City of Toronto, Bellows maker, for the Invention of a " Machine usually known bt THE NAME OF BeLLOWS. Montreal, dated 9th May, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The middle and under boards may have two or more valves (as high as four) of a different shape to the valve geiioially used, being oblong instead of square, longer, narrower, and placeu farther back, by which a greater width is obtained at the neck of the bellows^ and more air can be taken in. They may be made with a single or double pipe, by means of which latter the blast can be increased or diminished at pleasure. The bellows are prevented from warping by being stayed diagonally on the inside and horizontally on the outside. By this improvement a less lever is required to work the bellows, more power is given, and a quicker action is had. See Drawing No. 230. JOSEPH WESTMAN. A. D. 1847.--(Uppee Canada.)— No. 231. Certain improvements in the application of the principle of the Electro Magnetic Telegraphy designated the Notifier and Connector^ or Transfer Magnet, LETTERS PATENT to Gilbert McMicken, of Queenston, District of Niagara, Esq., for the Invention of " Certain improvements in THE APPLICATION OF THE PRINCIPLE OF THE ElECTRO MAGNETIC Telegraph, designated the Notifier and Connector or Transfer Magnet." Montreal, dated 8th June, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The notifier is an instrument composed of an electro magnet, simi. lar to that in the relay instrument now used in Telegraph offices, and an armature of iron at the end of a lever, with a spring and regulating screw. The armature is drawn towards the magnet, when made such, by the fluid making its circuit through and round the coils, and the lever is forced back to its place of rest by the spring when the magnetic circuit is broken. The uses of the notifier are to notify the operator that the wire is again mended after a break has occured, and to divide long lines, so that different parts may do business at the same time, and not interfere with each other, the operator where the division is made, being kept in knowledge through the notifier of what is taking place in each part, so as to place the line in full connection whenever necessary. Two minor uses of the notifier are to discover to the operator on which side of his office a break occurs, and to show him 600 A. D. 184.7.— (UPPER CANADA.)--No. 231. McMichen*8 Electro Magnetic Telegraph. when his relay sticks or is fast. The notifier should be in the main or primary circuit on the side of the relay towards the break, that is the same as when the wire was cut in two near the other instruments, and the notifier placed in between the two ends, each of which is made fast in the connecting cups, the ground wire being attached to the main wire between the notifier and relay, thus completing the circuit through the notifier as soon as the break is mended. The operator being thus informed that the line on that side is made whole again, connects the two parts by simply disconnecting his ground wire and thus prevents hours of delay. The notifier performs its functions by the lever striking upwards and downwards corresponding to the move- ment of the pen lever in the register, thus making it sound whatever is written on the line in which it is placed. The connector or transfer magnet is simply an electro magnet formed with two or more coils of fine insulated wire passing round bars of soft iron. It has a lever supported upon a standard with an armature of iron, and a spring to keep the lever in its place of rest, and to form a connection of the current of electricity. The standard is separated from the other metal parts of the instrument by a platina point set in a screw, to be elevated or depressed to suit the action of the electricity, and on the end of the lever is also a platina point corresponding to the one on the standard. The uses of the connector are to enable communications to be repeated between the main line and any number of side lines or independent circuits at the same instant, thus obviating the necessity of re-writing. The connector is placed in, and operated by the local circuit on accoimt of its greater force (although it may be operated on by the maia circuit) in the same manner as the register. The poles of the side lines being separated or connected by the platina points, the wire in such line being connected to the spring, which carries the fluid to the lever. The fluid passing thro' the lever and the platina points, down the metal standard to which the wire is again connected. The con- nector takes the place of a key, and operates instead of the operator. The key, when the instrument is in use, being closed, and when not, the platina points are kept in contact by a binding screw. See Drawing No. 231. GILBEP.T McMICKEN. A. D. 1847.— (Upper Canada.)— IS'o. 232. Invention of a new method of propelling Locomotives, LETTERS PATENT to Sandford A. Fleming, of the Town of Peterborough, district of Colborne, Civil Engineer, for the In- vention of "A NEW METHOD OF PROPELLING LOCOMOTIVES." Montreal, dated 4th June, 1847. BRIEF DESORIPRION. It consists in having the driving wheels of the locomotive placed horizontally, and pressed by springs against the sides of a central rail. The pressure of these springs can be increased or diminished at pleasure, so that the bite of the driving wheels can be increased when necessary, as when starting, or when going up or down steep gradients, and diminished when the train comes to a level. The central rail is raised above the side ones. The supporting wheels have no flanges on their tires, as the guide wheels prevent the locomotive from getting oflf the rails, and the pressure of the driving wheels, when they are made to revolve, draws the locomotive forward. See Drawing No. 232. SANDFOED A. FLEMING. A. D. 1847.— (Upper Canada.)— -JSTo. 233. A new description of Machine for Churning. LETTERS PATENT to Peter Fraer, of Dundas, Gore District, Machin- ist, for the Invention of "A new descbiption op Machine pob Ceusnino. Montreal, dated 26th June, 1847. BRIEF DESORIPTION. The chum is of an elliptical or oval form, and made of wood. In the centre stands an upright shaft turned by a bevel wheel working into a bevel pinion. The upright shaft is held by a cross bar or cross head over the chum and kept in its place by means of a key or wedge on each side, and can be detached at pleasure, thus enabling the butter and ryilV to be removed, and the chum cleaned. At each end of the chum is fastened an upright piece of wood of triangular shape, against which the milk is thrown with force by means of dashers, or flat boards, attached to opposite sides of the upright shaft in an inclined position and having a hole bored through, and which are put in motion by the bevel wheel and pinion turned by a crank. See Drawing, No. 283. PETER FRAER. A. D. 1847.— (Upper Canada.)— JSTo. 234. Improvements in the manner of making^ using^ and working a Ufthig and floating Marine Dock. LETTERS PATENT to Peter R. Beaupr6, City of Kingston, Ship- wright, for the Invention of " Imphovements in the manner of making, using, and working a lifting and floating marine Dock." Montreal, dated 19th July, 1817. BRIEF DESOHIPTION. In the original dock each section is constructed of two separate sub- sections, consisting of one tank to each sub-section, and connected by bearers. The tanks and bearers are made of wood, with pumps working perpendicularly within the tanks, and having a tank valve at the end of each tank. In the improvements, each section of the tank, being constructed in one, has bearers running lengthwise, and across the deck of the tank. There are also two bulkhci^ds at a distance of one- third from each end of the tank, with one valve in each bulkhead, making a feeder for either side of the tank, which latter is divided by mere wooden partitions. There are horizontal pumps working with greater force than the perpendicular pumps in tlie original, and with half the labor. The principle of the bulkheads, with the valve in each, is to feed either end of the tank, should one side of tlie tank happen to rise faster than the other. The valve opens and feeds that side which is highest, and restores the level as the whole dock rises. See Drawing, No. 234. PE ES ! •tir^] A. D. 1847.— (UrrEK Ca.\aija.)— No. 235. A new iiwtliod or jn'occsHfor mttinij of hemp and pix hfj (irtijii'lal niecfns. LEITEKS PATENT to .luines xMcGee, City ol Torouto, Elax Mer- chant, for the Invention ol' "A ndw method or pugcess for ROTTING OF HEMP AND PLAX BY ARTIFICIAL MEANS." Montreal, dated 14th August, 1847. hhih;f dksoription. The straw, haviiij,' lirst been properly rippled, that is, having the seed taken oil', is jjlaeed in u vat made of wood, hrick, or stone, and water tight, and is fastened down at the top of the vat so as to pre- vent the sweiling, occasioned by the fermentation, raising it out, cold water is then let run on so as nearly to fill the vat and thoroughly immersing the straw ; this being done, steam is turned on into metal pipes at the bottom of the vat, heating the water to a temperature of about ninety degrees, at which it is kept imtil the process is complete. This temperature, in the course of about fifteen hours, causes fermen- tation to take place, which, in the course of three days, produces entire decomposition of the glutinous matter connecting the fibre with the straw, and thereby prepares it in a very superior state, (after being dried) for the future process of breaking and scutching. The vats may be constructed of wood, brick, or stone, care being taken to make them thoroughly water tight. The steam pipes run up along one side of the vat, turning with a circular bend, and down the other side, going out at the same end as at entrance, and are placed at such a dis- 508 A. D. 1847.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 235. McOee*8 process for Bolting Hemp and Flax. tance fioni cither side as to divide the heating power equally. The entrance end of the pipe is placed higher tlian the exit end, so as to allow the condensed steam to run off, and the entrance end has a guage cock to regulate the heat, and the exit end a smaller one to regulate the escape of the condensed steam. Immediately over the steam pipes a false bottom of wood is placed on which to put the flax, so as to keep it from contact with the pipes ; this false bottom is to be made in compartments, and perforated to permit the water to rise equally over the flax, and the water is introduced by a down pipe to one lying in the centre of the vat along the bottom and rising through the perforated bottom. JAMES McGEE. A. D. 1847.— (Ui^PER CaxXada.)— ]^o. 236. An improved Churn. LETTERS PATENT to Melzei- Turner Thomas, of the Township of Clinton, in the District of Niagara, Mechanic, for the Invention of " An Improved Churn." Montreal, IMli August, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. It is a box nearly square, Avorked with a crank by hand passing through a cylinder by which the cream is propelled or agitated. Below the upper chamber, when the cream is received, there is a second one between two zinc plates for the reception of water either hot or cold, as required, introduced by means of a funnel at the side of the churn, by which the cream is either heated or cooled and brought to a proper temperature, Avhicli is sixty-two degrees, and ascertained by the inser- tion, on the side of the churn, of a thermometer coming in contact with the cream. Butter is produced in about fifteen or twenty minutes, the butter-milk passing off by means of a tube at the bottom of the upper chamber, and the water hy a tube at the bottom of the lower one. See Drawing, No. 236. MELZER TURNER THOMAS. A m LETT tl N Monti A ri pieces lei to coil he with : wise l permr each c jects f of cor tightl; and tl towan on op] pass t them placed usual A. D. 1847.— (Upper Ca]>^ada.)— No. 237. A new Coiled Spiing Tooth Revolving Horse Rake. LETTERS PATENT to Peleg Bowen, of the Township of Clarke, in the District of Newcastle, Mechanic, for the Invention of " A NEW Coiled Spring Tooth Revolving Horse Rake." Montreal, dated 13th December, 1847. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A round piece of timber forms what is called tlic head ; two other pieces of wood, of nearly equal length, placed one on each side, paral- lel to it, about half an inch from the head, from what are called the coil heads, being fastened by the teeth to the head that revolves round with it ; and to permit of their revolving, where they would other- wise be intercepted by the shafts, pieces are cut out of each so as to permit of the shafts passing to the head, the coil heads being thereby each cut in three pieces. The teeth of the rr.ke, a row of which pro- jects from each of the coil heads, are formed by pieces of strong wire of convenient lengths and thickness, one end of each tooth is screwed tightly into the head ; it is then coiled three times round the coil head, and the tooth formed into the shape of a curve, becoming more straight towards the point ; A row of these teeth projects from each coil head on opposite sides of the head ; two pieces of wood, acting as levers, pass through the head parallel to each other and one end of each of them rest upon the extreme points of tAvo latches ; two shafts are placed parallel to each other and at right angles to the head, in the usual form, and of the size of cart and shafts, ending at the head in a i: 512 A. D. 1847.— (UPPER CANADA.)~No. 237. Botcen*s Horse Bake. round socket, within which the head revolves ; by these shafts the rake is drawn ; a piece of wood passes across the shafts at a short distance from the head to which it ts parallel, and to which it is also equal in length ; two iron rods connect this cross piece with the head ; these rods end in round sockets in wliich the head revolves ; two braces pass from the shafts near the extremities where the horse is yoked, to the ends of the 'cross piece outside the shafts to strengthen the rake, and two handles, similar to plough handles, arc fastened on to the shafts near their socket ends. A. piece of wood, called the cross handle, pass- es between the two handles at a convenient distance from their extremities. A wire, called a latch rod, passes through the centre of the cross handle, which is connected with two latches acting as levers and fastened by joints to the shafts at the cross piece on the side to- wards the head, and having their ends projecting on each side of the shafts opposite to the cross piece. These latches cause the head to revolve by pulling the latch handle, and clear the rake of whatever grain or hay may be in it, and the latches being then allowed to resume their former position, the opposite row of teeth acts upon the ground till the rake again requires cleaning. PELEG BOWEN. A. D. 1848.— (LowEK Cajvada.)— No. ^38. New and useful Machine or Smut Mill for Gleaning Grain. LETTERS PATENT to Thomas Brown, of Dunham, in the District of Montreal, Miller, for the Invention of " A new and useful MACHINE OR SMUT MiLL FOll CLEANING GRAIN." Montreal, dated 2nd March, 1848. This machine is composed of an upright wooden frame, the upper part of it being arched. Erom the centre of the bottom sill of the frame rises a cast iron shaft or cylinder, which, at the bottom, turns in a cast steel foot, and at the top in :i cast iron box ; at the upper extremity of said shaft is a pulley to which the motive power is at- tached ; on and around said shaft, at its centre, and secured in its place by a cast iron collar, revolves a circidar running table or head com- posed of wood banded and covered on botli sides with strong sheet iron, and hp.ving on its upper surface wrought iron spikes u^iven into the said table or head cornerwise, and rising above the surface, said table or head having on its upper surface stationary iron sheets, at right angles to the axis, which serve both as wings and beaters. Above said running head is another stationary head lined witli sheet iron and having on its lower surface iron spikes. Through a hopper in this stationary head the grain is admitted, and falls upon the running table or head, and, by its revolution, is thrown violently against both sets of heads and spikes, wings and beaters, the dust and smut thus being loosened and separated from the wheat, while fans, which also serve the 614 A. D. 1848.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 238. Brown's Smut Mill. purpose of hcatin's, attacliod on the lower side at riglit angles to the running table or head, together with the said stationary iron sheets, drive the dust and smut from the machine into the smut room, while the wheat, I'alliiig over said running head or table, is still driven against the beaters, and also against a curb, or outside cylinder, of iron rods, about half an inch distant from the running table, and fastened perpendicularly at the top into the upper stationary head, and at the bottom into another stationary head or table parallel to the loAver sill, and so placed as to prevent the wheat escaping, but allowing the free passage for dust and smut. The wheat falls into a ' • x in which is an additional fan, or blower, driven by tlie upright shaft, and whicli serves to free the Avheat from any large chaff which might have been left. To the upper stationary table or head there is attached a circular wire curb ■'fhicli rises to the upper frame, and to the under stationary table or head is attached a similar wire curb extending up to the running table or hei.d, and thus full and free ventilation is admitted into the machine from the top and bottom, and the wheat prevented from escaping, while tiie smut and dust is driven, by the centrifugal force of the running table, out through the outside cylinder into the dust room. THOMAS BROWN. A. D. 1848.— (ITppET? Canada.)— No. 239. \/ Improved Machine for Aianufactimng Bricks. LETTERS PATENT to John Butter, of the City of Toronto, Brick Mannfacturer, for the Invention of " An improved Machine for Manufacturing Bricks," Montreal, dated 2nd May, 1848. BRIEF DESCIIIPTION, A box or plug mill is constructed, in which, at a sufficient distance from the top, a bottom is inserted, and below this bottom weys are placed to sustain a carriage, and on the inside of the carriage are two frames, each containing rollers, to permit the moulds to slide in and out ; these frames contain tlie rollers, and are supported in their proper places by rods and canes, and attached to the rods, that have the canes on, are levers to elevate or depress the same. In the centre of the box or mill a shaft is inserted, extended below the bottom, and upon the shaft, above the bottom, aAving 's placed to fill the moulds, and above the wing on the shaft are placed knives or shanks, each forming a segment of a circle ; the shaft whereon the knives arc placed is of an octagon shape, and with the knives forms an unconnected double screw, and acting with the wing gives the required pressure. In the bottom are apertiu'cs with guards or false moulds, five on each side of the shaft, under which the real moulds are forced or propelled by means of a cleat attached to each side of the carriage. The carriage is propelled by a crank attached to the bottom of the shaft by a chain, and the slack of the chain causes the carriage to remain stationarv siifiicient time to put on the moulds. 516 A. D. 1848. -(UPPER CANADA.)— No. 239. .Butter' 8 Brick Machine. The apertures or talse moulds are perpendicular on one f." le, and on the other side at an angle of about forty-five degrees, said angle causes the clay to get more easily into the moulds, and the perpendicular is to prevent the clay escaping until the moulds are tiiled. The carriage is made by two pieces of oak lying parallel with the weys, and connected with a cross piece at each end where the chain is attached. The moulds are made the usual shape, but the bottom is separate, and between the bottom and the moulds pallets are placed for each brick. In each pallet there is an aperture to admit a stock which answers two purposes, one to indent the brick, and the other to keep the pallets in their places. The stocks are fastened to the bottom at equal distances to keep the pallets directly under each brick. When the moulds come out filled they are raised up and leave the bricks on the pallets. The five are lifted at once upon the wheelbarrcw ready to be taken to the hack. The bottom has a cleat on the same side as the stocks, fastened at each end to prevent the mould moving from the bottom but by being raised perpendicular from it. See Drawing, No. 237. JOHN BUriER. A. D. 1848.— (Upper Canada.)— N^o. 240. PitchirKj Macliine. LETTERS PATENT to William Partridge, of the Town of Windsor, in the Western District, Parmer, for the Invention of a " Ditch- ing Machine." Montreal, dated 22nd April, 1848. K, i BRIEF DRSCRTl'TION. At the forward end of a solid beam of wood, having handles affixed to tli'3 other end, a tongue is attached to an axle-tree to assist in giving the machine its proper motion; on the end of the beam is also a clavis, to Avhich the moving power is applied. The wheels may be made of wood with a broad tire, or wholly constructed of iron, and may be raised and lowered, according to the depth of ditch required, by means of a screw passing through the axle-tree and turning a lever. The axle-tree may be straight or cranked. Cross beams are bolted to the beam through the centre, and at each end also receive a screw bolt from iron supports of two outside cutters. A centre cutter, connected with a share, is bolted through the main beam and end cross beam nearest the wheels. The cutters are of iron ; the share is ^o made of iron, of a pointed shape, and has iron shelvings, by means of which the earth is thrown up on each side of the ditch. The machine has a bottom piece made of wood, the under side of which is to be of the width required for the ditch, and is connected with the main beam by posts, and they are bolted together. The supports for the shelvings are of iron fastened to the bottom piece and shelvings by bolts. Cross m I rw.j 518 A. D. 18 18.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 2iO. Partridge's Ditching Machine, bars of iron are also bolted at the top of the shelvings and main beam. The main beam and bottom piece are also lield together by iron sup- ports bolted through each. The machine is set in motion by a windlass placed at a convenient distance a liead-to which it is attacliod by a chain or cable, and turned with a lever by horse or other power. See Drawing, No. 240. WILLIAM PARTKIDGE. A. 1). 1848.--(UiM'EK Canada.)— No. 241. Improvemenf or ifdilituni to a Sf f f it ^p-hxfr acting M(f chine. i LETTERS PATENT to John McMicliael, Township of Dumfries, Gore District, Yeoman, for the Invention of " An iMriiovBiiENT OR ADDITION TO A StUMP-ExTRACTING MACllINJi." Montreal, dated 26th May, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTJON. At the extremity of the lever there is a handle, six feet long, with a crook at one end, with pins fixed in it for the convenience of lifting up and drawing down the levo^r. There can be a windlass placed in a position convenient for the purpose of assisting in working the lever ; it is made of plank fixed in a piece of timber about eight by foiu*. The sides, which contain the top pulley arc made to incline towards the machine, in order to suit the sweep the lever will make; in moving up and down, the rope passes through a pulley at top and one in the bottom piece, and round the windlass, and, by being reversed, will lift the lever up and down. This windlass will be required only in extreme cases; it can be worked bj a boy, by means of the handles, which are intended to be moved from one mortise to the other, as the windlass moves round. See Drawing, No. 241. I'! I III:' ■>■ JOHN McMICHAEL. i8l M i A. D. 1848.— (UiM'Eit CANAnA.)--No. 242. Cert am improvements In the conatnivtkm of Mills for the Manufacture of Lvmber with Circular Saws. . ; LETCERS PATENT to .Toha Helm, of the Towa of Cobourg, [ron Eoiindor, for the Invention of *• Certain improvements in tub CONSTRUCTION OF MlLI.S FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF LUMBER WITH Circular Saws." Montreal, dated 28tli June, 1848. 'Ml BRIEF DKHORU'TION. Firstly, the improvement, in altering and regulating the feed, is effected by means of a winch, pinion, and rake, to which is attached a slide with guides or grooves to move the belt to and fro on a pair of cones or granating puUies, which pullies drive the shaft upon which is the rack under the carriage by means of a pair of cast iron <'og wheels, which pinions propel the carriage. Secondly, the improve- ment, in dogging the log ov fastening it upon the blocks of the carriage, consists of two moveable upright cast iron standards, in the upright part of which is a dog sliding horizontally and fastened with a clamp screw ; the said standard being perpendicular and at right angles with the blocks, and moving in a groove in said block and underneath the upright part receiving a screw to move it. Thirdly, the improvement, in setting the Log or of gauging the toidth or thickness of the lumber mamijactured, consists, and is effected by means of an iron rod, near XX 522 A. B. 1848.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 242. HehrCs Mills for the Manufacture of Lumber with Circular Saws. each end of which is a level or mitre wheel corresponding and working into another on the screw that moves the upright standard, which rod runs lengthwise of the carriage and is worked by means of a crank or hand wheel, and one of the before mentioned bevel or mitre wheels is loose from the rod when the pinching screws are detached, and move- able at pleasure enabling the block to be moved to answer for various lengths of logs. See Drawing, No. 242. JOHN HELM. * A. D. 1848.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— JS^o. 243. An Economical power or Hydraulic Force Pump Machine^ for raising Buildings^ Stumps^ &c. liETTERS PATENT to Angus McQueen, of the Township of Trafalgar, District of Gore, Yeoman, for the Invention of "An Economical POWER OR Hydraulic Eorce Pump Machine, for raising Buildings, Stumps, &c. Montreal, dated 24th June, 1848. I BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This machine is composed of a reservoir to contain Avater, and to be " made of wood, in which is placed a cylinder of wood banded with iron, or made wholly of cast iron, and containing a pisfcon of equal size with the inside of the cylinder, also made of solid wood. In the reservoir is a force pump drawing water from it and forcing it into the lower part of the cylinder under the piston. At the lower part of the cylinder, on the opposite side from the force pump, there is a stop cock, to let the water off when the piston lowers, thus the water is forced under the piston which is thereby raised, by which means the power is gained for the purposes intended. See Drawing, No. 243. ANGUS McQueen. sat. p-- '% >tS> '#. A. D 1848.— (Upper Cai^ada.)— IS^o. 244. T?ie true Philosophical principles upon which Buildings may \ be Ventilated ; and also of Machinery by lohich the Ventilating a'r may be warmed. "m LETTERS PATENT to Henry Ruttan, of Cobourg, Esq., for the Invention of ** The true Philosophical principles upon which Buildings mat be 'Ventilated; and also of Machinery by WHICH T[iE Ventilating air may be warmed. Montreal, dated 23rd June, 1848. (SURRENDERED.) .#-^ i!>. A. D. 1848. — (Lower Can^ada.) — No. 245. A plan for facilitating the turning of Four- Wheeled Carriages in a short space. LETTERS PATENT to Edward Thomas Jones, of Carrillon, District of Montreal, Esq., for the Invention of " A plan for facilitating THE TURNING OF EOUR- WHEELED CARRIAGES IN A SHORT SPACE. Montreal, dated 23rd June, 1848. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The back axle is made to turn on the centre, exactly like the front one, with a bearing circle, to steady the carriage, beneath the spring bar and reach, as usual on the front axle, but a little longer. And on the ordinary freight waggon sections of a large circle placed under the spring bar or body, with merely friction plates of iron on the axle will suffice. There are then two guides or rods placed between the axles, one end of each being fastened by a joint in the opposite sides of the centre of each axle, crossing each other in the middle, and thereby causing an inverse action of the back to the front axle; that h, as the front wheels turn to the right, so will the back wheels turn to the left, and vice vers&. And in order that it may so operate correctly, as intended by the plan, it is necessary to fasten the guides, they being precisely of the same length, by a joint or hinge, exactly at equal distances from the centre of each axle, otherwise the front and back wheels would not turn alike nor run in the same track, and the wheels should be all the same size, in order that they may turn equally far with out striking the body of the carriage. See Drawinsr. 245. - - - c>' ' EDWARD THOMAS JONES. A % • -i- Z- ■■*':*! -:*- ■i*'*'!^'' «^ f 'J/% "x^n IE' ^.^^ '^ *t^ 1fe» ^•^ \^^. i) m *iAii*'^ %*"•** i^ A. D. 1848.— (Upper Canada.)— ]S"o. 246. An improved method of Manufactiirmg Ghee. LETTERS PATENT to Peter R. Lamb, of the City of Toronto, Glue Manufacturer, for the Invention of " An improved method of Manufacturing Glue. Montreal, dated 26tli June, 1848. . BRIEF DESCRk HON. A east iron boiler is placed directly over the furnace, within the boiler a tin or copper vessel is placed, separated from the boiler by a space of two or three inches round, and supported below by legs or props resting on the bottom of the boiler. Within the steamer, ^ind running from its surface downwards, is a tube open at top and pierced with holes, this tube passes through the steamer and boiler, and conducts the glue after it is formed and until it is finally passed off. The prin- ciple of the improvement is to obtain the immediate action of steam in- stead of fire on the raw material. The steam may be introduced into the space between the boiler and steamer from a vessel outside of the boiler, and the Inventors method is to fill this space partially with water, and by closing; the top of the boiler and steamer and applying the fire to the boiler, thus to generate the steam. j^. # PETER R. LAMB. m I i: & I m ^^ # A. D. 1848.— (Upper Canada.)— No. 247. finproced Air-tir/ht Box Stove. LETTT^.RS PATENT to Reuben P. Colton, of tlie Town of Brockville, Founder, for the Invention of " An improved Air-tight Box Stove." Montreal, dated 1st August, 1848. ii m V1V9 S^ m BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The bottom of the stove extends beyond the front sufficiently to prevent the possibility of coals falling on the floor or carpet, and contains in itself a sunk hearth and an ornamental edge. The sides of the stove are formed by half columes and circular sunk recesses both fluted and supporting a tablet charged with the national symbols, the rose, thistle and shamrock. The back of the stove is similar. The front has a fuel and air door with raised and ornamental carved panels. The top of the stove consists of an enrif^hed edge of Grecian border pattern and a frame, the centre part being raised about one inch and a half on a large oval enriched moulding running round. By the undulating line of the sides, ends and top, three-fourths more surface is heated than in other shapes, and accordingly three-fourths more heat given out than by any other form of stove now in use. See Drawing, No. 247. it: REUBEN P. COLTON. %\ Jill •f? A. T). 1848.— (Upi>er Canada.)— No. 248. Improvement on " Bfick and Hathaway' s Patent Cook Stove^^' called '-'-the Canadian Hot Air Stover Ji* LETTERS PATENT to Reuben P. Colton, of the Town of Brockville, Founder, for an Improvement on '• Buck and Hatiiaway's Patent Cook Stove," called "the Canadian Hot Air Stove." Montreal, dated 1st August, 1848, BRIEF DESCRIPTION. The avsh-pit is so onlar<:^ed that the stove will take wood longer and wider thtm Buck and Hathaway 's. In front of the ash pit are placed two double doors, the inside ^)ors next the fire have a grate so that on opening the two outer doors the lire is brought to view. The oven of the improved stove is heated in the same manner as th?i of Buck and Hatiiaway's, that is, the heat is carried round in it the same way, but the flues are enlarged under it so as to give more draft, the top of the oven is also raised much higher and an open grate division is added through the upper part of it, thus forming two ovens with a free circulation of hot air from one to the other. The general appear- ance of the stove is also improved by Gothic carving on the oven doors, by a Gothie panel oii each end of the front plate and on each side of the front doors ; also on the door at the end of the ash-pit, commonly called " the fire door," is a plain panel with a carved orna- ment in the centre. At the opposite end of the ash-pit there is a il 'I'.. 'ill ' ' Wit ) ■■■''1 ■t^ ■•'< a m •* 584 A. D. 1848.— (UPPER CANADA.) -No. 248. Cottons improced Cooking Stove. flimilar panel, and under the ash-pit, on each side of the stove, and next to the oven doors, is also placed a {)unei with carved ornan\ent8. On the upper oven door are two stnall panels with carvtMl ornaments, and on the opposite side of the stove are two panels, preiiisely similar to correspond. The bottom part of the stove is also surrounded by a carved border of husk and check work. There are also similar borders round the stove hearth and across 1lio hearth. See Drawing, No. 248. REUBEN P. COLTON. "fk A. D. 1S48.— (LowKif Canada.)— No. 249. JVen) process/or 7h/Nj)e/ht(/ (i/h/ //(t?rkrim(/ the teeth of saws used /or Millhtfj at id other purposes. LE^]' TEllS i^ATENT to Nathan Wharton, of tho Town of Johnstown, in the J 'strict of Johnstown, Millwrij^lit, for tho invention of "A iN'tiW PROCESS FOR TeMPKJUNG AND IIauDENINU THE TEETH C^lf SAWS USED roR MILLING AND OTUEll PURPOSES." Montreal, dated 1st A ugust, 18 IB. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. A sheet iron box, seven feet in length, twelve inches in depth, and six inches in width, to contain charcoal, is made with an opening at the bottom to contain air. A plate, or shelf of iron, seven inches wide, projects horizontally from the box whereupon to lay the saw, having an opening to admit the teeth to be heated. On the top of the iron box is a range of funnels, or chimnies, having an air valve, or damper, in each to regulate the heat ; there is also a water trough the length of the saw, having an iron bolt across within both ends, to be filled with water, oil, or other fluid, to the proper height required to temper the points of the teeth, but not to harden those parts to be bent by the saw sot. After hardening the points the temper will require to be drawn or brought out by the application of a hot iron bar, or ignited oil, together with a wet sponge until they will admit the action of a file. See Drawing, No. 249. Mil «( ' \t, ' .'.f m NATHAN WHARTON. .■^'■^ m% ij- ■n ■■•.'I V.' A. D. 1848.— (Upper Canada.)— JNTo. 250. Hydro- Pneumatic Water Wheel. LETTERS PATENT to Walter Perkins Newman, of the A^'illage of Elora, in the Wellington District, Gentleman, for the Invention of "A Hydro-Pneumatic Water Wheel. ' Montreal, dated 5th September, 184^. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. This machine differs from all others hitherto used for water power, in the circumstance, that the prime mover is the pressure of the atmosphere, which , at the level of the sea, is equal to fourteen pounds and seven-tenths of a pound on the square inch ; the gravity of the water is not taken into account except as removing the resistance to that pressure. If a tube be filled with water, and closed at the upper extremity while the lower remains open, the column of Avater in such tube will be sustained by the pressure of the atmosphere against the open moutli, unless the vertical height of the column of water exceds thirty-three or thirty-four feet, for a column of water of that height is exactly of the same weight as a column of air of the same area of base whose height is that of the atmosphere, and any addition to the height of the column of water, or any pressure exerted on such column at the upper extremety, destroys the equilibrium between it and the column of air which supports it, and the water is discharged at the mouth of the tube unfci! the equilibrium is regained, or the pressui'e !d. Tlie tube A aseenas vertically irom a point at or beloM- D, where it is represented as broken off; tlie water in this tube may be KK i i 688 A. D. 1848.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 260. NewmwrCa Hydro-Pneumatic Water Wheel. considord to represent the above mentioned column of water and may, for the purpose of illustration, be supposed to equal thirty-four feet in height, in which case, if we suppose the air and water excluded from B and C C, there will be a vacuum in those parts of the tube, because the power of the atmospheric pressure will not raise, or sustain, a column of water of greater height than thirty-four feet. Now, if we suppose the portion of the tube marked C C to communicate with a reservoir at or beyond the point G, where it is represented as broken off, the atmosphere will press on the surface of the water in the reser- voir with precisely the same force with which it presses on the mouth of the vertical tube A, namely, fourteen pounds and seven-tenths of a pound to the square inch. The Avater of the reservoir will be accord- ingly forced into the tube C C, and meeting, in the case .upposed, no resistance will proceed onwards to B, which is a continuation of the same tube, but in the form of a cylinder with the wheel or drum E revolving in it on the shaft F, and striking '.n the floats H, would carry round with it the drum E, and reaching the column of water in A, would force it out at the mouth of that tube, and if the commun. ication with the reservoir were then cut off, would occupy the place of that water, leaving a vacuum in B B and C, as before. The available power of the water entering at G is therefore due to the vertical height of the column of water in A A, for if the height of that column instead of thirty-four feet were only sixteen feet, the water at the line M being supported at D by a force which would be capable of raising it sixteen feet higher, would offer a proportionate resistance to the pressure of the incoming water, which resistance would be equal to one-half of that pressure, or rather more than seven pounds per square inch. The floats marked H are made to move freely on a hinge in such a manner that they open with the current of water until they are vertical to the centre of the drum, but arer estrained from folding back ; when, by the revolution of the drum, they arrive at the point I, they close until that point is passed, when they are thrown open by the centrifugal force aided by the current, and are again acted on, as before, causing an uninterrupted rotary motion of the drum on its axle, The whole of the machine is air tight, and the shaft, or axle at K works in an air tight box or journal J, and is connected with the machinery to be propelled in the usual manner. The area of the tube A. D. 1848.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 250. 639 NewmmCs Hydro- Pneumatic Water Wheel. C should be equal to that of the floats H, and sufl&cient space should be left between the ch'cumference of the drum and that of the cylinder B to allow the floats to move, when open, without touching. The area of the upper extremity of A should also equal the area of the floats, but this tube may gradually diminish to the orifice, but this is not essential to the working of the machine. It may be variously modified to suit different situations and circumstances, it may be hori- zontal instead of vertical, or may be made to receive the water at the upper part, or abreast, instead of at the lower part. See Drawing, No. 250. WALTEE PERKINS NEWMAN. I i||*a '■:!>■' m Imp^ leit: SI CI Montr The flange made ( on the centres cast to the fe pieces are tw they a] there i byafl the sai meuiat also fa A. D. 1848.— (UppEit Canada.)— ISTo. 251. Improved methul of constructing Horse powers to be applied to Threshing ntachines and other description of machinery. \ p 1 I '\w LEITERS PATENT to James Stewart, of the City of Hamilton, Machinist, for the invention of "an Improved method of con- sTaucTiNG Horse powers to be appi^ied to Threshing ma- chines AND OTHER DESCRIPTION OF MACHINERY. Montreal, dated 14.th October, 1848. BRIEF DKSOKIPTION. The first, or main spring, is an internal spur wheel ; on a projecting flange are bolted boxes to receive the levers, also the arms, which are made of oak or ash, on the under side c f which is a female centre, and on the top a centre calculated to receive the ends of levers, the two centres and arms are bolted together, on the flange of which is a piece cast to keep the arms clear of the pinions, and between said pieces and the female centre are fitted, and fastened with wood sc-ews, four pieces of wrought iron, to prevent the centre from shifting. There are two pinions that woi*k into the first wiieel, being the same pitch they are each keyed on to a wrougL. »n shaft, and on each shaft there is ...i vise keyed a spur wheel, ', iiieh wheelis are strengthened by a flange on the riri and arms, these two wheels, being keyed at the same level o" the shafts, c >u lanicate the n :i m to an inter- mediate piuiun ln.ii is keyed on y pluift of wrought iron, on which is also fastened, or keyed, a bevel vkeel that drives ». pinion fastened m 642 A. D. 1848.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 251. Stewart's improved Horse-power. on a wrougnt iron shaft, on the extremity of which is a coupling to form a ooiinexion with what may be required to be driven. The ad- vaTiiage.s to be derived from the present arrangements of wheels art. thM the frictioc is divided and offers less resistance to the movinr pover to fic ') uplish the effect desired; the machine will be more durable im the sane reason ; and the wood work will stand in the original position, as the strain is equable and has no tendency to force the framing in one particular direction, as has been the case with i. rraer powers; the speed necessary to drive a Tbresliing cylindi^r is got up within the Horse power, thereby dis- risn^ing will' 'leta<;b.ed gearing. This patent is intended to embrace the part wlieio two spur wheels drive one pinion. See DraAving, No. 251, JAMES STEWART. 11 li A. D. 1848.— (Upper Caistada.)— l^o. 252. A new and useful Machine called the ^raform^ or Atmospheric Churn. LETTERS PATENT to Walter Holt Wells, City of Toronto, Machinist, for the invention of " a new and useful Machine, CALLED THE ^RATORM, OR ATMOSPHERIC OhURN." Montreal, dated 17th November, 18i8. BRIEF DESCRIPTION. There is a wooden or metallic reservoir to contain tlie milk or cream intended to be churned, having in it a hollow metallic cylinder turning on a pivot in the bottom. There are two open pipes or orifices attached to, and communicating with, the interior of the cylinder, both at the top and bottom. Attached to tiie spindle of the cylinder is a pinion wheel, in which plays a cog wheel, moved by a crank, by which a rotary motion is communicated to the the cylinder ; by this motion a current of air is created through the cylinder into the reservoir, enter- ing at the top pipes or orifices and escaping through those at the bottom. The churn can also be made with three pipes or orifices. See Drawing, No. 252. It"!! 6! '3 ^i WALTER HOLT WELLS. A, D. 1 849.— (LowEii Canada.)— No. 253. A new mid use/til Paddle Wheel for steam and horse-boats^ and J or propelling vessels. LETTERS PATENT to Charles Midgley, City of Montreal. Machinist, for the invention of ** A new and useful Paddle wheel for STEAM AND H0K8E BOATS, AND FOR PllOPELLING VESSELS. Montreal, dated 27tli January, 1849. BRIEK DESCRIITION, It cou. ; in a new form and arrangement of the paddles or buckets, u^oj the wheel, in such manner as to relieve the wheel, in its revolutions, from the loss of power in the right direction, occasioned by the lifting of the water by the Buck- after it passes the point per- pendicular to the surface of the water, ich, by the usual method tends to dejjress the vessel into tiie vvater, loads the wheels, and so far exerts a force in the downward direction instead of the forward and upward. The wheel, in all respect, except the l)uckets and their arranerement, may be constructed upon the plan, and in the pr^^nor- tion^ lly employed in vessels, as now used, which are propelled by means of paddle wheels ; the buckets are also of the same width, proportionably, in the direction of the diameter of tho ^vheei with those now in use, or they may be a little wider or narrower, and the arms of the wheels should be at their extremities, about the same distance so as to leave the buckets about as far apart as those in ordinary use. For » wheel, which on the usual plan, is constructed for one set only of paddles, which of course requires but two sets of arms to support the A- Sk \ I Midgleyn Paddle Wheel. buckets at caoh end, the newly invented wheel requires four sots of arniH to be adjusted in llani;es upon the shaft in the ordinary way, except that each ol the four sets of arms should he placed si as to radiate from the axis in the same direction ; that is, if there be twenty arms in each set, they should be equi-distant from each other, and the arms of each set should radiate from the axis in the same direction, so that in revolving one arm of eaofi set should strike the surface of the water at the same time, and not one follow the other in order of time. The buckets should not be placed on the two corresponding arms of the wheel so as to strike the Avater in their whole length at the same time : the end of the bucket which is fastened to the outer or outside arm of the wheel should first strike the water, and the other, or inner end of the bucket, should be carried back and fji tcned on to that arm of the next inner sot of arms which would, in re\ olving, next strike the water, so that the bucket will, along its edge on the perip- hery, strike the water in succession, beginning with its outer end and so proceeding to its inner end — which, it will be seen, will cause the bucket to press or gather the water towards the centre set of arms. — There sho d be anothev s ' of buckets, on the other two sets of arms, adjusted in the same mar ir, so th t the faces of the two sets of buckets which strike the wat r look inwards and towards each other, so that, in revolving, the wat'^r .a gathered by both sets inwards to the centre set of arms. The centr<.' seU of arms, which support respectively the inn( r ends of both sets of buckrf md also the inner end of both sets of buckets, should be a few inche- .part , proportioned to the length of bucket on the wheel, and its power and diameter, so as to allow the water to pass through, instead of being lifted up, as the bucket ascends from the water, this space may be about one-tenth part of the distance across from the outer end of one bucket to the outer end of the cor- responding bucket, on the opposite set of arms, but may be enlarged or dimin):^hed as is found necessary, though that proportion is believed to be nearly correct. The buckets should be made of iron, or any other material of the requisite strength, but are not straight, being curved so as to strike the concave surface first on the water, so that that end of the bucket which first strikes the water enters it nearly in the direction of the plane of its longtitude, at that end, or near it, and is thence curved round so that as the water strikes the inner end of A. D. 1849.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 263. 647 Midgley'a Paddle Wheel. the bucket, it doc' so at nearly a right nngle to the face of the l)ncket — thus each Viuckct constitutes nearly the segment of a circle or para- bola. The edges of the buckets furthest from the axis, should also curve in a line corresponding with the line of the periphery, if measured in the direction of the bucket, and the buckets, and each bucket should be of uniform width. The buckets should be so curved or twisted, that a line in the direction of the radius of the wheels would, at every point of the concave side of the bucket, if moved along perpendicularly to the axis, be in a line with the concave side of the bucket. It is obvious that the degree of curvature of the bucket may be increased or diminished, but the curve which is believed to answer the pur[)08e is such, that each pair of buckets which work together should, including the space left for escape of water, form about two-fifths of a circle, or what appears to be a circle, or nearly so to the eye of tlu^ observer, the curve not being, as before stated, a perfect circle, or a segment of one, but an irregular curve, the buckets curving less near the outer end than in the middle so as to require them to be fastened nearly tiat on the inside surface of the outer arms, while at the other end, where the water leaves them and floAvs through the space above mentioned, the curve has not reached- the direction requisite to enable them to be fastened upon the front side of the arm, but strikes the same at a small angle, giving the pair of buckets the appearance of having such a curve as would if continued across said space, be uniform at that point, or, in other words, meet each other perpendicularly. The advantages of this wheel, among other thingSf are the avoiding of the lift in the ascension of the bucket, above spoken of ; the buckets enter the water gradually and at slight angles, thus avoiding the splashing of the Avater into spray and leaving it in a compact position for the bucket to act upon ; the effect of the curve is to gather the Avater iuAvards Avithout disturbing that outside of the wheel, keeping it as compact as possible, Avhich more than overcomes the loss occasioned by the space for its escape, which space also assists in preserving it from splashing and breaking, besides relieving the vessel from the usual heavy swell Avhich attends the ordinary Avheel, and saves, as is believed, one-fourth part of the power; besides a heavy sea, as it cannot strike perpendicularly on the buckets, except on a small surface, alfects the wiieel but little, AA'hile the space and curve l|«i3 11 li •i:» 648 A. D. 1849.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No. 253. Midglcya Fuddle fVheel. prevent u i'ouiuluriug ol' thu wheels. It is obviuuM that where the vessel is of tliu uize to require it another wlieel ur Hct uf buckets oau be added to the Hume shaft. See Drawing, No. 263. CHARLES MIDGLEY. A. T). 1849.— (Ui'i'KK Caivada-J—No. 254 A neiv imd fa^effd Air Dhtrlbntar^ or Graf a^ for the purpose of hurnhuj Raw-difM^ tan, pcat^ ^^'K^^ coal, or any other fine fuet^ in stoves or any other chamhers of eomhastlon. i I 1141 ll LETTERS PA'J'ENT to Ananias Sniitli, of Simeon, Talbot District, Machinist, for the Invention of " A xew AiVd uskful Air DlSTRIBUTOK, OR fiRATE, I'OU VllY, PURPOSK OF nURNING SAW- DUST, TAN, PKAT, ITRF, COAL, OR ANY OTHER FINK FUEL, IN STOVES OR ANY OTHKR CHAMBERS OF COMBUSTION." Montreal, dated 30th Janwary, 1849. ll , J BHIEF DKSeRIl'I'lON. A cast-iron plate is .substituted in the place of a common grate, and perforated with holes. On the said plate, and at suitable distances apart, and along one edge, are raised upright tubes or flues, with a hollow which holds nearly its full size in diameter, until it comes near the top, and then contracts to a small aperture before it comes out at the top The sides of the said tubes are perforated with holes all round, anu at suitable distances apart, along the middle of the said plate, are raised another row of tubes or flues perforated with holes, and of the same shape as the side ones, but shorter ; all the holes in the said plate and tubes to be smaller on the outside or burning surface. In a large grate it is intended that the edges should lie against each other, and the tubes be so arranged that they vfili stand, ^^"i ;i V ! m 660 A. D. 1849.— (UPPER CANADA.)— No. 254. in relation to each other, half way between — also, the rows of short tubes to stand in the same manner. The stoves, plates and tubes, may be both plain and fluted, and of various shapes and sizes, or dirk bars may be used for the flues. See Drawing, No. 254. ANANIAS SMITH. A. D. 1849.— (Upper Canada.)— I^o. 256.* Improvements in the arrangeftnent omcI construction of the Stemn Engine. LETTERS PATENT to John Baird, City of Toronto, Engineer, for the Invention of " Improvements in the arrangement and CONSTRUCTION OF THE StEAM EnGINE." Montreal, dated 5th May, 1849. I ill BRIEF DESCRIPTION^. Firstly, they consist in the placing ar ntermediate shaft over the cylinder, where one cylinder is used, ar d between the cylinders where two are used, thereby allowing the crt uks to revolve alongside of the cylinder or cylinders ; and in the use of two piston rods to allow of an intermediate shaft being placed as above described. The shaft has a crank, each end of which is attached to the cranks on the paddle shafts, and which moves along with them and causes the paddle shafts to move together uniformly in the same direction. Secondly, in a method of using return rods from the cross heads over the cylinder to cross bars alongside of the cylinders to which the connecting rods are attached. See Drawing, No. 256. If JOHN BAIRD. * No. 256 Ie an English Patent, registered in Canada. A?i i LETTI tr( Montrt The: or revo with til tlireslii enclosn or deta' to any pelled \ or bre£ repair, tliroug] opposit conveys by will an opp the floi See : f^Tr> 'XiM A. D. 1849. — (Lower Canada.) — No. 257. An improvemeMt in the manufacture of Thrashing and Winnoicinr/ Machines. LETTERS PATENT to Elias James Severance, of the City ol" Mon- treal, Machinist, for tLe Invention of " An improvement in the MANUFACTURE OF THRASHING AND WiNNOWING MACHINES.' Montreal, dated 5tli May, 1819. BlUKt' DESCllIPTION. The machine is worked by two horses standing on an inclined plane, or revolving floor, on endless chains, supported on rollers and connected with the fly-wheel, from ^vhich the connecting power is attached to the threshing and cleansing apparatus by a common leather belt. The enclosure for the horses, with machinery below, is easily attached to or detached from the threshing machine, and the power can be applied to any purpose. The whole of the machinery is connected and pro- pelled by bolting straps, not complicated, and not subjected to damage or breakage beyond the ability of the most inexperienced artizan to repair. The sheaves of grain are put in at the feeder and pass through the threshing apparatus ; and the straw is discharged on the opposite side. Erom the receiver for the grain and ohaff they are conveyed, by means of elevators, to the fanning or winnowing machine, by which the grain is thoroughly cleansed and the chaff separated in an opposite direction, and the grain falls into a box in a fit state for tlio flouring mUl. See Drawing, No. 257. ELIAS JAMES SEVERANCE. LL I w m 1 Imp LET! Mont If movei turn dtsce trans: of s propc less t one I by tl apply barre swin^ risinj; nifics mam catcli he tl: A. D. 1849.— (Lower Ca:n^ada.)— ISTo. 258. Improved method of raising and lowering weights, LETTERS PATENT to Charles Maitland Tate, of the City of Montreal, for the Invention of " An impkoved mfthod oe raising AND LOWEEING WEIGHTS." Montreal, dated 11th May, 1849. BRIEF DESCRIPTION". If a body be suspended at the one end of a lever, or arm, which moves open upon its axis at the other end, and the motion or momen - tum which this body acquires in describing the arc formed by its dtscent with the arm, from the vertical to the horizontal position, be transmitted, by means of pullies, drums, wheels, or levers, to a body of g lilar weight, that body will be raised to such height as will be proportionate to the space passed through by the descending weight, less the friction of the medium used in transmitting the motion from one body to the other, and the momentum necessary to be acquired bv the one to overcome the inertia of the other. The method of applying or using this principle is, in practice, as follows : — a load of barrels having been raised by manual or other labor, and placed in a swing, the machine is prepared to receive a corresponding load on a rising platform or frame. T^ie carter having delivered his load, sig- nifies to the operator, by means of a bell or in any other convenient manner, that he has done so ; the operator then withdraws a small catch, Avliich holds the swing in its place, and permits it to hang free ; he then relieves the ^v eight or a friction strap, and the load on the 1.'' 556 A. D. 1849.— (LOWER CANADA.)— No, 268. Tate^s method of raising and lowering weights. swing begins to descend, carrying out with it the arms from which it hangs. The swing, when held in its position, having its centre of gravity in advance of the axis of the arms, is consequently at the end of a lever whose length equals the distance between its centre and the centre of the axis of the arms. A curved lever has its shortest end at this moment engaged by the lifting end of the platform, and this short end, (the descending load connected with it, by the means described above,) causes it to rise. The swing in descending describes an arc of a circle, and, as it leaves its original position, increases its leverage ; the curved lever also, as it revolves upon its axis, increases gradually the length of its arms which equalizes the motion of the descent, and enables the person about to apply this principle, to obtain such height of lift as he may require by adjusting the parts one to the other. When the swing has descended Avitli its load as far as the arms will allow, the platform is in its upper position, and is held there by means of four small catches, a small flap falls down, and the barrels roll forward towards the swing. Should it be requisite to allow the barrels to descend still lower, the operator relieves a weight on a clip or lever, and the barrels in the swing, outweighing the coun- terpoise, cause the swing to descend as far as is requisite, when it is unloaded by withdrawing the pins which hold the top and rolling out the barrels. The operator, being notified, again relieves the weight on the cUd and the counterpoise causes the swing to ascend to its original position ; the ascending platform is unloaded ; the catches which held it are withdrawn by pressing on a pedal ; the friction strap is relieved of its weight, and the arms with the swing, are raised up to their original position by a balance weight which is attached to their lower end ; at the same time the platform descends, the small catch again secures the swing, the top is raised, the liarrels roll in ^vhilst another load is delivered into the rising platform beloAv, when, the whole operation is again gone through and another load deposited in the hold of the ship or vessel, as the case may be. CHARLES MAITLAND TATE,, TORONTO : 1'RINTE:) by LONKI.L A . IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 I.I 1.25 *ii^ IIIIIM •^ 1^ mil 22 2.0 1.4 1.8 1.6 P: ^ v: ^>/ o^ ^^ 7 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 \ c ?. ALPHABETICAL LIST OF PATENTS, &c. INVENTIONS OR DISCOVERIES. ^ Biaooit Making Machine t^ Bridges, Improvement in the manner of building "* Bridges, Suspension Wooden '— BridgPi), Suspension _- Bridges, Draw . . ^ Beehives, New —Bridges, Method cf oonstructing . Band Boxes, Haobiue for maliiag shaTings for Brick Receiver, Revolving . BeU, Apparatus fjr taking off tho friction of the axle of. . — Bridge, Suspension Wooden , -- Bridges, New method of constructing , ^ Brewing, Improved method of , — ' Brick, Machine for pressing clay into the form of .- Brick, Machine for making ^ Battery, Revolving , - Boilers, Method of setting ^ Boiler for Locorooiives „ Bellows ^ Brick, Machine for manufacturing PATENTEES. Samuel Andres, Jr. A. Duchaino N. H. Biiird a. W. Wieksteed. . Andres &, Andrea. . A Taylor S. Mills L. tiCmieux A. Adams G. P.Warren N. H. Bnird J. G. Howard G. Riley G. K. Burrows . . . . D. J. Ellis , Wm. McLean . . . , Daniel Cleal H. H. Davison . . . . J. Westman W. Partridge Carriage Wheels, Machine for ascertaining the number of revolutions of Canal Boats, Inalruuient to aioertain tonnage of goods shipped on board Clock, Improved striking Chro^natometer CribWe Cement, New water Carriage Spring, Now inethod of consi.ructing Clay, Machinp for grinding Counter Balance Machine Churn, New and improved Churn, New and improved Cisterns, Method of constructing Carriages, Plan for facilitating the turning of Chum, Atmospheric Carriage, Wheel for Calendar, Office sliding Cooking Stove, Hot Air Cooking Apparatus, Revolving flue for Cooking Stove Cooking Stflive Charcoal, Improved method of producing Cooking Stove, Improvement in Cooking Stove, Improvement in , Clay Slate Machine Cooking Stove Cooking Stove , Counter Balance Machine Capstan, Improved Cooking Stove Churn, New Chum, Improved Carriages, Plan of turning Chum, Atmospheric Drilling Machine Distilling, New mode of Distillation, New principle of. Ditching Machine 0. Laurier S. Andres, Jr.. , . J. McCanna T. F. Molt Joel Spalding. . . F. H. Biuldely . . E. Gingras A Adams E. E. Gilbert . . . James Ball E. Duell J. B. Massey . . . , E. T. Jones W. H. Wells . . . 0. Ltt Grange.. , J. P. Boslwiok . . J. G. Hathaway , A. Carpenter . . , J. Van Norman , J. Cahill J. Van Norman , L. R. Brown . . . . J. L. Wilson . . . , J. Ainslie . . . . A. Carpenter . . W. L. Diotin... B. E. Gilbert . . Lewis Ives .... S. S. Jones .... P. Fraer M. T. Thomas . T. Jones .... W. H Wells... D. A. McDonald. Q. Riley J. Maitiand W. Partridge . . . No. 18 28 82 40 44 100 106 107 IS- 142- 162 181 208 ' 212 21S 224 S28 280 239 \ 6 • 14 19 80 86 89 66 67 76 86 92 108 128 186 187 188 146 148 168 154 166 167 168 166 189 194 197 199 214 288 236 246 262 62 191 208 240 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF PATENTS, &c. 563 INVENTIONS OR DISCOVKRIBS. Bneine, A lever. SndleBs Chain for Machinery. . . , Eels, Machine for taking Engine, Re-noting Engine, Atmospherio Propelling Flax, Machine for dvcMing. . . . Fermentation, New process of. fire- proof Safe Fire Engine Fire Extinguishing Machine. . . Flour Sifter Flax, Method of rotting Fire Engine, Improvements in. Fire FiXtiaguisher Fire Engine Fire Extinguisher Fire Engine Flax, Method of rotting Grist Mill , OristMill Qas Generator Grist Mill, Portable OristMill Gate, Self- Propelling Gas Generator Glue, Manufacture of Grate for burning snw-dust, tbo. Hat Bodies, Machine for manufacturing Hoisting Machine Hot Air Generator Hot Air Furnaces Hot Air Furnace Horse Collar Horse Swing Hot Air Furnace Hoisting Machine Heated Air, Method of distributing and generating Hot Air nnd Vapour Generator Hot Air Vapour Generator Hydraulic Force Pump Machine, for raising buildings, Ac. Horse-power for machinery Kiln, New Revolving , Kiln, Revolving .... Lamps, Composition for burning in Lever Power, Improvement in ... . Lime Water Loome, Knitting Locomotives, Spark arrester for . . . Lamp Fluid, Portable Lamp Fluid, Portable Locomotives, Method of propelling. Marine Railway, Method of laying . Mangle for clothes Millstone, New mode of making . . Marine Dock Mills with Circular Saws Justin Jacob Andres . ii\Kr|tc^^^^^ n.^ A_i w Oilherfs method of constructing Counter-balance Machines, 1 S' S' a' JLa i, ^ p' ^- liTtra A f,' ^ y ^ }Fatt*8 Potato Bigger. Paradis'' Horse Bake. 106 Buttmi^a Hot Air Generators. 98 CTSKXESflliS^ B ma ^il ffl e#ffi I n dS J9_ * o ■ 22^ 2, 22'/a ■' '/ . ♦ -' ■"v ■ rf- • • ( \ \ •t ■ BowetCa Coiled Spring-tooth Bevolving Horse Bake. K^ m \ x^MIro Harris' Bevolving Horse Bake. 202 T I 1 U J 2 I Young* 8 MetalUi Coil Spring-tooth Uone Rah 204 Culls' Combination iF-ill. k m U- "■ ' -^-;*'»JJ?c^*»irfv- i.-vw^i^v-***''- ■■ Young* 8 Improved House Pump or Fire Engine, 207 vi^*- /CN ryj s k v_y v_y ^ viv 0" • p,.,- ■■ -j-y;^. *", McKinlay^a Eorae ThresMttg Machine. L r lj I ■^nnl^^^f^nn^,^AA|-|r^nr,Mn^n^P^T ^ Ellis^ Machine for making Bricks. Jones' Cooking Stove. 214 Hi k ^r^=f J n iiii«* '.'K' •l-:^. JohmotCa Hois tiny M ite. m m b Millti' mode of (jeneratiiiy and diHlrihut'iiif/ I lea led Jir. 216 ^, II W W kii ButtafCa CooUng Bange and Hot Air and Vapor Generator, DavkorCs Bevertable Flue Steam Generator and Boiler, J_, -^^^ T m m ''**'.; ■; 225. — Biittatis Cooking Bange and Hot Air Generator. V o «9 m >J I V SMOKE X O H =Q Q O U Fraers Macliinefor Churning Butter. QilleWa Shingle Cutter. Fleming* ?i method of propelling Locomotives. Weslmau's Bellows. 00 Tliomai Churn, K M ^¥ \J / m McMicl'cns Xotifwr and Connector^ or Tnaixfer Magnet. -»-* sa "— ' — t\>. 2^ 't^. 234 Beaupre^s Liftiny and Moating Marine Bock. N OOk ib'll !— PU—tn iTr> Mi---- "/i =^_M ^^ Nra'Pi' ei 'I Helvri! 8 manufactv/re of Lumber with Circular Saws. 2^ T H B ai G "b'h'F 4 Browtis Snrnt Mill. t I II ■\n f ^5ii^«^""'-.'^*-'^- ' 'II fll Butters* Brich Machine, 22rd s. I S A J H F I 1 M M T^ n Partridge*8 Bitching Machine. 240 m I H J L .H I Elfi4 ^P ^ Fias V II II II . / C FIGS McMichaeVa Sttmp Extracting Machine. 241 • M — ■»» -,.«. ;X.. .« « . *n« a. Ji * «i •-n o u^^^SS^^^^^^BBK!!^! »■ —w- ■ — • IjT nr-9 w* ••• ■• •■••■•■ I McQueeros Eyd/raulic Force Fump Machine. 24B %\ Jones* Invention for Turning Four-wheeled Carriages. 245 CoUon^s Improved Air-tight Box Stove. 217 I 11 ,^\ ill " Colton^s Improved Cooking Stove. Wharton 8 Process for Tempering Saws. 2^ I I -*«'''->'*..i •.■:'.. ::^a> Newman^ 8 Hydran Pneumatic Water Wheel. 2S0 ■ ^ ^ KP^f 252 ecn WelVs AtmosjpTieric Chv/rn. N92 Q (Q 2!s: N?l '°=^>g^=°^ <•• ■ "-"^s^J^f,. 251. — Stewart's Threshing Machine. C A /^^^A. ^ r:rf^ nEf ^ A-(^^ a~^ T=^ ED I i| ' lii Mid,fJcy's raddle irhcel fr^ B ZJ lA Smifh's Grate. I I I I ^ L'--^: 256. — Bawd's Steam Engine. — (Continued.) w I p ^0 sal ^ H FIO.Z.. l^ Iligleifs Propeller Churn. aei :fi .< ^^ i . id ?■_ o W —M s ilill iiin i i nil 1 nil!' ' 1 1 1 §■■■ -„ ~ — .-m